ariyau's picture
From ariyau rss RSS  subscribe Subscribe

Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009 

Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

 

 
 
Tags:  domain name registration search  exam  upscportal  ias  pcs  ips  india  ics  times  aspirants 
Views:  977
Published:  October 03, 2010
 
0
download

Share plick with friends Share
save to favorite
Report Abuse Report Abuse
 
Related Plicks
No related plicks found
 
More from this user
Plavix Side Effects   Buy Order Purchase Online

Plavix Side Effects Buy Order Purchase Online

From: ariyau
Views: 272
Comments: 0

sovereignbank Q3_2008

sovereignbank Q3_2008

From: ariyau
Views: 17
Comments: 0

Asus k52 f bbr5 intel laptop notebook computer pc

Asus k52 f bbr5 intel laptop notebook computer pc

From: ariyau
Views: 890
Comments: 0

Innovant En Xarxa Universitat

Innovant En Xarxa Universitat

From: ariyau
Views: 110
Comments: 0

Cloud Computing Security

Cloud Computing Security

From: ariyau
Views: 458
Comments: 0

How To Cut Calories - Trioxi Health Review

How To Cut Calories - Trioxi Health Review

From: ariyau
Views: 206
Comments: 0

See all 
 
 
 URL:          AddThis Social Bookmark Button
Embed Thin Player: (fits in most blogs)
Embed Full Player :
 
 

Name

Email (will NOT be shown to other users)

 

 
 
Comments: (watch)
 
 
Notes:
 
Slide 1: India’s largest Online Community for IAS, Civil Services Aspirants. Vol.5 August 2009 | Free Http://www.upscportal.com Aspirants Times HOT TOPICS - Arihant Class Presents India’s First Digital Magazine for IAS Aspirants around the world. CSE Mains 2009 GS Model Paper Solved PART-2 Submarine - Economy Special : Terminology and Concept http://upscportal.com http://upscportal.com/store http://upscportal.com/classifieds Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 1
Slide 2: INDEX Editorial • Challenge is yours, take it ......................................................................................03 SECTION - 1: Articles • US-India Relationship ...........................................................................................04 • 35th G-8 Annual Summit .......................................................................................18 • Carbon Emissions Trading .....................................................................................34 • Economic Survey:2008-09 .....................................................................................45 • Hindi Article ( VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ´ÉiÉÇxÉ ) ...............................................................................60 SECTION - 2: Hot Topics • Arihant Class Submarine ........................................................................................79 • Economy Special-Terminology and Concept .........................................................83 SECTION - 3: Current Affairs............................................................................101 SECTION -4: Sports.............................................................................................104 SECTION -5: Awards...........................................................................................106 SECTION - 6: IAS Mains, Model Paper cum Notes Part-2...........................111 Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 2
Slide 3: Challenge is yours, take it... You have chosen to crack IAS examination… No doubt, it is diffi t. It is d ffi l t w n cul i cu h e you begin preparation, then many more diffi ties in exam it is d ffi l t as a service. cul ; i cu First of all, you should take these diffi ties as a cha l lenge and if you det erm n d of cul ie becoming IAS, then be ready to face all challenges at every step of life. Make challenges your friend; it will help you to overcome from diffi ties . N w if y a g n to a cul o ou re oi g ppear IAS Mains-Exam this year, it is a big challenge. Take a fi step and go strai ght , d t rm on' think either side; surely you will fi d y n our d tin t io es a n. "UPSCPORTAL.COM" is always with you, but it cannot eradicate challenges; we can make you more capable, wise, knowledgeable and quicker to face the challenges. We feel that 'Aspirants Time' Magazine is going in the right direction to make you more capable to face challenges. In this fi v u e o "A pi rant T m s ", w a p ovi d n y fth ol m f s ie e re r i g ou suffi ent and im or tant m t erial for IA M i n E i n t io T re is a M del -cum ci p a S a s xam a n. he o Study Notes for General Studies Second Paper. These are important notes for practice which are in detail and easy to understand. By reading these Notes, you will be able to answer those questions, which has not been asked directly in this model. You will fi d n the chapter Economy Special-Terminology and Concept, which is very useful for the examination point of view. Read it carefully and make the diffi t aspect o exam n cul f ia tion, easy. Besides this, There are regular articles like 'US-India Relationship', '35th G-8 Annual Summit', 'Carbon Emissions Trading', 'Economic Survey:2008-09', and 'Jalwayu Parivartan' (in Hindi). Under HOT-TOPICS, we have 'Arihant Class Submarine'. Last but not least regular columns - CURRENT AFFAIRS, SPORTS & AWARDS are also there. With this we wish All The Best; Enjoy the Challenges... Editor: R. K. Pandey Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 3
Slide 4: Section -1 (Article : US-India Relationship) US-India Relationship Hillary Clinton's Visit to India By: R. K. Pandey Hillary Clinton’s visit to India in july 2009, her fi as S rst ecret ary o S at e, g ft ave p obabl y th b t r e es insight yet into how President Obama intends to carry forward that relationship, set to become one of the most important and potentially trickiest among the major nations as the 21st century progresses. After perhaps 50 years when the US all but ignored India it now values the country as a trading partner of potentially huge consequence (India is on course to be among the world’s leading fie e v conom es w th n i ii two decades), an Asian counterweight to the might of China and a key player in the fi a n t ght gai s Islamist extremism. It showed. The mood music for Mrs Clinton’s trip was almost unrelentingly upbeat. She also revealed that Prime Minister Manmohan Singh had accepted an invitation to make a state visit to Washington in November,2009. More concretely, the US and India inaugurated a strategic dialogue on issues ranging from education to climate change, an ongoing conversation into which both governments hope to draw participants from commerce, academia and the arts. That may sound a little flf fy, b th U h s typi u ut e S a cally reserved this kind of exchange for major countries such as China. Extending it to India acknowledged the country’s rising role and growing say on matters that directly affect the US such as the progress of the Doha Trade Round. More concretely still, the US announced an agreement that will allow it to monitor the use of military equipment it sells to India. The deal paves the way for billions of dollars' worth of weapons contracts as the latter emerges as one of the biggest spenders in the global arms bazaar. Mrs Clinton also revealed that India had identifi tw sites w e re ed o h American companies would be allowed to build nuclear power stations. This was another lucrative arrangement for the US, one set up by President Bush who during his second term effectively ended India’s status as an international nuclear pariah by granting it access to US civilian nuclear technology, even though it has not signed the Non-Proliferation Treaty. So far, so positive. But the visit also highlighted a couple of all-important areas climate change and terrorism, no less where the US and India have substantial differences. The Indian Environment Minister Jairam Ramesh dismissed out of hand US suggestions that India should accept worldwide legally binding caps on the production of greenhouse gases. He did so with an eye to a possible successor to the Kyoto Protocol being drawn up at the Copenhagen Climate Conference in December and in front of a barrage of TV cameras in a way that seemed calculated to set up an on-screen confrontation with Mrs Clinton perhaps because the Indian Government has recently been criticised at home for making concessions at a global forum on green issues. It’s diffi t to see a sim l e w y a cul p a round th s e i sim sions impasse. Today, the idea of India a developing country with a vast poor population effectively setting limits on industrial growth is about as credible as a US President making car-pooling mandatory for all Americans. She also found herself in the unenviable position of having to attest to Pakistan’s sincerity in tack- Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 4
Slide 5: Section -1 (Article : US-India Relationship) ling Islamic extremism to an Indian audience. In staying at the Taj, Mrs Clinton made it clear that she wished to express her solidarity with India. But US support of the Zardari regime in Islamabad was also pronounced and she appears likely to travel to Pakistan before long. It is hard to overstate just how much distrust and rancour exists between India and Pakistan from that felt by ordinary men on the street to that betrayed by offi cials on both sides when they lament and ridicule their opposite numbers’ words and actions. Keeping both countries’ friendship will be a testing task for Mrs Clinton. For her to become a hero to India is not impossible but will take some doing. India - US Joint Statement: External Affairs Minister S.M. Krishna and Secretary of State Hillary Clinton committed to building an enhanced India- U.S. strategic partnership that seeks to advance solutions to the defi i n c l lenges o tim . n g ha fe India and US agreed to strengthen the existing bilateral relationships and mechanisms for cooperation between the Government of Republic of India and the Government of the United States of America, while leveraging the strong foundation of economic and social linkages between our respective people, private sectors, and institutions. Recognizing the new heights achieved in the India - U.S. relationship over the last two Indian and U.S. Administrations, they committed to pursuing a third and transformative phase of the relationship that will enhance global prosperity and stability in the 21st century. Minister Krishna and Secretary Clinton will chair an “India-U.S. Strategic Dialogue” that meets once annually in alternate capitals. This dialogue will focus on a wide range of bilateral, global, and regional issues of shared interest and common concern, continuing programmes currently under implementation and taking mutually benefi al in tiativ th t c p l eci i es a om ment Indian and U.S. development, security and economic interests. Advancing Common Security Interests: Recognizing the shared common desire to increase mutual security against the common threats posed by international terrorism, Minister Krishna and Secretary Clinton reaffi e d th com tm nt o rm e mi e f both Governments to build on recent increased coordination in counter-terrorism. Secretary Clinton invited Home Minister Chidambaram to visit Washington in the near future. External Affairs Minister Krishna and Secretary Clinton also reaffi e d th i r com tm nt to early adopt io rm e mi e n of a UN Comprehensive Convention against International Terrorism which would strengthen the framework for global cooperation. Defence Cooperation: Noting the enhanced cooperation in defence under the Defence Co-operation Framework Agreement of 2005, External Affairs Minister and Secretary Clinton reiterated the commitment of both Governments to pursue mutually benefi al cooperat io i n th field of ci n e defence. External Affairs Minister Krishna announced that both sides had reached agreement on End Use Monitoring for U.S. defense articles. Seeking a World Without Nuclear Weapons: India and the United States share a vision of a world free of nuclear weapons. With this goal in sight, Minister Krishna and Secretary Clinton agreed to move ahead in the Conference on Disarmament towards a non-discriminatory, internationally and effectively verifi e Fi ssi le M t eri al C t -of f abl a u Treaty. India and the United States will also cooperate to prevent nuclear terrorism and address the challenges of global nuclear proliferation. A high-level bilateral dialogue will be established to enhance cooperation on these issues. Civil Nuclear Cooperation: Building on the success of the India –U.S. Civil Nuclear Initiative, on July 21, India and the United States will begin consultations on reprocessing arrangements and procedures, as provided in Article 6 (iii) of the 123 Agreement for Peaceful Nuclear Cooperation between India and the United States. Global Institutions: Secretary Clinton affi e d rm that multilateral organizations and groupings should refl th w r ld of th 21s t cent u y in ect e o e r order to maintain long-term credibility, relevance and effectiveness, and both Minister Krishna and Secretary Clinton expressed their interest in exchanging views on new confi at io o th U gur ns f e N Security Council, the G-8, and the G-20. Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 5
Slide 6: Section -1 (Article : US-India Relationship) Pursuing Sustainable Growth and Development: As members of the G-20, India and the United States have pledged to work together with other major economies to foster a sustainable recovery from the global economic crisis through a commitment to open trade and investment policies. Minister Krishna and Secretary Clinton reaffi e d rm the commitment of both Governments to facilitating a pathway forward on the WTO Doha Round. They pledged to co-operate to not only preserve the economic synergies between the two countries that have grown over the years, but also to increase and diversify bilateral economic relations and expand trade and investment fl w . T o s he two sides noted that negotiations for a Bilateral Investment Treaty would be scheduled in New Delhi in August 2009. They resolved to harness the ingenuity and entrepreneurship of the private sectors of both countries with a newly-confi ed gur CEO Forum that will meet later this year. Education: External Affairs Minister Krishna and Secretary of State Clinton affi e d th im ortance rm ep of expanding educational cooperation through exchanges and institutional collaboration, and agreed on the need to expand the role of the private sector in strengthening this collaboration. Space, Science and Technology and Innovation: Recognizing the great potential in India-U.S. science and technology collaboration, the two sides have concluded a Science and Technology Endowment Agreement, and signed a Technology Safeguards Agreement that will permit the launch of civil or non-commercial satellites containing U.S. components on Indian space launch vehicles. Both sides welcomed India’s participation in the FutureGen Project for the construction of the fi rst commercial scale fully integrated carbon capture and sequestration project and India’s participation in the Integrated Ocean Development Project, an international endeavour for enhancing the understanding of Earth and Ocean dynamics and addressing the challenges of climate change. High Technology Cooperation: Noting the high potential that exists due to the complementarities in the knowledge and innovation-based economies of the two countries, it was agreed that the agenda and the initiatives in the bilateral High Technology Cooperation Dialogue should continue, with the objective of facilitating smoother trade in high technology between the two economies refl ect ing the present strategic nature of the India-U.S. relationship. It was also agreed that working groups would be formed to focus on new areas of common interest in nano-technology, civil nuclear technology, civil aviation and licensing issues in defence, strategic and civil nuclear trade. Energy Security, Environment and Climate Change: Minister Krishna and Secretary Clinton pledged to intensify collaboration on energy security and climate change. Efforts will focus on increasing energy effi enc y, rene w bl e ene rgy, ci a and clean energy technologies through the IndiaU.S. Energy Dialogue and a Global Climate Change Dialogue. Both sides also agreed to launch a process of bilateral scientifi and technol o cal col c gi laboration to support the development, deployment and transfer of transformative and innovative technologies in areas of mutual interest including solar and other renewable energy, clean coal and energy effi enc y, a o h r rel evant a ci nd t e reas. India and the U.S. affi e d th i r c mi tm nt rm e om e to work together with other countries, including through the Major Economies Forum, for positive results in the UNFCCC Conference on Climate Change in Copenhagen in December 2009. Global Issues: The two sides noted the valuable engagement between both Governments on global issues of common concern such as strengthening democracy and capacity building in democratic institutions as co-founders of the UN Democracy Fund. The two sides agreed to develop a Women’s Empowerment Forum (WEF) to exchange lessons and best practices on women’s empowerment and development and consider ways to empower women in the region and beyond. Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 6
Slide 7: Section -1 (Article : US-India Relationship) India – United States Relations Despite being one of the pioneers and founding members of the Non Aligned Movement, India developed a closer relationship with the Soviet Union during the cold war. India's strategic and military relations with Moscow and strong socialist policies had an adverse impact on its relations with the United States. After the collapse of Soviet Union, India began to review its foreign policy in a unipolar world following which, it took steps to develop closer ties with the European Union and the United States. Today, India and the U.S. share an extensive cultural, strategic, military and economic relationship. During the tenure of the Clinton and Bush administration, relations between India and the United States blossomed primarily over common concerns regarding growing Islamic extremism, energy security and climate change. According to some foreign policy experts, there was a slight downturn in India-U.S. relations following the appointment of Barack Obama as the U.S. President in 2009. This was primarily due to Obama administration’s desire to increase relations with China, and Barack Obama's protectionist views on dealing with the economic crisis. However, the leaders of the two countries have repeatedly dismissed these concerns. After Indian independence until the end of the cold war, the relationship between the two nations has often been thorny. Dwight Eisenhower was the fi U P es id rst S r ent to v sit In a in 1 i di 959. During John F. Kennedy’s period as President, he saw India as a strategic partner against the rise of communist China. He said "Chinese Communists have been moving ahead the last 10 years. India has been making some progress, but if India does not succeed with her 450 million people, if she can't make freedom work, then people around the world are going to determine, particularly in the underdeveloped world, that the only way they can develop their resources is through the Communist system." From 1961 to 1963 there was a promise to help set up a large steel mill in Bokaro that was withdrawn by the U.S. The 1965 and 1971 Indo-Pakistan wars did not help their relations. During the Cold War, the US asked for Pakistan's help because India was seen to lean towards the Soviet Union. Later, when India would not agree to support the anti-Soviet operation in Afghanistan, it was left with few allies. Not until 1997 was there any effort to improve relations with the United States. Soon after Atal Bihari Vajpayee became Indian Prime Minister, he authorized a nuclear weapons test in Pokhran, which got the immediate attention of the US. The Clinton administration and Vajpayee exchanged representatives to help build relations. In March 2000, President Bill Clinton visited India. He had bilateral and economic discussions with Prime Minster Atal Bihari Vajpayee. Over the course of improved diplomatic relations with the Bush administration, India has agreed to allow close international monitoring of its nuclear weapons development while refusing to give up its current nuclear arsenal. India and the US have also greatly enhanced their economic ties. During the 9/11 terrorist attacks on the U.S., President George W. Bush chose India as the country to control and police the Indian Ocean sea-lanes from the Suez to Singapore. The tsunami that occurred in December 2004 saw the U.S. and Indian navies to work together in search and rescue operations and to reconstruct the damaged lives and land. An Open Skies Agreement was made in April 2005. This helped enhance trade, tourism, and business by the increased number of fl s. A r ight i India purchased 68 US Boeing aircraft, which cost $8 billion.Former U.S. Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld and U.S. Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice have made recent visits to India as well. After Hurricane Katrina, India donated $5 million to the American Red Cross and sent 2 plane loads of relief supplies and materials to help. And on March 1,2006, President Bush made another diplomatic visit to expand relations between India and the United States. Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 7
Slide 8: Section -1 (Article : US-India Relationship) Military Relations The U.S.-India defense relationship derives from a common belief in freedom, democracy, and the rule of law, and seeks to advance shared security interests. These interests include maintaining security and stability, defeating terrorism and violent religious extremism, preventing the spread of weapons of mass destruction and associated materials, data, and technologies and protecting the free fl w o c me rce v a land, a r a sea lane s . o f om i i nd In recent years India has conducted joint military exercises with the U.S. in the Indian Ocean. Despite this the Indian government sees the sole U.S. base in the Indian Ocean, Diego Garcia, and the permanent presence of the U.S. military there, as a potential escalation point in a future war, especially because of the current U.S. operations in Iraq and Afghanistan.Recognizing India as a key to strategic U.S. interests, the United States has sought to strengthen its relationship with India. The two countries are the world's largest democracies, both committed to political freedom protected by representative government. India is also moving gradually toward greater economic freedom. The U.S. and India have a common interest in the free fl w of com rce and res our ces , in o me cluding through the vital sea lanes of the Indian Ocean. They also share an interest in fi in terght g rorism and in creating a strategically stable Asia. There were some differences, however, including over India's nuclear weapons programs and the pace of India's economic reforms. In the past, these concerns may have dominated U.S. thinking about India, but today the U.S. views India as a growing world power with which it shares common strategic interests. A strong partnership between the two countries will continue to address differences and shape a dynamic and collaborative future. In late September 2001, President Bush lifted sanctions imposed under the terms of the 1994 Nuclear Proliferation Prevention Act following India's nuclear tests in May 1998. The nonproliferation dialogue initiated after the 1998 nuclear tests has bridged many of the gaps in understanding between the countries. In a meeting between President Bush and Prime Minister Vajpayee in November 2001, the two leaders expressed a strong interest in transforming the U.S.-India bilateral relationship. High-level meetings and concrete cooperation between the two countries increased during 2002 and 2003. In January 2004, the U.S. and India launched the Next Steps in Strategic Partnership (NSSP), which was both a milestone in the transformation of the bilateral relationship and a blueprint for its further progress.In July 2005, President Bush hosted Prime Minister Singh in Washington, DC. The two leaders announced the successful completion of the NSSP, as well as other agreements which further enhance cooperation in the areas of civil nuclear, civil space, and high-technology commerce. Other initiatives announced at this meeting include: an U.S.-India Economic Dialogue, Fight Against HIV/AIDS, Disaster Relief, Technology Cooperation, Democracy Initiative, an Agriculture Knowledge Initiative, a Trade Policy Forum, Energy Dialogue and CEO Forum. President Bush made a reciprocal visit to India in March 2006, during which the progress of these initiatives were reviewed, and new initiatives were launched. In December 2006, Congress passed the historic Henry J. Hyde United States-India Peaceful Atomic Cooperation Act, which allows direct civilian nuclear commerce with India for the fi rst time in 30 years. U.S. policy had opposed nuclear cooperation with India because the country had developed nuclear weapons in contravention of international conventions and never signed the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty. The legislation clears the way for India to buy U.S. nuclear reactors and fuel for civilian use. In July 2007, the United States and India reached a historic milestone in their strategic partnership by completing negotiations on the bilateral agreement for peace- Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 8
Slide 9: Section -1 (Article : US-India Relationship) ful nuclear cooperation, also known as the "123 agreement." This agreement, signed by Secretary of State Rice and External Affairs Minister Mukherjee on October 10, 2008, governs civil nuclear trade between the two countries and opens the door for American and Indian fi s to parrm ticipate in each other's civil nuclear energy sector. The U.S. and India seek to elevate the strategic partnership further to include cooperation in counter-terrorism, defense cooperation, education, and joint democracy promotion. Economic Relations The United States is also one of India's largest direct investors. From the year 1991 to 2004, the stock of FDI infl w h s in reased from U D $ 3 oac S 11. million to $344.4 million, totaling $4.13 billion. This is a compound rate increase of 57.5% annually. Indian direct investments abroad were started in 1992. Indian corporations and registered partnership fi s are al lo e d to in t in b in s ses rm w ves us e up to 100% of their net worth. India's largest outgoing investments are manufacturing, which account for 54.8% of the country's foreign investments. The second largest are non-fi a nc i al sern vices (software development), which accounts for 35.4% of investments. Trade Relations: The United States is India's largest trading partner. In 2007, the United States exported $17.24 billion worth goods to India and imported $24.02 billion worth of Indian goods. Major items exported by India to the U.S. include information technology Services, textiles, machinery, ITeS, gems and diamonds, chemicals, iron and steel products, coffee, tea, and other edible food products. Major American items imported by India include aircraft, fertilizers, computer hardware, scrap metal and medical equipment. The United States is also India's largest investment partner, with American direct investment of $9 billion accounting for 9% of total foreign investment into India. Americans have made notable foreign investment in India's power generation, telecommunications, ports, roads, petroleum exploration/processing, and mining industries. In july 2005, President George W. Bush and Indian Prime Minister Dr. Manmohan Singh created a new program called the Trade Policy Forum. It is run by a representative from each nation. The United States Trade Representative is Rob Portman and the Indian Commerce Secretary is minister of commerce Kamal Nath. The goal of the program is to increase bilateral trade which is a two-way trade deal and the fl w of in to ves ments. There are fi e m i n sub- di v sio of th Tr ade va i ns e Policy Forum which include: Agricultural trade group- This group has three main objectives: agreeing on terms that will allow India to export mangoes to the United States, permitting India's APEDA (Agricultural and Process Food Products Export Development Authority) to certify Indian products to the standards of the USDA, and executing regulation procedures for approving edible wax on fruit. Tariff and Non-Tariff Barriers group- Goals of the group include: agreeing that insecticides that are manufactures by United States companies can be sold throughout India. India had agreed to cut special regulations on trading carbonated drinks, many medicinal drugs, and lowering regulations on many imports that are not of agricultural nature. Both nations have agreed to discuss improved facets on the trade of Indian regulation requirements, jewelry, computer parts, motorcycles, fertilizer, and those tariffs that affect the American process of exporting boric acid. The two nations have discussed matters such as those who wish to break into the accounting market, Indian companies gaining licenses for the telecommunications industry, and setting polices by the interaction of companies from both countries regarding new policies related to Indian media and broadcasting. This group has strived to exchange valuable information on recognizing different professional services offered by the two countries, discussing the movement and positioning of people Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 9
Slide 10: Section -1 (Article : US-India Relationship) in developing industries and assigning jobs to those people, continuation of talks in how India's citizens can gain access into the market for fi a nc i al n servicing, and discussing the limitation of equities. The two countries have had talks about the restriction of investments in industries such as fi nancial services, insurance, and retail. Also, to take advantage of any initiatives in joint investments such as agricultural processing and the transportation industries. Both countries have decided to promote small business initiatives in both countries by allowing trade between them. The Majority of Exports from the United States to India Include: aviation equipment, engineering materials and machinery, instruments used in optical and medical sectors, fertilizers, and stones and metals.Below are the percentages of traded items India to US increased by 21.12% to $6.94 billion. Obama Administration and Bilateral Relations Despite much gains in Indo-American relations during the tenure of the Bush administration, India was not one of the Asian countries U.S. Secretary of State Hillary Clinton visited in February 2009. The Foreign Policy magazine reported that even though Foreign Policy Staff of the previous administration had recommended India as a "key stop" during any such offi al tour o A ia, H llary ci fs i Clinton will not be making a visit to New Delhi. The exclusion of India from the Asian tour was regarded as a "mistake" by some analysts. India was not even mentioned once in the Obama administration's offi al forei gn p icy a ci ol genda. T he Forbes magazine alerted U.S. President Barack Obama on the need to prevent United States' newfound alliance with India from erosion. The initial approach of the Obama administration towards ties with India raised concerns of a downturn in Indo-American relations. In an editorial, the National Interest suggested that the Obama administration could possibly damage "the foundations underlying the geostrategic partnership" between India and the United States. Another editorial published by the Taipei Times highlighted the importance of India-U.S. relations and urged Barack Obama to give India the attention it deserves.Terming India to be United States' indispensable ally, the Christian Science Monitor argued that the Obama administration needs India's cooperation on several issues, including climate change, Afghanistan war and energy security and therefore, Obama cannot risk putting ties with India on back-burner. In an attempt to bolster relations between the two countries, U.S. Secretary of State Hillary Clinton will be making a visit to India in the second half of July 2009. Calling India a key partner of the United States, Clinton said that the United States wants India to succeed as an anchor for regional and global security. She also mentioned four platforms for building future U.S.-India relationship global security, human development, economic activity, science and technology. » Diamonds and precious stones(25%) » Textiles (29.01%) » Iron and Steel (5.81%) » Organic chemicals (4.3%) » Machinery (4.6%) » Electrical Machinery (4.28%) Major Items of Export from U.S. to India: For the year 2006, fiur es a a labl e u to th m nt h g re vai p eo of April. Merchandise exports from US to India increased by 20.09.26% to US $2.95 billion. Select major items with their percentage shares are given below Engineering goods and machinery (including electrical) (31.2%) » Precious stones and metals (8.01%) » Organic chemicals (4.98%) » Optical instruments and equipment (7.33%) » Aviation and aircraft ( 16.8%) Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 10
Slide 11: Section -1 (Article : US-India Relationship) Foreign Policy Issues: According to some analysts, India-U.S. relations have strained over Obama administration's approach in handling the Tiliban Insurgency in Afghanistan and Pakistan. India's national security adviser, M.K. Narayanan, , criticized the Obama administration for linking the Kashmir dispute to the instability in Pakistan and Afghanistan and said that by doing so, President Obama was "barking up the wrong tree".The Foreign Policy too criticized Obama's approach towards South Asia saying that "India can be a part of the solution rather than part of the problem" in South Asia and suggested India to take a more proactive role in rebuilding Afghanistan irrespective of the attitude of the Obama administration. In a clear indication of growing rift between India and the U.S., the former decided not to accept a U.S. invitation to attend a conference on Afghanistan. Bloomberg reported that since 2008 Mumbai attacks, the public mood in India has been to pressure Pakistan more aggressively to take actions against the culprits behind the terrorist attack and this might refl o th u ect n e pcom ing general elections in May 2009. Consequently, the Obama administration may fi d itsel f a o n t dds with India's rigid stance against terrorism. Robert Blake, assistant secretary of United States' Bureau of South and Central Asian Affairs, dismissed any concerns over a rift with India regarding United States' AfPak policy. Calling India and the United States "natural allies", Blake said that the United States cannot afford to meet the strategic priorities in Pakistan and Afghanistan at "the expense of India". Economic Relations: India strongly criticized Obama administration's decision to limit H-1B visas and India's External Affairs Minister, Pranab Mukherjee, said that his country would argue against U.S. "protectionism" at various international forums. The Vishwa Hindu Parishad, a close aide of India's main opposition party the BJP, said that if the United States continues with its antioutsourcing policies, then India will "have to take steps to hurt American companies in India." India's Commerce Minister, Kamal Nath, said that India may move against Obama's outsourcing policies at the world trade organization. However, the outsourcing advisory head of KPMG said that India had no reason to worry since Obama's statements were directed against "outsourcing being carried out by manufacturing companies" and not outsourcing of IT-related services. In May 2009, U.S. President Barack Obama reiterated his anti-outsourcing views and criticized the current U.S. tax policy "that says you should pay lower taxes if you create a job in Bangalore, India, than if you create one in Buffalo, New York." However, during the U.S.-India Business Council meet in June 2009, U.S. secretary of state Hillary Clinton advocated for stronger economic ties between India and the United States. She also rebuked protectionist policies saying that "[United States] will not use the global fi a nc i al c n risis a a sn excuse to fall back on protectionism. We hope India will work with us to create a more open, equitable set of opportunities for trade between our nations." In June 2009, United States provided diplomatic help in successfully pushing through a US$2.9 billion loan sponsored by the Asian Development Bank, despite considerable opposition from the People’s Republic of China. Strategic and Military Relations: In March 2009, the Obama administration cleared the US$2.1 billion sale of eight P-8 Poseidons to India, the largest military deal between the two countries. India expressed its concerns that Obama administration's non-military aid to Pakistan will not be used for counter-insurgency, but for building up its military against India. However, Robert Blake, assistant secretary of Bureau of South and Central Asian Affairs, said that the Pakistani Government was increasingly focused at fi in th ght g e Taliban insurgency and expressed hope that the people of India would "support and agree with what we are trying to do". Concerns were raised in India that the Obama administration was delaying the full implementation of the Indo-U.S. Nuclear Deal. The Obama administration has also strongly advocated for the strengthening of the comprehensive test ban Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 11
Slide 12: Section -1 (Article : US-India Relationship) treaty and has pressurized India to sign the agreement. India's special envoy, Shyam Saran, "warned" the United States that India would continue to oppose any such treaty as it was "discriminatory".In June 2009, U.S. Secretary of State Hillary Clinton said that the Obama administration was "fully committed" to the Indo-U.S. civil nuclear agreement. U.S. chairman of the joint chiefs of staff Mike Mullen encouraged stronger military ties between India and the United States and said that "India has emerged as an increasingly important strategic partner. Background India played a key role in establishing the NonAligned Movement in 1961. Though India pursued close relations with both US and USSR, it decided not to join any major power bloc and refrained from joining military alliances. India, however began establishing close military relationship with the Soviet Union. After the Sino-Indian war and the Indo-Pakistan war of 1965, India made considerable changes to its foreign policy. It developed a close relationship with the Soviet Union and started receiving massive military equipment and fi a nc i al assisn tance from the USSR. This had an adverse effect on the Indo-US relationship. The United States saw Pakistan as a counter-weight to pro-Soviet India and started giving the former military assistance. This created an atmosphere of suspicion between India and US. The US-India relationship suffered a considerable setback during the Soviet Invasion of Afghanistan when India openly supported the Soviet Union. Relations between India and the United States came to an all-time low during the early 1970s. Despite reports of atrocities in East Pakistan, and being told, most notably in the Blood telegram, of genocidal activities being perpetrated by Pakistani forces, U.S. Secretary of State Henry Kissinger and U.S. President Richard Nixon did nothing to discourage then Pakistani President Yahya Khan and the Pakistan army. Kissinger was particularly concerned about Soviet expansion into South Asia as a result of a treaty of friendship that had recently been signed between India and the Soviet Union, and sought to demonstrate to the People’s Republic of China the value of a tacit alliance with the United States. During the Indo-Pakistan war of 1971,Indian Armed Forces, along with the Mukti Bahini, succeeded in liberating East Pakistan which soon declared independence. Richard Nixon, then US President, feared that an Indian invasion of West Pakistan would mean total Soviet domination of the region, and that it would seriously undermine the global position of the United States and the regional position of America's new tacit ally, China. In order to demonstrate to China the bona fi es o th U i ted S at es a an a ly and in d rect d f en t s l, i violation of the US Congress-imposed sanctions on Pakistan, Nixon sent military supplies to Pakistan, routing them through Jordan and Iran, while also encouraging China to increase its arms supplies to Pakistan. When Pakistan's defeat in the eastern sector seemed certain, Nixon sent the USS Enterprise to the Bay of Bengal, a move deemed by the Indians as a nuclear threat. The Enterprise arrived on station on December 11, 1971. On 6 December and 13 December, the Soviet Navy dispatched two groups of ships, armed with nuclear missiles, from Vladivostok; they trailed U.S. Task Force 74 into the Indian Ocean from 18 December 1971 until 7 January 1972. The Soviets also sent a nuclear submarine to ward off the threat posed by USS Enterprise in the Indian Ocean. Though American efforts had no effect in turning the tide of the war, the incident involving USS Enterprise is viewed as the trigger for India's subsequent nuclear program. American policy towards the end of the war was dictated primarily by a need to restrict the escalation of war on the western sector to prevent the 'dismemberment' of West Pakistan. Years after the war, many American writers criticized the White House policies during the war as being badly fl e d a illaw nd Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 12
Slide 13: Section -1 (Article : US-India Relationship) serving the interests of the United States. India carried out nuclear tests a few years later resulting in sanctions being imposed by United States, further drifting the two countries apart. In recent years, Kissinger came under fi for com nt s re me made during the Indo-Pakistan War in which he described Indians as "bastards." Kissinger has since expressed his regret over the comments. Since the end of the cold war , India-US relations have improved dramatically. This has largely been fostered by the fact that the US and India are both democracies and have a large and growing trade relationship. During the gulf war, the economy of India went through an extremely diffi t cul phase. The Government of India liberalized the Indian economy. After the break up of the Soviet Union, India started looking for new allies and tried improving diplomatic relations with the members of the NATO particularly the United States, Canada, France and Germany. In 1992, India established formal diplomatic relations with Israel. In the mid-1990s, India tried to attract world attention towards the Pakistan backed terrorism in Kashmir. The Kargil war resulted in a major diplomatic victory for India. The United States and European Union recognized the fact that Pakistani military had illegally infi ed in o In an terriltrat t di tory and pressurized Pakistan to withdraw from Kargil. Several anti-India terrorist groups based in Pakistan were labelled as terrorist groups by the United States and European Union. In 1998, India tested nuclear weapons which resulted in several U.S., Japanese and European sanctions on India. India's then defence minister, George Fernandes, said that India's nuclear program was necessary as it provided a deterrence to some potential nuclear threat. Most of the sanctions imposed on India were removed by 2001. India has categorically stated that it will never use weapons fi b w ll d end if at tacked. In fact rst ut i ef Pakistan is the fi count ry th t In a in or m if rst a di f s any nuclear tests are on the agenda. The economic sanctions imposed by the United States in response to India's nuclear tests in May 1998 appeared, at least initially, to seriously damage Indo-American relations. President Bill Clinton imposed wide-ranging sanctions pursuant to the 1994 nuclear proliferation prevention act. U.S. sanctions on Indian entities involved in the nuclear industry and opposition to international fi a nc i al in titu io lo n s t n ans for n hum ni tarian ona assistance projects in India. The United States encouraged India to sign the comprehensive test ban treaty (CTBT) immediately and without condition. The U.S. also called for restraint in missile and nuclear testing and deployment by both India and Pakistan. The non-proliferation dialogue initiated after the 1998 nuclear tests has bridged many of the gaps in understanding between the countries. After the September 11,2001 attacks, Indian intelligence agencies provided the U.S. with signifi cant information on Al-Qaeda and related groups' activities in Pakistan and Afghanistan. India's extensive contribution to the war on terrorism has helped India's diplomatic relations with several countries. Over the past few years, India has held numerous joint military exercises with U.S. and European nations that have resulted in a strengthened U.S.-India and E.U.-India bilateral relationship. India's bilateral trade with Europe and U.S. has more than doubled in the last fi e y v ears. However, India has yet to sign the CTBT, or the nuclear non proliferation treaty, claiming the discriminatory nature of the treaty that allows the fi e decl ared nucl ear count ries of th w r ld to v eo keep their nuclear arsenal and develop it using computer simulation testing. Prior to its nuclear testing, India had pressed for a comprehensive destruction of nuclear weapons by all countries of the world in a time-bound frame. This was not acceptable to the US and other countries. Presently, India has declared its policy of "no-fi u e rst s of nuclear weapons" and the maintenance of a "credible nuclear deterrence". The US, under President George W. Bush has also lifted most of its sanctions on India and has resumed military co-operation. Relations with US have considerably improved in the recent years, with the two countries taking part in joint naval exercises off Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 13
Slide 14: Section -1 (Article : US-India Relationship) the coast of India and joint air exercises both in India as well as in the United States. India has been pushing for reforms in the UN and WTO with mixed results. India's candidature for a permanent seat at the UN security council is currently backed by several countries including United Kingdom, France, Germany, Japan, Brazil, African Union nations and recently People’s Republic of China. In 2005, the United States signed a nuclear co-operation agreement with India even though the latter is not a part of the NPT. The US argued that India's strong nuclear non-proliferation record made it an exception and persuaded other NSG members to sign similar deals with India. On March 2, 2006 India and the US signed the Indo-U.S. nuclear pact on co-operation in civilian nuclear fi d T s w s signe d d in th four d el . hi a ur g e ays state visit of US president George Bush in India. On its part, India would separate its civilian and military nuclear programs, and the civilian programs would be brought under the safeguards of International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA). The United States would sell India the reactor technologies and the nuclear fuel for setting up and upgrading its civilian nuclear program. The U.S. Congress needs to ratify this pact since U.S. federal law prohibits the trading of nuclear technologies and materials outside the framework of the Nuclear Suppliers Group (NSG). Indo-US Strategic Partnership Indo-US relations got strategic content way back in early sixties. The rise of China worried the policymakers in Washington. Chinese annexation of Tibet, its role in Korean war and other such acts convinced Washington about the expansionist designs of the Chinese. As the relations between India and China deteriorated during late fi , fties the Americans found a golden opportunity to take advantage of this situation to promote India as a counterweight to China But any unidimensional alliance is bound to be short-lived and this alliance was no exception to this general rule. As China ceased to be a headache for the American policymakers by the late sixties, this unidimensional alliance disappeared into thin air. The end of the Cold War necessitated as well as facilitated the infusion of strategic content to IndoUS relations–this time multidimensional.In the post Cold War era, the strategic objectives of India and the US converges on a number of issues and not just one–as well as the case earlier. These issues include, inter alia, containment of terrorism, promotion of democracy, counter proliferation, freedom of navigation in the Indian Ocean, Asian balance of power, etc. One of the very interesting feature of Indo-US relations of recent times is the changes on the terms of engagement between the two countries on the issue of nuclear proliferation.While earlier, in the US strategic thinking on nuclear proliferation, India fi ed m i n y b gur a l ecaus e o A rif me can concern about latter’s nuclear and missile programmes, in the twenti-fi c u y, h e ver, rst ent r ow American strategic thinking on the issue of nuclear proliferation has undergone radical reorientation.Now, the Americans are increasingly realising the futility of insisting on a rollback of India’s nuclear programme. They, rather, want to leverage India’s growing power and infl enc e in u favour of their broader nonproliferation and counter proliferation objectives. As promotion of democracy around the world is one of the most important foreign policy objective of the USA, India- as the largest democracy of the world-can hardly be ignored by the US. This is the reason, cooperation in promotion of democracy in the world has become one of the most important facets of Indo-US relations in recent times.India is a founding member of the ‘Community of Democracies’ – a prominent endeavour of the US on promotion of democracy.However,India rejected the suggestion of the US about setting up a Centre for Asian Democracy. Agriculture is another important area of cooperation between India and the USA in present times. Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 14
Slide 15: Section -1 (Article : US-India Relationship) Considering the fact that both the nations at present have a vast pool of human resources adept at knowledge economy, it is only natural that the most optimal course such partnership can aim at is harnessing these human resources by concentrating on development and dissemination of agricultural knowledge through research, education and training etc.An initiative to forge such a partnership is the 'India-US Knowledge Initiative on Agriculture' (KIA). (IMP) Get UPSCPORTAL , Jobs, Results, Notification Alerts on Email. Step-1: Fill Your Email address in form below. you will get a confirmation email within 10 min. Step-2: Varify your email by clicking on the link in the email. (check Inbox and Spam folders) Step-3: Done! Now you will regular Alerts on your email. Advertise your Business Here Contact Us Online: http://upscportal.com/store/contact Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 15
Slide 16: FREE BOOKS DOWNLOAD ORDER ONLINE NOW! ORDER ONLINE AT UPSCPORTAL ONLINE STORE http://upscportal.com/store/tag/free-books Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 16
Slide 17: Advertise on www.UPSCPORTAL.COM 40000+ Users 45000+ Hits Daily 1.4 Million(14 Lacs) Hits per Month 1100 Unique Users per day Top 1100 Websites in India - Alexa Rating Online Shopping Store 29000+ Newsletters Subscribers Free Services: Free Website for Coaching Centers Free Brochure Upload Free Enquiry Page Guaranteed Results Make most of the Internet Audience.. Contact Us Now... Http://upscportal.com/civilservices/contact 17 Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM
Slide 18: Section -1 (Article : 35th G-8 Annual Summit) Insuring Global Food Security with Economic Stability The Author is Professor and Head of the Department for History 35th G-8 Annual Summit By Dr. Nageshwar Nath Mishra 35th G8 Summit was held in L’Aquila, Italy the country that currently holds the G8 Presidency from 8 to 10 July,2009. G8 leaders pledged $20 billion in aid to help poor nations feed themselves, surpassing expectations of a summit that made little ground on climate change and may spell the end of the G8 itself. U.S. President Barack Obama and the summit's Italian host Silvio Berlusconi refl ed gr ow n ect ig consensus that the Group of Eight industrial powers, long criticized as an elite club, does not refl th sh ftin p terns ect e i g at of global economic power.Tackling global challenges "in the absence of major powers like China, India and Brazil seems to be wrongheaded," Obama said, adding that he looked forward to "fewer summit meetings." Begun in 1975 with six members, the G8 now groups the United States, Japan, Germany, France, Britain, Italy, Russia and Canada. That enabled Obama, traveling to Ghana on his fi trip to subrst Saharan Africa as president, to use the summit to push for a shift toward agricultural investment from food aid. Washington will make $3.5 billion available to the 3-year program. "There is no reason Africa should not be self-suffi ent w e n it ci h comes to food," said Obama, recalling that his relatives in Kenya live "in villages where hunger is real," though they themselves are not going hungry. Obama said Africa had enough arable land but lacked seeds, irrigation and mechanisms for farmers to get a fair price for their produce issues that the summit promised to tackle.Africa told the wealthy powers they must honor their commit- ments, old and new mindful that some in the G8 had fallen well short of their 2005 promise to increase annual aid by $50 billion by 2010, half of which was meant for Africa.South African President Jacob Zuma said the new funding will "go a long way" to helping Africa, adding: "We can't say it's enough, but at least it begins to do very concrete things." Nigerian Agriculture Minister Abba Ruma said the new pledge was "very commendable in view of the current global recession. "But he cautioned that it must be "disbursed expeditiously. It is only then we will know that the G8 is living up to its commitment and not just making a pledge and going to sleep." The United Nations said the number of malnourished people has risen in the past two years and is expected to top 1.02 billion this year, reversing decades of declines. The global recession is expected to make 103 million more go hungry. Aid bodies like the World Food Program said a last-minute surge of generosity at the summit in L'Aquila resulting in the $20 billion pledge was "greeted with great happiness. "That amount over three years may compare unfavorably with the $13.4 billion the G8 says it disbursed between January 2008 and July 2009, but aid groups said the new pledge in Italy was more clearly focused. Japan and the European Union were also championing a code of conduct for responsible investment after growing farmland acquisition or "land grabs" in emerging nations. The group of eight developed countries have vowed to curb transfer enrichment and reprocessing (ENR) technology and equipment, surprising India as it goes against the spirit of Nuclear Suppliers Group's "clean" waiver to it. In a joint statement on non-prolif- Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 18
Slide 19: Section -1 (Article : 35th G-8 Annual Summit) eration, the G-8 nations also pushed other members of the 45-nation NSG to reach a consensus within this year to disallow transfer of ENR to countries which are not signatories to NPT. The statement was issued after the Summit that was attended by Prime Minister Manmohan Singh in L'Aquila. The move, which would have an impact on India, comes even though the NSG had last September given New Delhi "clean" and "full" waiver for civil nuclear cooperation with the world despite it being a non-signatory to NPT. "To reduce the proliferation risks associated with the spread of enrichment and reprocessing facilities, equipment and technology, we welcome the progress that continues to be made by the NSG on mechanisms to strengthen controls on transfers of such enrichment and reprocessing items and technology," said the statement issued yesterday. While noting that the NSG has not yet reached consensus on this issue, the G-8 nations said "we agree that NSG discussions have yielded useful and constructive proposals contained in the NSG's “clean text” developed at the November 20,2008 Consultative Group meeting. The leaders stressed that the standstill commitments made at the London G20 summit must be adhered to and to refrain from introducing barriers to trade and investment. They asked the World Trade Organisation and other international bodies to monitor the situation and report publicly on adherence on a quarterly basis. They also committed themselves to refraining from competitive devaluations of the currencies and to a stable and well functioning international monetary system. The declaration expressed the joint commitment of the G8 and G5 to implement rapidly the decisions taken at the Washington and London G20 summits, including those on providing additional resources to the international fi a nc i al i n titu n s tions. Noting the high social costs of the current economic crisis, the countries committed themselves to tackling the social dimensions, putting people fi T y w re m derni sin rei n or ci n rst. he e o g, f g and increasing the effi enc y o soci al p ot ect io ci f r n policies, including safety nets, health and education. The declaration committed the G8 and the G5 to “facilitating the development, dissemination and mutually agreed transfer of clean, low-carbon technologies, reducing carbon emissions and increasing energy effi enc y. ” T l eaders reconci he fi e d th i r p itical w ll to reach a “com r ehe nrm e ol i p sive, fair, effective, agreed outcome, following the principles of common but differentiated responsibilities and respective capabilities” at the United Nations climate change conference in Copenhagen in December. This is the fi tim in a G p u G sum t th t rst e 8 ls 5 mi a a joint declaration has been issued. The G8 and G5 nations decided to continue the dialogue process started in 2007 in Heiligendamm, Germany, and now renamed the Heiligendamm-L’Aquila Process (HAP). This dialogue process has been described as a partnership on an equal footing and a steering committee will prepare a report for the next G8 plus G5 summit in Muskoka. The joint declaration said the G8 and the G5 countries were committed to advancing the reform process in international organizations, including the United Nations, “to refl c em orary real ity a c l ect ont p nd ha lenges thus enhancing their relevance, legitimacy and effi enc y. ” ci Debatable Issues Prime Minister Silvio Berlusconi, spoke in his capacity as President of the G8, summed up the main points on the agenda for debate at the Summit Economic Crisis and a Boost to Growth: Positive pointers to improvement in the economy are starting to emerge and it is important to support families' and businesses' confi enc e i n or der to d rapidly trigger economic recovery. The current economic and fi a nc i al c n risis h s h ghl ight ed c ai ertain crucial weaknesses in the global economy, which have helped to trigger and to spread the crisis itself. Hence the need to thrash out a code of shared ground rules for the world of the economy and of fi a nc e w th speci fi clear cri ten i c, Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 19
Slide 20: Section -1 (Article : 35th G-8 Annual Summit) ria and with the establishment of supervisory bodies and tools. One of the issues on the agenda at the G8 Summit in L'Aquila was the strategy designed to put together a series of common principles governing the rules of propriety, integrity and transparency in international fi a nc e and n business. Imparting a Fresh Boost to International Trade: Another crucial factor in combating the economic crisis and in imparting a fresh boost to growth is international trade: the aim of the Summit in L'Aquila was to impart a new thrust to the Doha talks on world trade, in order to help ensure that the talks are successfully completed as rapidly as possible. Achieving an ambitious and balanced agreement would make it possible to boost global exports and to support development in the poorer countries by offering them improved access to markets in the wealthy countries. People First: People fi rst: th t is th 2009 G a e 8 Summit's message. The international community is living through one of its most serious economic and fi a nc i al c n rises sin e W r ld W r II. If w a co a e re to make it through this crisis, we have to consider its social aspect and to place people in the centre of government action by pursuing policies designed to restore people's confi enc e. C unt ries d o must continue to implement strategies capable of reducing the impact of the crisis on employment, and of ensuring that welfare and social safeguard systems are both effective and sustainable. Climate Changes: The struggle against climate changes is one of the Italian Presidency's priorities on the G8 Agenda. It is necessary to defi e a n global response in which the leadership and commitment of the industrially advanced countries is paralleled by an active contribution from the emerging and developing countries on the basis of a balanced sharing of responsibilities. In that sense, the L'Aquila G8 Summit, which will also be hosting the fi ever m et in of th M j o rst e g ear Economies Forum on Energy and Climate (MEF) at leadership level, is going to be a vital step in paving the way for the success of the United Nations Conference in Copenhagen next December. Development in the Poorer Countries and in Africa: The Summit broadcasted a strong message designed to attenuate the impact of the crisis on developing countries, an impact that is jeopardizing the progress made to date in the struggle against poverty. It planed to do this by putting together a "rescue package" entailing: confi a rm tion of the G8's commitment to development aid; the use of innovative fi a nc i al tool s; h l v n th n a ig e cost of emigrants' remittance transactions; and imparting a fresh boost to international trade; not to mention the debt issue. The G8 is promoting a new approach to backing development in the poorer countries based on the involvement of the "country system" as a whole. This, in order to make the most of the role played by all of the actors (governments, local authorities, private individuals and civil society) and all of the available resources and policies in both donor and destination countries in boosting growth and development in the poorer countries. The issue of development has addressed, with differing nuances, both at the G8 sessions and at the sessions with the emerging and African countries. Food Safety and Security, and Access to Water: Over 1 billion people are currently suffering from starvation or malnutrition. The situation had been aggravated by insuffi ent in tm nt in farm n ci ves e ig over the past few decades, and by the economic crisis. All of the leaders attended the L'Aquila summit signed a joint declaration with the international organizations and launched an important initiative on food safety and security, to fund farming and to support the struggle against starvation. Moreover, the G8 under Italy's presidency was committed to laying the groundwork for launching a G8-Africa Partnership designed to improve access to water and to basic sanitary facilities, before the end of the year. Health: World health has traditionally been one of the central issues on the G8 group's agenda, and the Italian Presidency planed to continue devoting particular attention to it. The key topics included strengthening health systems and cutting infant mortality and death during childbirth. Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 20
Slide 21: Section -1 (Article : 35th G-8 Annual Summit) On the basis of the experience garnered in the launch of the Global Fund at the G8 Summit in Genoa in 2001, there is to be ongoing support for programmes designed to combat AIDS, tuberculosis and malaria, also through the exploration of innovative forms of funding. International Political Issues: The G8 Summit addressed the most important political issues on the international agenda: the commitment to making progress on the nuclear non-proliferation front, the situation in Iran and in the Middle East, the struggle against terrorism, the stabilization of the Afghanistan and Pakistan region, and the situation in North Korea. Strengthening The Reform Process Leaders of the developing countries meeting at their parallel G5 summit at the venue of the G8 summit urged the industrial nations to deliver on the commitments they had made on fia nc i al a n nd credit flw a o a d n p ot ect io sm A th o s nd n voi i g r ni . t e end of meetings, which the chairman, President Felipe Calderon of Mexico, described as “quite interesting and very productive,” the G5 came out with a declaration that it was important to comply with the agreements reached at the earlier G8 and G5 meetings and particularly at the London G20 summit in April. These related to the steps to address the economic crisis jointly and in particular the commitment to provide the resources to restart credit fl w to th d os e evel o n count ries . pi g The sudden departure of Chinese President Hu Jintao to deal with the ethnic violence in the Xinjiang region cast a shadow over the deliberations of the G5, but the Chinese delegation remained as an active participant. The G5 came out with a political declaration and another on trade that were presented at a joint press appearance where the leaders made opening statements. Prime Minister Manmohan Singh stressed in his remarks that the developing countries had been the worse hit by the economic crisis, and a collective approach to recovery should address their problems of drying up of credit fl w and w r sos o ening food poverty. The G5 declared its commitment to engage with all World Trade Organisation members to complete the Doha round of negotiations. It wanted the negotiations to deliver real and improved market access to the developing countries. On the contentious issues of agriculture and non-agriculture market access, the G5 leaders wanted the mandates already negotiated to be upheld and not reopened selectively in a way that will upset the overall balance. The leaders wanted the negotiations on climate change to move forward to a successful conclusion at Copenhagen on the basis of joint but differentiated responsibility. They urged the developed countries to commit themselves to reducing their emissions by at least 40 per cent below the 1990 levels by 2020. They also wanted the conference to consider the funding arrangements for the developing countries to cut emissions and an international mechanism for developing and transferring climate-friendly technologies. The G5 declaration also stressed the need for the strongest collective action by the international community to prevent terror attacks and punish the perpetrators. To provide an effective international legal framework against terrorism, it called upon the United Nations members to conclude and adopt as early as possible a comprehensive convention on international terrorism. Climate Change India considered the declaration on climate change in the agreed draft at the Major Economies Forum a “very strong political message” that would provide impetus to the negotiations on climate change before the Copenhagen summit in December. The Prime Minister’s special envoy on climate change, Shyam Saran, said at a briefig o th sid n n e elines of the G8 and G5 meetings that the declaration was positive and forward looking and would send the right kind of message, though the specifi w ul d ha ve to be ne got iat ed under th cs o e United Nations Framework Convention on Cli- Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 21
Slide 22: Section -1 (Article : 35th G-8 Annual Summit) mate Change leading to the Copenhagen summit.Outlining the perspectives of the G5 developing countries, including India, he said that while climate change was a global challenge, there was an aspect of historical responsibility of the industrial countries for the accumulated emissions in the atmosphere. On the principle of “polluter pays,” the major responsibility lay with the industrial nations, and this was a responsibility that they had acknowledged and undertaken under the UNFCCC. The developing countries wanted the industrial nations to commit themselves to sharp and signifi cant reduct io in em ssio by 40 per cent ns i ns below the 1990 (the date of the Kyoto protocol) levels by 2020. This could form the basis for a more ambitious target over the longer term. The developing nations were faced with the problem of adaptation to climate change and India itself was spending 2 to 2.5 per cent of its Gross Domestic Product on adaptation, including to extreme climatic events and disasters and the impact on agriculture. Even if emissions were reduced to zero, the accumulated emissions would continue to impose a long term burden on the developing countries. Based on this perspective, the developing countries have been emphasising the two pillars of fi nancing mitigation and adaptation actions and the transfer of technology. The position of the G5 was that there should be predictable, stable and adequate resources available for a credible response from the developing countries and the industrial nations could provide 0.5 per cent to 1 per cent of their GDP for the purpose. The G5 also wanted the existing climate-friendly technologies to be diffused rapidly and widely. In addition, they wanted a global programme for capacity building to combat climate change put in place. Transformational technologies, including on clean energy and new and renewable sources, needed to be developed and provided. It was with these goals that India, in association with the United Nations, was organising a conference in New Delhi in October on the development and transfer of technology for climate change. The Green Fund proposed by Mexico and endorsed by both the G5 and the G8, involved contributions by all nations assessed on the basis of their historical responsibility, current level of development and weighted per capita emissions. From the Indian viewpoint, the principle of assessed contribution would be welcome as it would provide stable resources. As regards the binding reduction targets for India and the other developing countries that have so far been exempt from such commitments, India was already committed to the goal of sustainable development, and there has to be a deviation from the business as usual path of growth. However, without clarity on capacity building, funding and technology transfer for climate friendly technologies, India and the other developing countries were unable to give binding commitments on emission reduction targets. However, they were committed to the overall goal of keeping the rise in average global temperature to below 2 degrees over the pre-industrialisation levels. Proposals and Understandings » The Leaders of the Group of Eight meeting in L’Aquila, expressed their heartfelt solidarity to the people of Abruzzo affected by the tragic earthquake which struck the region on 6th April 2009, and to all those around the world who have been touched by natural disasters. » G8 determined to ensure sustainable growth and to tackle the interlinked challenges of the economic crisis, poverty and climate change. These challenges require immediate action and long term vision. » Guided by their common values, G8 addressed global issues and promote a world economy that is open, innovative, sustainable and fair. To this end, effective and responsible leadership is required. G8 determined to fully take on their responsibilities, and are committed to implement- Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 22
Slide 23: Section -1 (Article : 35th G-8 Annual Summit) ing their decisions, and to adopting a full and comprehensive accountability mechanism by 2010 to monitor progress and strengthen the effectiveness of actions. cial crisis and its human and social consequences. G8 will continue to work together to restore confi enc e and set grow h o a m r e robus t, green, d t n o inclusive and sustainable path. This will include strengthening standards of integrity, propriety and transparency for economic activities. » G8 remain focused on the economic and fina n- taken at the London Summit to take all necessary steps to support demand, restore growth and maintain fi a nc i al stabi lity, in l u n strengt h ni n n c di g eg fi a nc i al regul at io and In erna t io l Fi n nc i al n n t na a Institutions (IFIs) and maintaining open markets worldwide. G8 continue to implement swiftly these decisions and call on all countries to act decisively to reinforce the international economic and fi a nc i al sys tem and to w r k cooperat iv y n , o el and responsibly with regard to the impact on other countries. » G8 intended to secure present and future pros- perity by taking the lead in the fi agai n t cl ight s mate change. G8 committed to reaching a global, ambitious and comprehensive agreement in Copenhagen. In this respect, G8 called upon other industrialised countries and emerging economies to actively engage, consistently with the principle of common but differentiated responsibilities and respective capabilities. store confi enc e, stabi lise th fianci al se or an d en ct d provide stimulus to boost growth and create jobs. Despite the current diffi t condi tio , w w ll cul ns e i continue to address global challenges, including fiht in p g g overty a c im t e c nge, w th th a m nd l a ha i ei of establishing a more balanced and sustainable growth path, underpinned by sound fundamentals and social inclusion. » G8 taken stock of progress made to date to re- » G8 renewed all their commitments towards the » poor, especially in Africa. G8 determined to undertake measures to mitigate the impact of the crisis on developing countries, and to continue to support their efforts to achieve the Millennium Development Goals. » The world economy is experiencing the most severe economic and fi a nc i al d stu banc es in d n ir ecades. After several years of very high global growth, G8 have been facing challenging economic conditions, characterised by fi a nc i al tu n r moil, widespread recession, intense deleveraging, an abrupt decline in international trade and growing unemployment and social suffering. While there are signs of stabilization, including a recovery of stock markets, a decline in interest rate spreads, improved business and consumer confi dence, the situation remains uncertain and signifi cant risks rem i n to econom c and fin a i anci al stability. The current fi a nc i al and econom c crisis h s n i a reinforced the need generally for cooperation among key economies. The Heiligendamm Dialogue Process (HDP), a topic-driven dialogue of the G8 with major emerging economies – China, India, Brazil, Mexico and South Africa – established in 2007, has helped to fulfi th s rol e by li serving as a platform to develop common understanding and shared responsibility in responding to the challenges of the world economy concerning investment, innovation, development and energy effi enc y, w i ch w ll b im or tant for g o ci h i ep lbal economic growth going forward. The dialogue has helped to gain a shared understanding of these global challenges in order to fi d appr opr iat e ren sponses. G8 endorsed the results achieved until now and called for an extension of this dialogue among equals. » G8 strongly reaffi e d com tm nt s underrm mi e an unprecedented and concerted action to ensure recovery and repair our fi a nc i al sys tem . G8 n s have: » Since the beginning of the crisis G8 have taken » Coordinated their efforts with partners at vari- Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 23
Slide 24: Section -1 (Article : 35th G-8 Annual Summit) ous levels in response to a crisis that has affected every corner of the world. They have taken forceful and coordinated action to provide stimulus to economic growth.. » G8 call on all jurisdictions to adhere to interna- » They agreed on the need to prepare appropri- ate strategies for unwinding the extraordinary policy measures taken to respond to the crisis once the recovery is assured. These “exit strategies” will vary from country to country depending on domestic economic conditions and public fi a nc es , n and must ensure a sustainable recovery over the long term. They welcomed the analytical work of the IMF which will assist them with this process. Repairing the fi a nc i al s ect or , i n l u n n c di g stabilising fianc i al m rket s a n a l isin b n a nd orm g anking activity, is an urgent priority to ensure lasting economic recovery. They are implementing swiftly the commitments made at the London Summit and call on others to join their efforts to ensure global fi a nc i al stabi lity and an in erna n t tional level playing fi d el . tional standards in the prudential, tax and AntiMoney Laundering and Combating Financing of Terrorism (AML-CFT) areas. To this end, they called on the appropriate bodies to conduct and strengthen objective peer-reviews, based on existing processes, including through the Financial Sector Assessment Program (FSAP) process. » They are pleased with the progress being made » by the Financial Action Task Force (FATF) in improving the standards for combating money laundering and the fi a nc i n o terror ism a b n gf nd y the OECD on international standards of transparency. » The fight » In this difficul t tim , e th p ot ect io o tax b er nf ase and the efforts to combat tax fraud and tax evasion are all the more important, especially given the extraordinary fi scal m as ur es adopt ed t o e stabilise the world economy and the need to ensure that economic activity is conducted in a fair and transparent manner. G8 are making progress in promoting tax information exchange and transparency across the globe, which is helping to widen the acceptance of internationally agreed standards on the exchange of tax information and increase the number of bilateral agreements signed by several jurisdictions. But there is no space for complacency: all jurisdictions must now quickly implement their commitments. They cannot continue to tolerate large amounts of capital hidden to evade taxation. a n t n cooperat iv ju isdi ct io gai s oner ns should also encompass anti money laundering and terrorism fi a nc i n as w l l as in th a n g, e e rea o p ufr dential regulations. G8 called on the Financial Stability Board (FSB) to assess jurisdictions against international supervisory and prudential standards. The FATF and FSB should report back by September on their progress in identifying uncooperative jurisdictions. » G8 noted that several countries are implement- ing voluntary compliance strategies in order to repatriate assets held in non-cooperative jurisdictions, and the need is felt to defi e a di scus sio n n framework for interested countries. » G8 asked the OECD to swiftly address these challenges, propose further steps and report by the time of the next G20 Finance Ministers’ meeting. prehensively address long-term issues and lead the global economy to stable, balanced and sustainable growth. Achieving economic and social stability as a global public good requires better governance. Regulatory reform will reduce room for excessive leveraging and risk taking and promote sound capitalisation of fia nc i al in titu io . C m n s t ns o mon principles and standards on propriety, integrity and transparency governing the conduct of international business and fi a nc e h l p p om t e n e ro a healthy and sustainable economic system. The » Going forward, world needed a strategy to com- Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 24
Slide 25: Section -1 (Article : 35th G-8 Annual Summit) social dimension of growth is also crucial in this effort, through the promotion of employment opportunities, the creation and updating of skills and the protection of the weakest through appropriate social safety nets and income support. results. G8 are therefore committed to update G8 anticorruption. » G8 also welcomed the update of the Account- » Stable and sustained long-term growth will re- quire a smooth unwinding of the existing imbalances in current accounts. G8 recognised the importance of working together to ensure the necessary adjustments in line with the multilaterally agreed strategies, which include supporting strong internal demand in surplus countries and increasing savings rates in defi t count ries th ough apci r propriate macroeconomic and structural policies. New sources of growth will have to be supported by investments in infrastructure, innovation and education to facilitate productivity growth, while ensuring sustainable use of resources in a greener economy, within a context of open markets. Greater macroeconomic policy coordination will also be needed to help ensure that the burden of adjustment is fairly shared. ability Report: Implementation Review of G8 on Anti-Corruption Commitments which was presented for the fi tim in T rst e oyako. W envi sage e making it a permanent tool which sets examples on combating corruption and holds the G8 countries to the highest standards of transparency and accountability. To this end, we appreciate the assistance of the OECD in preparing our regular reports on anti-corruption commitments. Going forward, we invite our major partners to prepare similar reports on their anti-corruption commitments. » G8 are committed to tackling the social dimen- » G8 emphasized the need for an enhanced glo- bal framework for fi a nc i al regul at io a supern n nd vision, promoting consistency between accounting and prudential standards and setting up adequate tools to address procyclicality, as well as ensuring a comprehensive oversight of all systemically signifi cant ent ities and act iv ties . G com i 8 mitted to vigorously pursue the work necessary to ensure global fi a nc i al stabi lity a a in erna n nd n t tional level playing fi d in l u n o c p ens ael , c di g n om tion structures, defi i tio of capi tal and th apnn e propriate incentives for risk management of securitisation, accounting and prudential standards, regulation and oversight of systemically important hedge funds, standardisation and resilience of OTC derivative markets, establishment of central clearing counterparties for these products, and regulation and transparency of credit rating agencies. sion of the crisis, putting peoples’ concerns fi rst. The impact of the economic crisis on labour markets can undermine social stability. Therefore, good macroeconomic policies must be linked to employment and social policies that reduce unemployment, enable a quick re-entry into the labour market and prevent social exclusion. We support the conclusions of the G8 Social Summit in Rome and the London Jobs Conference to take further coherent actions to reduce the impact of the crisis on employment and maximise the potential for growth in jobs, in accordance with the following principles: » Promotion of active labour market policies to reduce unemployment, enhance skills development and match jobs with labour market needs; maintain income support for the unemployed; sustain existing employment, including through partial » Unemployment schemes combined with training provisions and temporary fl b e w r k or exi l o other arrangements, such as employment subsidies, in order to prevent lay-offs; » International cooperation against corruption should be enhanced in order to achieve effective » Ensuring the sustainability and effectiveness of social protection systems as drivers of confi enc e d Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 25
Slide 26: Section -1 (Article : 35th G-8 Annual Summit) and consequently of economic and employment recovery; » G8 invited international organisations, in par- vited the major international energy organisations to review and update their programmes and promote them in light of the changing energy challenges. ticular the IMF, the OECD and the ILO, to take into account the labour and social impact of their advice and cooperation with governments. » should not overlook the opportunity to facilitate a global green recovery putting our economies on a path towards more sustainable and resilient growth. G8 fi scal stim l u p u s ackages are in reasc ingly investing in measures encouraging the creation of green jobs and low-carbon, energy effi cient and sustainable growth. These include energy effi enc y m asur es , i n tm nt in publ ic ci e ves e transportation infrastructure, incentives for fueleffi ent v cl es , res earch in al terna t iv sour ces ci ehi e of energy, support for renewable energy technologies, as well as in enhanced CO2 reduction, recycling and disposal such as Carbon Capture and Storage. On goods and services directly linked to addressing climate change, as agreed at the Toyako Summit. At the same time, G8 will ensure proper regulatory and other frameworks facilitating transition towards low-carbon and resource effi ent ci growth. In this light, G8 has called for a reduction of subsidies that artifi al ly enc our age carci bon-intensive energy consumption. e conom c c i risis sh d oul not delay cost-effective investments or programmed energy projects that would create jobs, enhance energy security and help limit greenhouse gas emissions in the short and medium term. G8 has urged all countries and the private sector to adopt a long-term view in planning their investments. In this context, G8 reaffi e d th i r strong com rm e mitment to implement the St Petersburg Principles on Global Energy Security in our countries and call on others to join us in this effort. G8 in- » The emergency response to the economic crisis G8 reconfi e d th i r com tm nt to keep rm e mi e markets open and free and to reject protectionism of any kind. In diffi t tim s G m s t a d p cul e 8u voi ast mistakes of protectionist policies, especially given the strong decline in world trade following the economic crisis. Recovery needs a strong international trade component to be viable and the relevant programmes must fully respect our obligations and commitments to non-discriminatory treatment under WTO and other international agreements. G8 will maximise efforts and steps to promote and facilitate trade and investment. » G8 stressed the importance of fully adhering to the standstill commitment and the commitment to rectify protectionist measures adopted in London to avoid further deterioration of international trade, including refraining from taking decisions to increase tariffs above today’s levels. G8 will refrain from raising new barriers to investment or to trade in goods and services, imposing new exports restrictions, or implementing World Trade Organisation (WTO) inconsistent measures to stimulate exports. » G8 will continue to ensure that our share of the » The current financi al and pledge taken in the London Summit of $250 billion of support for trade fi a nc e is p om t ly m de n rp a available through our export credit agencies (ECAs) and investment agencies and through Multilateral Development Banks. G8 support coordination and cooperation in its implementation, and welcome exchange of information on the measures taken in this regard. Cooperation among ECAs, such as strengthening re-insurance schemes, is expected to play an important role to this end. » The current crisis has affected capital fl w , os including foreign direct investments (FDIs), which represent an important source of fi a nc i n and a n g Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 26
Slide 27: Section -1 (Article : 35th G-8 Annual Summit) driver of economic growth and integration. G8 stressed the positive role of long term investments. G8 will work to reverse the recent decline in FDI, by fostering an open, receptive climate for foreign investment, especially in emerging and in developing countries. forts on technology and fi a nc i n G8: n g, » Strive for greater predictability of international support and affi th i r in ent io to cont rib e rm e t n ut fair share, in the context of an ambitious deal in Copenhagen; » Innovation and knowledge are key factors for supporting the recovery and putting the world economy on a more sustainable growth path. G8 has intended to accelerate innovation in relation to long-term challenges and to encourage the development of new industries, companies and services that will be decisive to create new sources of growth. G8 are committed to implementing innovation policies in our countries, also through our stimulus packages. G8 aimed to foster research, entrepreneurship, human capital and skills, green technologies and investment in infrastructure, including Information and Communication Technology (ICT) networks. » Affi th t al l count ries , except L ast D vel rm a e e oped Countries (LDCs), should participate in the fi a nc i al ef for t to tackl e cl im t e cha nge, accor dn a ing to criteria to be agreed, and G8 support consideration of the proposal by Mexico; » Recognising the importance of research and development, we committed in Toyako to increase investment in basic and applied clean technology research and development. G8 will intensify such efforts and explore options to enhance global technology cooperation. G8 believed that provisions on fi a nc i n technol o res earch, d n g gy evel o e nt , pm deployment and diffusion should form an integral part of the post-2012 agreement. an effective fi a nc i al a n rrangem nt to suppor t th e e post-2012 regime. G8 underlined that mobilizing fi a nc i n f or devel o n count ri es , th ough a n g pi g r broad range of fi a nc i al sour ces , in l u n fiann c di g n cial assistance, is required for adaptation and mitigation, and to facilitate the transition to low-carbon economies. Financial support needs to be effi ent , ef fect iv and equi tabl e and t h ref or e ci e e linked to results in terms of emission reductions and adaptation actions; » Call for the elaboration and implementation of » Will work to ensure that the governance of mechanisms disbursing funds is transparent, fair, effective, effi ent , a o b anc ed repr es ent at io ci nd f al n among developed. » Financing is central to achieving an agreement » Promote public-private partnerships, in order at Copenhagen and requires mobilisation of signifi cant fi anci al resour ces, bt h pu i c an pri n o bl d vate. Given its capacity to innovate, the private sector should play a pivotal role in fi a nc i n in n gvestments in new technologies. Public resources should therefore seek to leverage private-sector fi a nc i n to suppor t res earch, d n g, evel o e nt and pm demonstration of low carbon technologies in order to accelerate the development and deployment of early stage technologies, and to aid implementation of adaptation and mitigation strategies in developing countries. To promote concerted ef- to facilitate targeted and effi ent in tm nt s in ci ves e research, development, deployment and diffusion of clean technologies, while mobilising additional resources from the private sector. Promoting Global Food Security : Agriculture and food security should be placed at the core of the international agenda. G8 welcomed the Final Declaration of the G8 Ministers of Agriculture who recently met in Treviso, and commit to continue working with partner countries and international and regional organizations to foster the conditions for ensuring sustainable access to suffi ent , a for dabl e a saf e food to e ci f nd veryone . T he Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 27
Slide 28: Section -1 (Article : 35th G-8 Annual Summit) economic crisis dramatically changed the scenario faced when G8 last convened in Toyako. Although global commodity and food prices signifi ly cant decreased in many regions, they remain high compared with historical levels. As a consequence of spikes in food prices, the number of people suffering from hunger increased by 100 million up to 1 billion and could signifi ly cant worsen as the global economic crisis unfolds. Lower incomes and higher unemployment reduce the purchasing power of the poor, worsening their access to food. The climate change impact on agriculture and decreasing availability of water could aggravate the already critical situation of food security, requiring broader adaptation and mitigation efforts. In Toyako G8 agreed to undertake all possible measures to ensure global food security, highlighting that the G8 had committed over US$ 10 billion since January 2008 for short, medium and long-term purposes, to support food aid, nutrition interventions, social protection activities and agricultural output increase. The monitoring report by their experts confi s th t from January 2 rm a 008 to July 2009 US$ 13 billion have been disbursed and that substantial additional commitments have been undertaken since the Toyako Summit. With a view to ensuring a more food secure world, G8 committed to: Stimulate sustainable growth of world food production, by promoting increased investment in agriculture, including through development assistance, and with particular attention to small-hold farmers; promote wellfunctioning and transparent international, national and local markets as a means to reduce the volatility of prices and combat speculation; work with governments and regional organizations to strengthen national agricultural research systems; increase investment and access to scientifi k l c now edge and technology, also by strengthening the role of the Consultative Group for International Agricultural Research (CGIAR); encourage appropriate land and natural resource management, the protection of biodiversity and the adaptation to climate change. Noting a growing trend of international agricultural investment, including land leasing and purchases in developing countries, G8 will work with partner countries and international organizations to develop a joint proposal on principles and best practices for international agricultural investment. Foster a more effi ent a c rent in erna t io l ci nd ohe t na agricultural and food security architecture by: advancing the reforms of the FAO, the Committee on World Food Security and other specialized agencies and their cooperation at global, regional and country level; enhancing food aid effectiveness; continuing to explore various options on a coordinated approach to stock management; advancing trade negotiations to achieve a balanced, comprehensive and ambitious conclusion of the Doha Round. Support country-led and regional processes, such as the Comprehensive Africa Agriculture Development Programme (CAADP), to promote sustainable agriculture, the development of local markets and rural non-farm economies, as well as to strengthen early warning systems, social protection mechanisms and safety nets for vulnerable population groups. G8-Africa Partnership on Water and Sanitation: G8 has determined to build a stronger partnership between African and G8 countries to increase access to water and sanitation, based on the principles of shared responsibility and mutual accountability. Through the joint political weight of the G8 and the AU, we will ensure adequate momentum and commitment on water and sanitation improvements at national and international levels, for concrete results on the ground. coordination processes and the defii tio o w ter a sani n nfa nd tation investment plans in line with the Paris declaration on Aid Effectiveness and the Accra Agenda for Action. To support the implementation of the African commitments, G8 countries will: assist the building of capacity in African countries to develop and implement national water and sanitation plans; improve coordination within multi-donor plat- Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 28
Slide 29: Section -1 (Article : 35th G-8 Annual Summit) forms to promote aid effectiveness; align assistance to better refl n t io l p io ities ; im r ove b lat ect a na r r p i eral and multilateral contributions to fi a nc i al n mechanisms aimed at mobilizing investment; assist the AU Commission, AMCOW and Regional Economic Communities in response to the African demands for institutional support. G8 will continue working at all levels to consolidate and develop this cooperation with a view to present a strengthened Africa-G8 Partnership on Water and Sanitation by the end of 2009. The Africa Water Week due to take place in November in South Africa might provide an opportunity for tangible progress towards their common goal of meeting water and sanitation challenges. G5 Trade and Political Declaration Trade Declaration: The Leaders of the Group of Five (Brazil, China, India, Mexico and South Africa) in L’Aquila, Italy on July 8, 2009, have decided to issue the following Declaration on Trade: Group of Five convinced that the successful conclusion of the Doha Round on the basis of its development mandate will provide a major stimulus to the restoration of confi enc e in w r ld m rket s d o a and inhibit emerging protectionist trends which are particularly damaging to developing countries. G5 also believed that a strengthened multilateral trading system must play a role in promoting development and reducing poverty. The full integration of developing countries in world trade requires a fair, equitable and development-friendly multilateral trading system. G5 need to conclude this fi a l stage of n got ian e tions. The only way to achieve this in the foreseeable future is by upholding the mandates negotiated over the last seven years. The conclusion of the modalities in agriculture and non-agricultural market access (NAMA) continues to be a necessary step in the negotiations. The December 2008 draft Agriculture and NAMA texts must be completed in line with the development mandate and their overall balance must be preserved, as they offer the only prospect for a timely conclu- sion of the Round. The time has come to intensify dialogue among WTO Members with a view to fi di n sol u io ng t ns to the remaining negotiating gaps. The contribution that countries are making in this Round is unprecedented and all Members must be prepared to do the same, especially the developed ones. G5 are ready to engage with all WTO Members with a view to completing the modalities and addressing any outstanding problems, within the context of a transparent and inclusive multilateral process. After consultations, Egypt has associated itself with this Declaration. Political Declaration: The Leaders of the Group of Five (Brazil, China, India, Mexico and South Africa) have decided to issue the following Political Declaration: The global economic crisis in its multiple dimensions, including social, employment and food and energy security risks, non traditional threats to security such as diseases and epidemics, as well as the challenges posed by climate change, underscore our fundamental interdependence and the imperative of enhancing cooperation to achieve equitable and sustainable development for all. The world needs a new global governance, the construction of which must be based on inclusive multilateralism. In our evolving multi-polar world, the G5, as a positive platform that contributes to the promotion of the interests of developing countries, will continue to actively engage in jointly tackling global challenges. The recent outbreak of infl enz a A H N ) , a o u (11 l ng with its rapid spread to various countries all around the world, has further underscored the growing interconnection among people and countries. G5 will continue monitoring the development of this epidemic and facing it on the basis of constructive dialogue and cooperation. Collectively, at the G-20 Summit held in London last April, G5 stressed the need of addressing the global and fi a nc i al crisis in an in egrat ed m nn t a Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 29
Slide 30: Section -1 (Article : 35th G-8 Annual Summit) ner, carefully considering its social and developmental impacts, as well as the long term requirements of stability and sustainability. It is their conviction that efforts to address food security, energy security and other issues of common concern to developing countries, should not be reduced because of the fi a nc i al c n risis. O th c n e ontrary, G5 must grab the crisis as an opportunity to reform the international economic system for the benefi o a l, p t f l articul arly th m s t v n rabl e. A eo ul e s a fi step, G c l for th fu l im l em nt at io o rst 5 al elp e nf the G-20 London Summit Declaration without any delay. At the global level, G5 must swiftly strengthen macroeconomic policy coordination and adopt strong economic stimulus measures to restore market confi enc e, stabi lize fianci al m ket s an d n a r d promote world economic growth. Developed countries have a leading responsibility in this regard. The G5 will continue to promote the reform of the international fi a nc i al sys tem in a com r en p hensive, balanced and result-oriented way, with the purpose of establishing a new international fi a nc i al or der w i ch is fai r, j u t, in l u iv and n h s cse well-managed. In particular, we pledge to devote appropriate efforts to fundamentally resolving the issue of under-representation and inadequate voice of developing countries in international fi a nc i al n institutions, which is urgently needed. Towards this end, the G5 will collaborate with other world leaders. In this light, we welcome the outcome document adopted by the United Nations Conference on the World Financial and Economic Crisis and its Impact on Development. The promotion of equitable and sustainable development for all must be at the core of global efforts. G5 urged international fi a nc i al in titu n s tions to use their recently augmented resources to mainly help those developing countries which have been seriously affected by the crisis. G5 also called on all countries to consider the impact of their macroeconomic policies on developing countries and avoid aggravating the diffi ties o d cul f eveloping countries due to the negative spillover effect of their policies. G5 reaffi e d th i r com tm nt to m et in th rm e mi e e ge Millennium Development Goals and to contributing to poverty eradication and the promotion of social development and justice at a global scale. In this regard, considering the threatening social impact of the global fi a nc i al and econom c crin i sis, G5 urged developed countries to speedily meet the already committed target of 0.7% of their gross national income for offi al d ci evel o e nt a pm ssistanc e to developing countries. Also, G5 emphasised the importance of fully implementing the outcomes of major World Summits, especially the United Nations Conference on Environment and Development, the Monterrey Consensus and the Johannesburg Plan of Implementation. This is also a necessary condition for global recovery. G5 stressed the need for developing countries to strengthen coordination and collaboration on outstanding global issues and call on all Governments, international organizations and relevant parties to vigorously support South-South and trilateral cooperation, making full use of the existing mechanisms to deepen cooperation in all fi d . A exel s n panded South-South cooperation can be supplementary but is not a substitute for North-South cooperation. G5 urged developed countries to assist the developing countries that are particularly vulnerable to the adverse effects of climate change in meeting costs of adaptation. G5 also urged developed countries to commit themselves to ambitious and comparable quantifi e i ssio reduct io target s ed m n n by reducing their emissions in aggregate by at least 40% below their 1990 levels by 2020, in the second commitment period of the Kyoto Protocol. G5 were fully committed to working for an ambitious outcome at the 2009 United Nations Climate Change Conference in Copenhagen, to ensure the full, effective and sustained implementation of the Convention and its Kyoto Protocol. Peace and development are mutually reinforcing. Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 30
Slide 31: Section -1 (Article : 35th G-8 Annual Summit) The G5 will continue to support efforts that promote global security based on international law, and through constructive dialogue and diplomacy, seek to strengthen the international legal framework. We remain committed to supporting the role of the United Nations in global governance and further undertake to intensify international cooperation, especially in the multilateral arena. G5 will continue to strive for a comprehensive reform of the United Nations that includes strengthening the General Assembly, revitalizing ECOSOC, reforming the Secretariat, strengthening the UN gender architecture and, in particular, achieving an early reform of the UN Security Council, that properly refl s th cur rent ecoect e nomic and political realities. G5 unequivocally condemn in the strongest terms terrorism in all its forms and manifestations. The global scourge of terrorism need strongest collective action by the international community to prevent terrorist acts and punish perpetrators, fin anciers and others involved in such acts. In order to provide a comprehensive international legal framework against terrorism, the UN member states should conclude and adopt the Comprehensive Convention on International Terrorism as early as possible. G5 reiterated their commitment to ensure a world free of nuclear weapons and other weapons of mass destruction and welcome the strengthening of multilateral dialogue on disarmament issues. In particular, G5 supported the implementation of the World Program of the Conference on Disarmament for its 2009 sessions and expect a substantive outcome of these meetings. What is G8 The Group of Eight was created by France in 1975 as an informal forum for the six largest industrialized economies of the Northern Hemisphere — Britain, France, West Germany, Italy, Japan and the United States. It was born out of the 1973 oil crisis and global recession.In 1975, French President Valéry Giscard d’Estaing called the leaders of the other fi e count ries to a sum t in R m v mi abouillet. There, they decided to hold the meetings annually, with each nation taking a turn to serve as host and chair. The European Union is represented at the meetings, but does not act as host.Canada joined the group in 1976 to make it the G7, and Russia became a member in 1997 to form the G8. G8 ministers meet many times during the course of the year. The fia nc e m n sters m et four tim s n ii e e a year, and the foreign ministers and environmental ministers meet less frequently.The annual holder of the G8 presidency sets the summit agenda in consultation with the other members, hosts the summit and determines which ministerial meetings will be held.In recent years, some members have pushed to expand the group’s size, and the Outreach Six (O6), which encompasses Brazil, China, India, Mexico, South Africa and Egypt, has been included in the G8 for talks. They will also be joined this year by Australia, Denmark, Indonesia, South Korea, the Netherlands and Spain, Berlusconi said. Berlusconi, who is chairing the 2009 forum, said the G8 will also be attended by representatives of a number of international organizations, such as the International Monetary Fund and World Bank, and the African Union and representatives of some African nations. Unlike many international organizations, such as the United Nations or NATO, the G8 has no formal structure, no administrative staff or international headquarters or even a mailing address. It remains informal, but highly cooperative and focused on coordination of action. The 2009 summit held in L’Aquila, a city in the Abruzzo region of Italy, less than 100 kilometers (60 miles) east of Rome. The city was badly damaged by an earthquake in April, and the Italian government decided to move the annual summit there from La Maddalena on Sardinia to symbolize the rebuilding of the region. Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 31
Slide 32: Section -1 (Article : 35th G-8 Annual Summit) Fact File G8 Countries: The members of the Group of Eight, or G8, are Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, Russia, the United Kingdom and the United States. The eight members meet once a year at Heads of State and Government level. France, the United States and Russia are represented by their Heads of State, whereas the United Kingdom, Germany, Japan, Italy and Canada are represented by their respective Heads of Government. G5 Countries Over the years, the G7/G8 duty Presidencies have begun inviting a number of emerging countries to specific sessions of talks on an ad hoc basis, as the emerging economies’ increasing weight on the world scene has made it necessary to involve them in identifying solutions to the major global challenges. The Group of Five (G5) comprises Brazil,People’s Republic of china,India,Mexico and South Africa. Other Countries The purpose of the G8 – the main industrialised democracies’ forum for dialogue – is to come up with fresh answers to the main global political and economic issues. In addition to its traditional members, the Italian duty Presidency has invited to the G8 Summit the countries that make up the Major Economies Forum, the NEPAD (New Partnership for Africa's Development) founder states, the representatives of the African Union and Spain, Turkey and the Netherlands. Other countries invited » Egypt » Hosni Mubarak, President MEF (Major Economies Forum) countries Australia: Kevin Rudd, Prime Minister Republic of Korea: Lee Myung-bak, President Indonesia: Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono, President Denmark (the country hosting next December’s UN Conference on Climate Change): Lars Lokke Rasmussen, Prime Minister Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 32
Slide 33: Aspirants Times Previous Issues VOL.1 VOL.2 VOL.3 VOL.4 http://groups.google.com/group/upscportal/files Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 33
Slide 34: Section -1 (Article : Carbon Emissions Trading) New Global Concept to Reduce Climate Change Author is an Expert of Various Competitive Examinations Carbon Emissions Trading By Sangeeta Gupta India has planned to create the world's fi m rrst a ket for trading credits for energy savings. Government expects to set mandatory energy-savings targets by the end of 2009 for energy-intensive sectors such as cement, aluminium, steel, power, textiles, fertilizers, railway, paper and pulp. The country's Bureau of Energy Effi enc y is w r ki n ci o g on a program to establish credits for industrial plants that save energy beyond the government requirement. The plan has been modelled after emissions-trading markets at work in the EU. In January 2009, Mumbai, India-based Multi Commodity Exchange (MCX) launched futures trading in carbon credits in India. Under the energy-savings plan, separate targets would be established for each large industrial unit and plant in order to take into account the different sizes and type of companies in each sector. The mandatory reductions would then go into effect three years later. Companies surpassing energy savings requirements would get credits that can be sold through existing power exchanges to companies that fail to meet their targets. Companies failing to meet targets that do not buy credits would then be penalized by the government. The energy-savings market must be approved by the prime minister's climate council. The move is part of India's National Action Plan on Climate Change. Because the country has lower emissions than industrialized countries, India has decided one of its best contributions could be to use less energy from polluting sources. India has generated about 30 million carbon credits and is one of the largest benefi aries in th c ci e arbon c t redi trade, according to MCX. Under the plan, private companies would be responsible for measuring energy reductions. Carbon Trading Scenario Parties with commitments under the Kyoto Protocol (Annex B Parties) have accepted targets for limiting or reducing emissions. These targets are expressed as levels of allowed emissions, or “assigned amounts,” over the 2008-2012 commitment period. The allowed emissions are divided into “assigned amount units” (AAUs). Emissions trading, as set out in Article 17 of the Kyoto Protocol, allows countries that have emission units to spare emissions permitted them but not "used" - to sell this excess capacity to countries that are over their targets. Thus, a new commodity was created in the form of emission reductions or removals. Since carbon dioxide is the principal greenhouse gas, people speak simply of trading in carbon. Carbon is now tracked and traded like any other commodity. This is known as the "carbon market." Trading Units: More than actual emissions units can be traded and sold under the Kyoto Protocol’s emissions trading scheme. The other units which may be transferred under the scheme, each equal to one tonne of CO2, may be in the form of: Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 34
Slide 35: Section -1 (Article : Carbon Emissions Trading) » A removal unit (RMU) on the basis of land use, land-use change and forestry(LULUCF) activities such as reforestation » An emission reduction unit (ERU) generated by a joint implementation project they reduce their emissions below their targets. The presence of a market for these units creates a value for emissions reductions which stimulates investment in the most cost-effective areas. Emissions trading leads to a reduction in compliance costs compared to meeting the same target through domestic/internal means only. The Clean Development Mechanism (CDM) of the Kyoto Protocol allows projects in developing countries to generate emission credits if they result in emission levels lower than would otherwise be the case; these credits can be marketed and eventually counted against a developed country's emission obligation. The IEA provides analysis on the effectiveness of the different emissions trading scheme options, both at international and domestic level. What is Emissions Trading? Emissions trading is an administrative approach used to control pollution by providing economic incentives for achieving reductions in the emissions of pollutants. It is sometimes called cap and trade. A central authority (usually a government or international body) sets a limit or cap on the amount of a pollutant that can be emitted. Companies or other groups are issued emission permits and are required to hold an equivalent number of allowances (or credits) which represent the right to emit a specifi a o unt . T tot al a o unt o a lo a nc es cm he m flw and credits cannot exceed the cap, limiting total emissions to that level. Companies that need to increase their emission allowance must buy credits from those who pollute less. The transfer of allowances is referred to as a trade. In effect, the buyer is paying a charge for polluting, while the seller is being rewarded for having reduced emissions by more than was needed. Thus, in theory, those who can easily reduce emissions most cheaply will do so, achieving the pollution reduction at the lowest possible cost to society. There are active trading programs in several pol- » A certifi e i ssion reduct ion (C ed m ER) g rat ed ene from a clean development mechanism project activity. Transfers and acquisitions of these units are tracked and recorded through the registry systems under the Kyoto Protocol. An international transaction log ensures secure transfer of emission reduction units between countries. Commitment Period Reserve: In order to address the concern that Parties could “oversell” units, and subsequently be unable to meet their own emissions targets, each Party is required to hold a minimum level of ERUs, CERs, AAUs and RMUs in its national registry. This is known as the “commitment period reserve.” Relationship to Domestic and Regional Emissions Trading Schemes: Emissions trading schemes may be established as climate policy instruments at the national level and the regional level. Under such schemes, governments set emissions obligations to be reached by the participating entities. The European Union emissions trading scheme is the largest in operation. Emissions Trading and CDM Emissions trading is a way of introducing fl b lexi i ity into a system where participants have to meet emissions targets. These participants may be countries (as in the case of the Kyoto Protocol), or companies (as in the case of a domestic emissions trading scheme). Participants can buy units to cover any emissions above their targets, or sell units if Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 35
Slide 36: Section -1 (Article : Carbon Emissions Trading) lutants. For greenhouse gases the largest is the European Union Emission Trading Scheme. In the United States there is a national market to reduce acid rain and several regional markets in nitrogen oxides. Markets for other pollutants tend to be smaller and more localized.The overall goal of an emissions trading plan is to reduce emissions. The cap is usually lowered over time - aiming towards a national emissions reduction target. In other systems a portion of all traded credits must be retired, causing a net reduction in emissions each time a trade occurs. In many cap and trade systems, organizations which do not pollute may also participate, thus environmental groups can purchase and retire allowances or credits and hence drive up the price of the remainder according to the law of demand. Corporations can also prematurely retire allowances by donating them to a non-profi ent ity and th n be el igi b e for a t e l tax deduction. Because emissions trading uses markets to determine how to deal with the problem of pollution, it is often touted as an example of effective free market environmentalism. While the cap is usually set by a political process, individual companies are free to choose how or if they will reduce their emissions. In theory, fi s w ll choos e th rm i e least-costly way to comply with the pollution regulation, creating incentives that reduce the cost of achieving a pollution reduction goal. Background The effi cacy of w a t lat er w s to be cal led th h a e "cap and trade" approach to air pollution abatement was fi d o ns trat ed in a series o m crorst em fi economic computer simulation studies between 1967 and 1970 for the National Air Pollution Control Administration (predecessor to the United States Environmental Protection Agency’s Offi ce of Air and Radiation) by Ellison Burton and William Sanjour. These studies used mathematical models of several cities and their emission sources in order to compare the cost and effectiveness of various control strategies. Each abatement strat- International Emissions Trading Association (IETA) The International Emissions Trading Association (IETA) is a nonprofit business organization created in June 1999 to establish a functional international framework for trading in greenhouse gas emission reductions. Our membership includes leading international companies from across the carbon trading cycle. IETA members seek to develop an emissions trading regime that results in real and verifiable greenhouse gas emission reductions, while balancing economic efficiency with environmental integrity and social equity. As of March 2009, IETA comprises more than 160 international companies from OECD and non-OECD countries. IETA has formed several partnerships such as with, among others, the World Bank, Eurelectric, the World Business Council for Sustainable Development (WBCSD) and the California Climate Action Registry. Vision: IETA is dedicated to ensuring that the objectives of the United Nations Convention on Climate Change and ultimately climate protection are met through the establishment of effective systems for trading in greenhouse gas emissions by businesses, in an economically efficient manner while maintaining societal equity and environmental integrity. Legal Status and History: In 1999, IETA has emerged from the United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD) Policy Forums on greenhouse gas emissions trading, resulting from a co-operation between Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 36
Slide 37: Section -1 (Article : Carbon Emissions Trading) UNCTAD and the WBCSD. IETA received legal non-profit status from the government of Switzerland in June 2000, and received United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) non-governmental organization accreditation in October 2000. IETA currently has offices in Geneva (Switzerland), Ottawa (Canada), Brussels (Belgium) and Washington DC (USA). Features: IETA consists of a diverse, international membership of business organizations. This ensures: 1. A wide range of expertise from representatives of member companies including emitters, solution providers, brokers, verifiers and legal compliance; 2.Interaction with the most active and cutting edge practitioners and stakeholders; 3.Representation of OECD and non-OECD interest; and 4.The depth of the IETA network. Goals and Objectives: IETA will work for: 1.The development of an active, global greenhouse gas market involving all three flexibility mechanisms of the Kyoto Protocol - the Clean Development Mechanism (CDM), Joint Implementation (JI) and Emissions Trading, as well as those outside the Kyoto Protocol; and 2. The creation of systems and instruments that will ensure effective business participation. To be the premier voice for the business community on emissions trading, the objectives for the organization are to: 3.Promote an integrated view of the emissions trading system as the solution to Climate Change; 4.Participate in the design and implementation of national and international rules and guidelines; and 5.Provide the most up-to-date and credible source of information on emissions trading and greenhouse gas market developments. egy was compared with the "least cost solution" produced by a computer optimization program to identify the least costly combination of source reductions in order to achieve a given abatement goal. In each case it was found that the least cost solution was dramatically less costly than the same amount of pollution reduction produced by any conventional abatement strategy. This led to the concept of "cap and trade" as a means of achieving the "least cost solution" for a given level of abatement. The development of emissions trading over the course of its history can be divided into four phases: Gestation: Theoretical articulation of the instrument (by coase, Crocker, Dales, Montgomery etc.) and, independent of the former, tinkering with "fl b e r exi l egul at io a th U E ronm nt al P on" t e S nvi e r tection Agency. Proof of Principle: First developments towards trading of emission certifi es b cat ased o th "of fne set-mechanism" taken up in Clean Air Act in 1977. Prototype: Launching of a fi "cap a trade" rst nd system as part of the US Acid Rain Program, offi cially announced as a paradigm shift in environ- Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 37
Slide 38: Section -1 (Article : Carbon Emissions Trading) mental policy, as prepared by "Project 88", a network-building effort to bring together environmental and industrial interests in the US. Regime formation: branching out from the US clean air policy to global climate policy, and from there to the European Union, along with the expectation of an emerging global carbon market and the formation of the "carbon industry". Cap and Trade versus Baseline and Credit:The textbook emissions trading program can be called a "cap and trade" approach in which an aggregate cap on all sources is established and these sources are then allowed to trade amongst themselves to determine which sources actually emit the total pollution load. An alternative approach with important differences is a baseline and credit program. In a baseline and credit program a set of polluters that are not under an aggregate cap can create credits by reducing their emissions below a baseline level of emissions. These credits can be purchased by polluters that do have a regulatory limit. Many of the criticisms of trading in general are targeted at baseline and credit programs rather than cap type programs. The Economics of International Emissions Trading:It is possible for a country to reduce emissions using a command control approach, such as regulation, direct and indirect taxes. The cost of that approach differs between countries because the Marginal Abatement Cost (MAC) the cost of eliminating an additional unit of pollution differs by country. It might cost China $2 to eliminate a ton of CO2, but it would probably cost Sweden or the U.S. much more. International emissions-trading markets were created precisely to exploit differing MACs. Kyoto Protocol The Kyoto protocol is a 1997 international treaty which came into force in 2005, which binds most developed nations to a cap and trade system for the six major greenhouse. (The United States is the only industrialized nation under Annex-1 which has not ratifi a th ref or e is n b ed nd e ot ound by it.) Emission quotas were agreed by each par- ticipating country, with the intention of reducing their overall emissions by 5.2% of their 1990 levels by the end of 2012. Under the treaty, for the 5-year compliance period from 2008 until 2012, nations that emit less than their quota will be able to sell emissions credits to nations that exceed their quota. It is also possible for developed countries within the trading scheme to sponsor carbon projects that provide a reduction in greenhouse gas emissions in other countries, as a way of generating tradable carbon credits. The Protocol allows this through clean development mechanism (CDM) and joint implementation (JI) projects, in order to provide fl b e m cha ni sm to ai d regul at ed enexi l e s tities in meeting their compliance with their caps. The UNFCCC validates all CDM projects to ensure they create genuine additional savings and that there is no carbon leakage. The Intergovernmental Panel on climate Change has projected that the fi a nc i al ef fect o com l in f p ance through trading within the Kyoto commitment period will be 'limited' at between 0.1-1.1% of GDP among trading countries. By comparison the Stern report placed the costs of doing nothing at fi e to 2 tim s h ghe r. v 0ei Renewable Energy Certifi es cat Renewable energy certifi es , o "green tags ", a cat r re transferable rights for renewable energy within some American states. A renewable energy provider gets issued one green tag for each 1,000 KWh of energy it produces. The energy is sold into the electrical grid, and the certifi es c b sol d o cat an e n the open market for additional profi T y are t. he purchased by fi s o in v d s in o der to id rm r di i ual r entify a portion of their energy with renewable sources and are voluntary. They are typically used like an offsetting scheme or to show corporate responsibility, although their issuance is unregulated, with no national registry to ensure there is no double-counting. However, it is one way that an organization could purchase Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 38
Slide 39: Section -1 (Article : Carbon Emissions Trading) its energy from a local provider who uses fossil fuels, but back it with a certifi e th t suppor ts a cat a specifi w n o h o p e r p oj ect . c i d r ydr ow r Market trend:Carbon emissions trading has been steadily increasing in recent years. According to the Word bank's Carbon Finance Unit, 374 million metric tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent (tCO2e) were exchanged through projects in 2005, a 240% increase relative to 2004 (110 mtCO2e) which was itself a 41% increase relative to 2003 (78 mtCO2e). In terms of dollars, the World Bank has estimated that the size of the carbon market was 11 billion USD in 2005, 30 billion USD in 2006, and 64 billion in 2007. The Marrakesh Accords of the Kyoto protocol defi e d th in erna t io l tradi n m cha ni sm and n et na ge s registries needed to support trading between countries, with allowance trading now occurring between European countries and Asian countries. However, while the USA as a nation did not ratify the Protocol, many of its states are now developing cap-and-trade systems and are looking at ways to link their emissions trading systems together, nationally and internationally, to seek out the lowest costs and improve liquidity of the market. However, these states also wish to preserve their individual integrity and unique features. For example, in contrast to the other Kyoto-compliant systems, some states propose other types of greenhouse gas sources, different measurement methods, setting a maximum on the price of allowances, or restricting access to CDM projects. Creating instruments that are not truly fungible would introduce instability and make pricing diffi t. V ricul a ous proposals are being investigated to see how these systems might be linked across markets, with the International Carbon Action Partnership (ICAP) as an international body to help co-ordinate this. Business Reaction:With the creation of a market for mandatory trading of carbon dioxide emissions within the Kyoto Protocol, the London fi a nc i al n marketplace has established itself as the center of the carbon fia nce m rket , a is e n a nd xpected to h ve a grown into a market valued at $60 billion in 2007. The voluntary offset market, by comparison, is projected to grow to about $4bn by 2010. 23 multinational corporations came together in the G8 climate change roundtable, a business group formed at the January 2005 World Economic Forum. The group included Ford, Toyota, British Airways, BP and Unilever. On June 9, 2005 the Group published a statement stating that there was a need to act on climate change and stressing the importance of market-based solutions. It called on governments to establish "clear, transparent, and consistent price signals" through "creation of a long-term policy framework" that would include all major producers of greenhouse gases. By December 2007 this had grown to encompass 150 global businesses. Business in the UK have come out strongly in support of emissions trading as a key tool to mitigate climate change, supported by NGOs. However, not all businesses favor a trading approach. On December 11, 2008, Rex Tillerson, the CEO of Exxonmobil, said a carbon tax is "a more direct, more transparent and more effective approach" than a cap and trade program, which he said, "inevitably introduces unnecessary cost and complexity." He also said that he hoped that the revenues from a carbon tax would be used to lower other taxes so as to be revenue neutral. The International Air Transport Association, whose 230 member airlines comprise 93% of all international traffi p itio is th t tradi n sh d c, os n a g oul be based on “benchmarking,” setting emissions levels based on industry averages, rather than “grandfathering,” which would use individual companies’ previous emissions levels to set their future permit allowances. They argue grandfathering “would penalise airlines that took early action to modernise their fl s, w i le a eet h Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 39
Slide 40: Section -1 (Article : Carbon Emissions Trading) benchmarking approach, if designed properly, would reward more effi ent o ci perat io . " ns Measuring, Reporting, Verifi io cat n (MRV) and Enforcement Meaningful emission reductions within a trading system can only occur if they can be measured at the level of operator or installation and reported to a regulator. There is an open source tool for helping operators accurately measure and plan their emissions. For greenhouse gases all trading countries maintain an inventory of emissions at national and installation level; in addition, the trading groups within North America maintain inventories at the state level through the climate registry. For trading between regions these inventories must be consistent, with equivalent units and measurement techniques. In some industrial processes emissions can be physically measured by inserting sensors and fl w t ers in chi m e ys and stacks , but m ny o me n a types of activity rely on theoretical calculations for measurement. Depending on local legislation, these measurements may require additional checks and verifi io by governm nt or th rd party cat n e i auditors, prior or post submission to the local regulator. Another critical part is enforcement. Without effective MRV and enforcement the value of allowances are diminished. Enforcement can be done using several means, including fi e s o sanc t io nr ning those that have exceeded their allowances. Concerns include the cost of MRV and enforcement and the risk that facilities may be tempted to mislead rather than make real reductions or make up their shortfall by purchasing allowances or offsets from another entity. The net effect of a corrupt reporting system or poorly managed or fi a nc ed regul at or m y b a d scount o e i ssio n a ei nm n costs, and a (hidden) increase in actual emissions. India and Emissions Market World wide trading in emissions added up to less than $400 million in 2008. But it is early days yet. Turnover is growing rapidly, as is the price at which emissions are being traded. About 107 million tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent (tCO2e) was exchanged in 2004 through `Kyoto Protocol' projects, mostly purchased by rich countries in developing countries and in countries with economies in transition; up 38 per cent compared to the 78 million tCO2e traded in 2003. It is estimated that 43 million tCO2e have been exchanged so far this year. Prices for project-based emissions increased by 20-25 per cent over the last year. Verifi E i ssio R duct io n trade a a w i g ed ed m ns e ns ow t e ht average price of $4.22. Certifi E i ssio R duced m ns e tions command a premium of one dollar per tCO2e. To get at the total size of the emissions market, one must add trading in `allowance' markets to the fi e for p oj ect -based e i ssio . In th s fast gur r m ns i growing market, a company can sell whatever it saves from the total emissions quota allotted or auctioned to it by a public regulator. For example, under the EU's Emissions Trading System (ETS), European Governments have allotted greenhouse gas emission allowances to individual companies and industries. If a company does not emit its total allowance, it can trade the balance. Volumes exchanged on allowance markets have increased dramatically this year as compared to 2004, and are now reported to be comparable to volumes exchanged through project-based transactions. Apart from the EU ETS, three other active markets for greenhouse gas allowances have so far been established. The UK Emissions Trading System, the New South Wales trading system and the Chicago Climate Exchange. The total amount exchanged on all allowance markets taken together from January 2004 to March 2005 was about 56 million tCO2e. Thanks mainly to the coming into force of the EU's ETS from January 2005, volumes traded in the EU from January through March this Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 40
Slide 41: Section -1 (Article : Carbon Emissions Trading) year were 3.5 times higher than the allowances exchanged in the 12 months of 2004. There is an increasing disconnect between the prices of carbon reductions from Joint Implementation and Clean Development Mechanism projects under the Kyoto Protocol on the one hand, and on the other the prices at which allowances are being traded under the EU's ETS. Trades in the latter market were priced between 7 and 9 euros in 2004, but increased to 17 euros per tCO2e in March and April 2005. According to the joint World Bank-International Emissions Trading Association (IETA) report released two weeks ago `these two commodities are so different that they cannot be compared'. The price differential, the report says, "could be explained by a number of factors including thin volumes traded in allowances - resulting in high price volatility". The price differential could also refl ect the `risk inherent in project-based transactions'. Projects abating non-carbon dioxide emissions account for more than half of the total volume of emissions put up for sale. These include HFC23 destruction (which is the dominant type of emissions reduction project in terms of volumes supplied), projects capturing methane and N2O from animal waste, and hydro, biomass energy and landfi g c u e p oj ect s. ll as apt r r HFC23 comes into being as a byproduct in the production of the hydrofl or ocarbon H C2 2, u F which is used as a refrigerant and as a raw material for the production of fl or in t ed res in . It is a ua s very potent greenhouse gas: the release of one tonne of it in the atmosphere has the same longterm effect on climate change as the release of 11,700 tonnes of carbon dioxide. HFC23 destruction projects, all of which are located in Asia according to the State of the Carbon Market Report, are few in number but account for very large volumes. It is mainly because of these projects that Asia in general and India in particular have such a large weight in total emission reductions in volume terms. In the period from January 2003 to December 2004, the share of India in total emission reduction projects of different sorts worldwide was 26 per cent, with the rest of Asia having a share of 17 per cent. India's share has since gone up a few percentage points. The share of the rest of Asia has fallen slightly, but this has been offset by the growth in total volume. In addition there are a large number of unilateral CDM projects that are under various stages of implementation in India. Since credits relating to the 60-70 projects in this category have yet to be sold they have not been included in the fi es m nt io d in th C rbon gur e ne ea Report. The US, which backed away from its commitment to the Kyoto Protocol, predictably accounts for only a very small share of total project emissions purchased, around 3 to 4 per cent. The largest buyers are Japan and the Netherlands in that order, which account for 29 and 22 per cent of total purchases, respectively. The share of UK in total purchases has doubled recently and now stands at around 12 per cent. Other EU countries account for 30-32 per cent of total purchases. Emission trading rights: Developing countries including India have been absolved of any responsibility towards reducing emissions in the fi c rst om mitment period, 2008-2012, of the Kyoto Protocol. This is not surprising as India’s per capita carbon dioxide emission is very low — only 1.21 tonnes per annum, roughly one-fourth of the world average per capita emission of 4.50 tonnes per annum. However, in aggregate terms, India is the fi fth largest emitter of fossil fuel-derived carbon dioxide, and its total emissions are growing rapidly. Not surprisingly, India is now under severe international pressure to accept binding commitments for emission reduction in the post-2012 phase of the Kyoto Protocol (KP). However, cuts in absolute emissions are not only morally utterly unjust to impose on the part of the developed countries, but also practically suicidal for India to accept them. But due consideration must be given to po- Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 41
Slide 42: Section -1 (Article : Carbon Emissions Trading) tentially benefi al p icy in trum nt s, such as a ci ol s e participation in an internationally tradable emission permits regime, or, what is alternatively referred to as, a global cap-and-trade system of emission permits. As of now the KP restricts emissions trading (ET) to occur within Annex B (developed) countries only. The non-Annex B (developing) countries have been mere bystanders so far. But, it is most unlikely that the situation would remain that way. Already, the developing countries are having a major role to play in the ongoing PKP negotiations on climate change, which would culminate in the Conference of Parties-15 at Copenhagen in December 2009. If India were to participate in a global regime of tradable emission permits, how would the consequences be affected by the different modes of emission entitlements? The two main types of emissions allocation schemes are: Grandfathered Emissions Allocation (GEA) scheme in which permits are allocated on the basis of the aggregate emissions level of a predetermined year, say, 2010. Equal Per Capita Emissions Allocation (EPCEA) scheme in which the aggregate emissions entitlements for India in different years are arrived at by multiplying the average global per capita emission (4.58 tonne per capita as estimated to be in 2010) with India’s population for the corresponding years. It is well known that the developed countries favour the grandfathered emissions allocation scheme, while the developing countries — particularly, China and India — advocate the EPCEA scheme. We evaluated three policy scenarios for India’s likely participation in a globally tradable emission permits regime respectively under (1) GEA, (2) EPCEA, and (3) EPCEA plus enhanced energy effi enc y im r ovem nt for th p os pecci p e er tive 30-year period, 2010-2040, with respect to a business-as-usual or reference scenario, using a well-known tool of economic analysis, namely, a Computable General Equilibrium (CGE) model. In policy scenario 1, in which India takes part in global emissions trade with a fi ed q a o e i sx uot f m sion permits under GEA, it turns out to be a net buyer of tradable permits, and, consequently, suffers high cost through GDP diminution and poverty accentuation. (GDP and consumption losses in the various years are in the range of 2%-5%, and the increases in the number of poor persons are in the range of 3.0%-7.5%.) Cumulative CO2 emissions for the 30-year period decline by about 5%. Annual per capita emissions which were already (i.e., in the business-as–usual scenario) below the world average per capita emission decline further in this scenario. Policy scenario 2 is concerned with India’s participation in global emissions trade under EPCEA. Under this scheme, India, because of its increasing population, has an ever-increasing quota of emission permits. However, it has surplus emission permits to sell in the global market only till 2036. Till that time, the sale of permits results in fl w o trans fer p e nt s from res t o of aym f the world to India enabling an expansion in investment in the domestic economy, which, in turn, induces large gains in GDP, consumption and poverty reduction. (GDP and consumption gains in the various years are in the range of 6%-14%, and decreases in the number of poor persons are in the range of 3%-12%.) Cumulative emissions for the 30-year period rise by 7%-8%. However, annual per capita CO2 emissions remain below the 2010 world average of 4.58 tonne per capita but only up to 2036. Thereafter, per capita emission surpasses the 2010 world average causing a cessation of the trading benefi to t India as it turns from being a seller to a buyer of internationally tradable emission permits. However, GDP, consumption and poverty alleviation continue to increase till 2040 though at a much slower pace. In policy scenario 3, India’s participation in global emissions trade under EPCEA is commingled Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 42
Slide 43: Section -1 (Article : Carbon Emissions Trading) with enhanced energy effi enc y i m r ovem nt ci p e (EEI) in the domestic economy. (It must be noted that, India has an impressive track record for EEI since 1980, and there remains substantial scope for EEI in the next 2-3 decades.) This considerably amplifi th gai n achi eved in th scena rio es e s e 2, and the trading benefi to In a e ends till 2 t di xt 040, possibly even beyond. More importantly, these gains are now accompanied by a decline rather than a rise in cumulative and annual per capita emissions. It is obvious that, India will never participate in a future globally tradable emission permits regime inclusive of developing countries based on GEA. That would be tantamount to accepting mandatory emission reduction obligations — a sure means to thwart our very developmental process. Thankfully, the idea of predicating global emissions trade on an EPCEA criterion is gaining ground. Under EPCEA, India’s gains through international trade in emission permits would be substantial. Further, if under a tradable emission permits regime based on EPCEA, the pace of energy effi ciency improvement is also intensifi conc om ed i tantly, not only do these gains get considerably augmented, but also there is a decline in carbon emissions. In other words, by combining participation in a global regime of tradable emission rights with faster energy effi enc y im r ovem nt , ci p e not only does India reap a handsome climate policy dividend, but also contributes to mitigation of global warming. This is truly a win-win policy scenario. If India can work towards a scenario like this, it can actually transform a crisis into an opportunity. Criticism There are critics of the methods, mainly environmental justice nongovernmental organizations (NGOs) and movements, who see carbon trading as a proliferation of the free market into public spaces and environmental policy-making. They level accusations of failures in accounting, dubi- ous science and the destructive impacts of projects upon local peoples and environments as reasons why trading pollution allowances should be avoided. In its place they advocate making reductions at the source of pollution and energy policies that are justice-based and community-driven. Most of the criticisms have been focused on the carbon market created through investment in Kyoto Mechanisms. Criticism of 'cap and trade' emissions trading has generally been more limited to lack of credibility in the fi p se o th rst ha fe EU ETS. Critics argue that emissions trading does little to solve pollution problems overall, as groups that do not pollute sell their conservation to the highest bidder. Overall reductions would need to come from a suffi ent a c l lengi n reduct io o a ci nd ha g nfl lowances available in the system.Regulatory agencies run the risk of issuing too many emission credits, diluting the effectiveness of regulation, and practically removing the cap. In this case, instead of any net reduction in carbon dioxide emissions, benefi aries o e i ssio tradi n sim l y d m r e ci fm ns gp oo of the polluting activity. The National Allocation Plans by member governments of the European Union Emission Trading Scheme were criticised for this when it became apparent that actual emissions would be less than the government-issued carbon allowances at the end of Phase I of the scheme.They have also been criticised for the practice of grandfathering, where polluters are given free allowances by governments, instead of being made to pay for them. Critics instead advocate for auctioning the credits. The proceeds could be used for research and development of sustainable technology. Critics of carbon trading, such as carbon trade watch, argue that it places disproportionate emphasis on individual lifestyles and carbon footprints, distracting attention from the wider, systemic changes and collective political action that needs to be taken to tackle climate change. Groups such as the corner house have argued that the market will choose the easiest means to save a given quantity of carbon in the short term, which Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 43
Slide 44: Section -1 (Article : Carbon Emissions Trading) may be different to the pathway required to obtain sustained and sizable reductions over a longer period, and so a market led approach is likely to reinforce technological lock-in. For instance small cuts may often be achieved cheaply through investment in making a technology more effi ent , w e re larger c s w ul d ci h ut o require scrapping the technology and using a different one. They also argue that emissions trading is undermining alternative approaches to pollution control with which it does not combine well, and so the overall effect it is having is to actually stall signifi cant c nge to les s p lu in technol o es . ha ol t g gi The problem of unstable prices can be resolved, to some degree, by the creation of forward markets in caps. Nevertheless, it is easier to make a tax predictable than the price of a cap. However, the corresponding uncertainty under a tax is the level of emissions reductions achieved. More recent criticism of emissions trading regarding implementation is that old growth forests, which have slow carbon absorption rates, are being cleared and replaced with fast-growing vegetation, to the detriment of the local communities. Recent proposals for alternative schemes that seek to avoid the problems of Cap and Trade schemes include cap and share, which was being actively considered by the Irish Parliament in May 2008, and the Sky Trust schemes. ADVERTISEMENT Buy Online: http://upscportal.com/store/tag/upkar-prakashan Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 44
Slide 45: Section -1 (Article : Economic Survay 2008-09) India Showed Sign of Recovery in Recession Period Author is an Expert of Economic and political Issues and working as a Freelance Editor Economic Survey 2008-09 By Avadhesh Pandey The Economic Survey 2008-09 presented to Parliament on july 2,2009 by the Finance Minister Shri Pranab Mukherjee. According to it, the speed at which the Indian economy returns to the high growth path in the short term depends on the revival of the economy, particularly the US economy and the Government’s capacity to push some critical policy reforms in the coming months. It said, if the US economy bottoms out by September 2009 there would be good possibility for the Indian economy repeating its 2008-09 performance i.e. around 7.0 +/- 0.75 per cent in the fiscal 2009-10 (assuming a normal monsoon). However, in the event of a more prolonged external economic downturn, the revival of the global economy/US economy being delayed until 2010, the growth may moderate to the lower end of the range. The recovery is likely to be assisted by the likely developments in the external sectors. The declining trend in trade deficit suggests that with reasonable invisible account surplus, which has been an attribute of Indian economy for the last several years economy may end up with a current account surplus of 0.3 to 2.8 per cent of GDP in 2009-10. The Survey said, the prospects of Indian economy are somewhat different from most other countries. A large domestic market, resilient banking system and a policy of gradual liberalisation of capital account have been key factors. A major concern at this stage though not entirely unexpected is a sharp dip in the growth of private consumption. Four factors seem to have contributed to this slowdown. First, it could be due to the wealth effect, resulting from decline in the equity/property prices. Secondly, the uncertainty in the labour market and some decline in employment. Thirdly, cutbacks in consumer credit by private banks, NBFCs and other lenders. Fourthly, during slowdown a dominance of precautionary motive may induce consumer to either defer their spending decisions or shift to unbranded alternatives. The Survey goes on to note that there are early signs of recovery in the global economy manifested in rising stock prices and increasing price of commodities. It is however, debatable whether rising prices are an indication of green shoots of recovery or a result of position taken by financial investors seeking to benefit from global recovery expectations. Though the financial crisis and the transmission of its impact on the real economy is now better understood and global financial conditions have shown improvement over the recent months, uncertainty related to the revival of the global economy remain. That makes it difficult to forecast the short-to-medium term growth prospects of the Indian economy. According to Survey, counter the negative fall out of the global slowdown on the Indian economy, the Government responded by providing substantial fiscal expansion in the form of tax relief to boost demand and increased expenditure on public assets. The net result was an increase in fiscal deficit from 2.7 per cent in 2007-08 to 6.2 per cent of GDP in 200809. The difference between the actuals of 2007-08 and 2008-09 constituted the total fiscal stimulus not withstanding that some expenditure was on account of implementation of the Sixth Pay Commission Award and the Agriculture Debt Relief Scheme announced in 2008-09 Budget. Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 45
Slide 46: Section -1 (Article : Economic Survay 2008-09) Despite the slowdown in growth, investment remained relatively buoyant growing at a rate higher than at the rate of the GDP. The ratio of the fixed investment to GDP consequently increased to 32.2 per cent in 2008-09 from 31.6 per cent in 2007-08. This reflects the resilience of Indian enterprise, in the face of massive increase in global uncertainty and risk aversion and freezing of highly developed financial markets. Domestic food price inflation as measured by the Wholesale Price Index (WPI) food sub index, though declining remains much higher Salient Features » Economic growth decelerates to 6.7 per cent in 2008-09 compared to 9 per cent in 2007-08 and 9.7 per cent in 2006-07. » Per capita growth at 4.6 per cent. » Deceleration in growth spread across all sectors except mining and quarrying; agriculture growth falls from 4.9 per cent in 2007-08 to 1.6 per cent 2008-09. » Manufacturing grows at 2.4 per cent, slowdown attributed to fall in exports and a decline in domestic demand. » Global financial meltdown and economic recession in developed economics major factors in India’s economic slowdown. » Investment remains relatively buoyant, ratio of fixed investment to GDP increased to 32.2 per cent in 2008-09 compared to 31.6 per cent in 2007-08. » Fiscal deficit to GDP ratio stands at 6.2 per cent. » Credit growth declines in the later part of 2008-09 reflecting slowdown of the economy in general and the industrial sector in particular. » Increased plan expenditure, reduction in indirect taxes, sector specific measures for textile, housing, infrastructure through stimulus packages provides support to the real economy. » Merchandise export grows at a modest 3.6 per cent in US Dollar terms while overall import growth pegged at 14.4 per cent. » A large domestic market, resilient banking system and a policy of gradual liberalisation of capital account to help early mitigation of the adverse effect of global financial crisis and recession. » Sharp dip in the growth of private consumption a major concern at this stage. » Medium to long-term capital flows likely to be lower as long as the de-leveraging process continues in the US economy. » Revisiting the agenda of pending economic reforms imperative to renew the growth momentum. Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 46
Slide 47: Section -1 (Article : Economic Survay 2008-09) than overall inflation. The Survey expressed, concern over the existence of hunger and widespread malnutrition despite the country achieving self-sufficiency in food production and with mounting public food stocks at its command. It is time that various interventions at the State and Central level addressing these issues are reviewed and redesigned. India continues to retain its position as a preferred destination for investments. A recent study by UNCTAD found that India achieved a growth of 85.1 per cent in foreign direct investment flows in 2008, the highest increase across all countries. According to the study FDI investments into India went up from US Dollar 25.1 billion in 2007 to US Dollar 46.5 billion in 2008, even as global flows decline from US Dollar 1.9 trillion to US Dollar 1.7 trillion during the period. While fiscal policy plays a dual role as a short-term counter-cyclical tool and an instrument to maintain microeconomic stability and promote growth in the medium term, the Economic Survey underlines the need to restore Centre’s fiscal deficit to the FRBM target of 3 per cent of GDP at the earliest. It says a number of factors will make it possible. They include reversal of much of the decline in business and corporate tax collections when growth accelerates from the second half of the year and the expected introduction of GST in 2010-11. On the monetary policy front the Survey says that high deposit rates have now come in the way of cutting lending rates at a pace which is consistent with the current outlook on inflation and the need for stimulating investment demands. Reflecting on the high oil and other energy prices, the Survey says that as long as domestic prices remained below the cost of imports, demand would continue to grow, accentuating the negative impact of the terms of trade effect on national income. Referring to the volatility of global oil prices, it says, the fall could be a temporary respite and provides a golden opportunity to reform the pricing and control system. As the low prices of oil has provided a temporary window for decontrol of petrol and diesel, this window must be utilised at the earliest. Other elements of energy policy such as open access to power, decontrol of coal also need to be addressed to have a viable long-term solution to our dependence on foreign oil and the debilitating effect of power failure. The Survey said although the economy continues to face wide ranging challenges-the Indian economy has shock absorbers that will facilitate early revival of growth. The banks are financially sound and well capitalised, foreign exchange position remains comfortable and the external debt position has been within comfortable zone. The rate of inflation provides a degree of comfort on the cost side for the production sectors. Agriculture and rural demand continues to be strong and agricultural prospects are normal. The Survey says while there are indications that the economy may have weathered the worst of the downturn, the situation warrants close watch on various economic indicators including the impact of the economic stimulus and developments taking place in the international economy. Taking policy measures that squarely address the short and long term challenges would achieve tangible progress and ensure that the outlook for the economy remains firmly positive. Trade Sector in 2009: The Economic Survey for 2008-09 said that the outlook for the trade sector in 2009 is not very encouraging with IMF projecting a negative growth in world output at -1.3 per cent and world trade volume projected to growth at -11 per cent. With import demand falling from major trading partners from India’s export of goods and services is expected to be impacted. The steep fall in petroleum and commodities prices could have a positive impact in the import side and for the industrial sector. In 2010, recovery is expected with IMF projections at 1.9 per cent for world output and 0.6 per cent for World trade volume of goods and services. The subdued global outlook calls for efforts at both national and international levels to revive growth. While efforts to promote exports are needed, the Economic Survey emphasises the need to guard against protectionist measures originating from our trade partners. The Survey says, we also need to desist from any protectionist tendencies and proceed Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 47
Slide 48: Section -1 (Article : Economic Survay 2008-09) on the reform path. Besides short-term relief measures and stimulus packages, some fundamental policy changes are needed. For the merchandise trade sector these include continuation of the reduction in customs and excise duty to make our exports and industry competitive, streamlining of existing export promotion schemes, giving special attention to export infrastructure alongwith rationalisation of port service charges, weeding out unnecessary customs duty exemptions and checking the proliferation of SEZs. In the services sector a road map of specific policies needs to be drawn not only to overcome the impact of the current global crisis, but also to accelerate the growth of our economy and the total exports as this sector has been showing a steady and promising performance with relatively lesser support. Food grain production 2008-09: The Economic Survey for 2008-09 has put the production of foodgrains at 229.85 millions tones during 2008-09 in accordance with the third advance estimates for the year. This is an improvement of 1.97 million tones over the production estimated in the second advance estimate for 2008-09. However, the output at this level is marginally lower than the final estimates of 230.78 million tones for 2007-08. The production of rice was 99.37 million tones in 2008-09 which is 2.8 per cent more than the production in the previous year. The survey said that increase in production of rice was mainly on account of Kharif season output growth of 3.4 per cent over the corresponding period of previous year. The production of Rabi rice is estimated to be lower by about 0.9 per cent in 2008-09. The wheat production, according to the Economic Survey, is expected to be marginally lower by 1.2 per cent at 77.63 million tones in 2008-09. The Economic Survey also underscores a growth in area sown under all Rabi crops taken together as on 27th March 2009. Accordingly an area of 638.33 lakh hectares has been reported to be sown under Rabi crops in 2008-09 against 619.68 lakh hectares in the corresponding period of 200708. The area sown under Kharif crops during 200809 was however, lower by 2.3 per cent as compared to 2007-08. The credit flow to the farm sector kept up the momentum as envisaged in the Farm Credit Package announced in June 2004. Accordingly, the farm credit flow during 2008-09 increased to 2,64,455 crore, up from Rs. 2,54,657 crore in 2007-08. The Survey emphasizes number of steps taken by the Government to enhance credit support to farmers. In this context the Survey mentions role of Kisan Credit Cards, revival of short terms rural co-operative credit structure through signing of MOU between the States and Government of India-NABARD, agriculture debt waiver and debt relief scheme 2008 etc. Under rehabilitation package for distress farmers for 31 suicide prone districts, in 4 States of Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, Kerala and Maharashtra, Government of India has released Rs. 15,889.02 crore as on 31st March, 2009. The Minimum Support Prices (MSP) for Kharif crops were raised substantially in 2008-09 and similarly MSPs of Rabi crops of 2008-09 ( to be marketed in 2009-10) were also raised. The higher MSP for Rabi Marketing Season (RMS) 2008-09 lead to a record procurement of 22.68 million tones of wheat. The procurement of rice in the financial year 2008-09 too was significantly higher at 32.8 million tones as compared to 26.3 million tones in 2007-08. The Survey points out that the procurement of foodgrains by FCI continues to be higher in the States of Punjab, Haryana, Uttar Pradesh and Andhra Pradesh. The overall procurement of coarse grains in Kharif Marketing Season till 31st March, 2009 has increased to 11.18 lakh tones from 2.04 lakh tones in 2007-08 due to highly remunerative MSPs. Elaborating performance under decentralize procurement scheme (DCP), the Survey observes that the States under DCP operations have shown a healthy increase in procurement of rice. The downward trend in procurement of wheat has been arrested in RMS 200809. Food subsidy during 2008-09 has increased to Rs. 43,668 crore (provisional) during 2008-09 recording an increase of 40 per cent over the subsidy of Rs. 31,260 crore in 2007-08. The Survey observes that a total amount of subsidy as continued to rise at the national level. It points out that a provision of minimum nutritional support to the poor through subsidized foodgrains and ensuring price stability in dif- Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 48
Slide 49: Section -1 (Article : Economic Survay 2008-09) ferent states are twin objectives of the food security system. “ In fulfilling its obligation towards distributive justice, the Government incurs food subsidy” the Survey adds. Referring to the challenges and future outlook the Economic Survey underlined a clear need for the renewed focus on improving productivity in specially in the light of limitations on increasing net sown area and the shrinking farm size. It also calls for maintaining current focus on developing rural infrastructure like rural roads for providing connectivity which is essential for movement of agricultural produce. Stating that the irrigation sector requires thrust in terms of investment and modern management, the Survey underscores a need for development of micro irrigation system and watersheds. It also emphasises the need for narrowing kept between the producer prices and consumer prices, development of marketing infrastructure and storages and warehouses, cold chains and modern technology driven spot markets. The Survey also stated farmers needs to be facilitated for taking up value additions such as processing of agricultural produce, horticulture, pisciculture, poultry etc. In order to ensure benefits accruing to the targeted population, the Survey called for a mission approach on promotion of Smart Cards with its cross reference to ration cards and voter ID cards. It also invited attention to the issues of sustainability of agriculture in the light of environmental concerns like soil erosion, water logging, reduction in ground water level and decline in surface irrigation. The Survey stressed that the consequences of climate change on Indian agriculture needs to be factored in the strategy for development of agricultural sector. Industrial output 2008-09 : Though the growth of the industrial sector started to slowdown in the first half of 2007-08, the overall growth during the year remained as high as 8.5 per cent. The industrial sector witnessed a sharp slowdown during 2008-09 as a consequences of successive shocks, the most important being the knock-on effects of the global financial crisis. The pace of slowdown accelerated in the second half of 2008-09 with the sudden worsen- ing of the international financial situation and the global economic outlook. The year 2008-09 thus closed with the industrial growth at only 2.4 per cent as per the Index of Industrial Production. The slowdown in manufacturing over successive quarters started from Q1 of 2007-08. This was more or less replicated by the mining sector and closely followed by electricity. However, in the third quarter of 200809, the manufacturing sector witnessed a sharp drop in growth which turned negative in the fourth quarter. Growth of the mining sector declined over successive quarters of 2008-09 to reach a zero rate in the fourth quarter. The increase in the price of imported crude was passed on into the domestic market in June 2008, but, in a very limited way through a hike in the price of motor spirit, HSD and LPG. However, the persistent rise in the price of crude had started to impact petro-based industrial inputs adding to fuel costs. That apart, the rise in the price of other commodities, particularly metals and ores from the latter half of 2006-07 to the second half of 2008-09 also had its effect on the cost side of the manufacturing sector. Growth in production of capital goods continued at a robust pace reflecting perhaps the high investment rates. However, with the decline in the growth of intermediate goods (with a weight of 26.5 per cent) from Q 1 of 2008-09, the growth in overall Iip showed a sharp dip that got accentuated in Q3 of 2008-09 when the remaining groups also showed a sharp drop in growth. The broad growth correspondence between the twodigit level industrial groups and the use-based industry groups can be established by juxtaposing the former against the latter. The growth in consumer non-durables has been boosted by the high growth in beverages and tobacco products, while the other major components-food products, chemicals and leather products showed sluggish/negative growth. The growth in basic goods is closely aligned to that in electricity and mining that constitute substantial part of the weight of basic goods; the most of the rest are chemical products, rubber, plastic and petroleum products and steel. Intermediate goods are Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 49
Slide 50: Section -1 (Article : Economic Survay 2008-09) a more dispersed group dominated by chemical, textile, rubber, metal product intermediates, most of which experienced negative growth in 2008-09. While the high growth of machinery and equipments bolstered the growth of capital goods, the poor to average performance of transport equipments dampened the overall growth of capital goods. The growth in any industrial group is determined by the level of production during the current period and the base level. A simple classification of IIP groups in terms of their growth rates reveals that only two out of 17 industrial groups-beverages and tobacco and machinery-grew at robust rates during 2008-09 despite a high base. Seven of the 17 groups showed low growth ranging between 5 per cent to Nil. Of these, three groups (miscellaneous manufacturing, basic metals and alloys and chemicals and chemical products) had a high base in the previous year. Of the eight industrial gro8ups that witnessed a decline in production during 2008-09, the high base factor was significant only for three items- leather products, wood products and jute textiles. In general, it can therefore be said that 2008-09 was characterized by a decline in growth largely on account of a slowdown rather than due to a high base in the previous year 2007-08. India ranks as the fifth largest producer of steel in the world. The crude steel production grew at an annual rate of 9.2 per cent during 2003-04 to 200708. The increase in production came on the back of capacity expansion, mainly in the private sector plants, and higher utilization rates. Metal products industry suffered from the second consecutive year of decline; its index of production declined by 5.6 per cent in 2007-08 and further by 4 per cent in 200809. The machinery sector (except the transport equipment) grew at 8.7 per cent during 2008-09, on the top of five consecutive years of growth in excess of 10 per cent. In terms of contribution to the growth of the sector, the bulk was accounted for by insulated cables and wires, the production of which more than doubles, as per IIP during 2008-09. The other important items that recorded significant growth during the year included TV receivers, diesel engines, industrial machinery, turbines, hydraulic machines and cylinders, boilers, power-driven pumps, electric generators, cooling towers, cutting tools and dumpers. The year 2007-08 was marked by substantial growth in the revenue of IT-ITeS industry, BPO, software and services exports and software and services employment. However, the expected growth in 200809 is significantly lower when compared to 200708. Production of the automotive industry grew at a CAGR of 11.5 per cent over last five years. The industry has a strong multiplier effect on the economy due to its deep forward and backward linkages with several key segments of the economy. There are positive signs that the Indian industry may have weathered the most severe part of the shock and is now moving towards a recovery. Some of the positive signs are the recent upturn in the generation of electricity, the improvement of cement dispatches and rise in the offtake of bank credit. India has a large domestic market with immense absorptive capacity for industrial goods as also inputs for the development of the infrastructure implies that the demand side provides scope for expansion. At this juncture, when the prospect for industrial output and prices in most industrial economies seem to be grim, the configuration of prices, output and market size makes the Indian industry one of the few attractive destinations for investment, the Survey adds. Central Government expenditure 2008-09: The Economic Survey for 2008-09 shows that the Government has been increasing its outlays in the social sector substantively. The Economic Survey 2008-09, tabled in Parliament today states that the share of the Central Government’s expenditure on social services including rural development in total expenditure (plan and non-plan) has increased from 11.23% in 2002-03 to 19.44% in 2008-09. Expenditure on education as a proportion of total expenditure has increased from 9.5% in 2003-04 to 10.8% in 200809. However the reach of public and quasi public goods and services supplied by the State to people Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 50
Slide 51: Section -1 (Article : Economic Survay 2008-09) still shows leakages in the schemes and the benefits in full do not reach the targeted groups. The Survey stated that the Government has approved the constitution of UID Authority of India (UIDAI). The initial UID database would be created using the electoral rolls database of the Election Commission of India. While some innovative measures have been initiated in NREGS to bring in more transparency and plug leakages, UID number would help greatly in proper targeting and ensuring services reaching the intended beneficiaries of the Government programmes and hence serve as the basis of efficient delivery of services. Based on a Unique ID number (UID) and associated information all residents should be entitled to a smart card containing specified unchangeable data. Entitlements would then need to be based upon the data contained in the smart card and services/subsidies/entitlements received would also be recorded against this card. Social Sector Initiatives The Economic Survey stated that in consonance with the Government’s commitment to inclusive growth and faster social sector development to remove disparities, substantial progress has been made by the Central Government on some of the major social sector initiatives during the year. Bharat Nirman has received an outlay of Rs. 40,900 crore in the interim budget for 2009-10 as against Rs. 31,280 crore (including NER component) in 2008-09. Up to March 2009, a total length of 2,14,281,45 kilometres of road works has been completed under the Pradhan Mantri Gram Sadak Yojana (PMGSY) with a cumulative expenditure of Rs. 46,807.21 crore. National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme: The scheme has now been extended to all the districts of the country. More than 4.47 crore households were provided employment in 2008-09. This is a significant jump over the 3.39 crore households covered under the scheme during 2007-08. Out of the 215.63 crore person-days created under the scheme during this period, 29 percent and 25 percent were in favour of SC and ST population. Rural Sanitation: There has also been tremendous increase in the access to sanitation facilities by rural households. The sanitation coverage among rural households has increased from 21.9 percent in 2001 to 27.3 percent in 2004 and has more than doubled since then to 63.91 per cent (of 2001 Census households) as on May 20, 2009. The total Sanitation Campaign (TSC) is one of the eight flagship programmes of the Government. TSC projects have been sanctioned in 593 rural districts of the country at a total outlay of Rs. 17,885 crore with a Central share of Rs. 11,094 crore. Since 1999, over 5,56 crore toilets have been provided for rural households under TSC. A significant achievement has also been the construction of 8.71 lakh school toilets and 2.72 lakh Anganwadi toilets. With increasing budgetary allocations and focus on rural areas, the number of households being provided with toilets annually has increased from only 24,41 lakh in 2002-03 to 98.7 lakh in 2006-07. Pradhan Mantri Gram Sadak Yojana: PMGSY is funded mainly from the accruals of diesel cess in the Central Road. Upto March 2009, a total length of about 2,14,281,45 kilometres of roadwork has been completed with cumulative expenditure of Rs. 46,807.21 crore. Swarnajayanti Gram Swarozgar Yojana: It is the only self-employment programme currently being implemented for the rural poor. Up to March 2009, 34 lakh self help groups (SHGs) had been formed and 120.89 lakh swarozgaris have been assisted with a total outlay of Rs. 27,183.03 crore. Swarna Jayanti Shahari Rozgar Yojana: The fund allocation for the scheme was Rs. 515 crore during 2008-09 and Rs. 540.67 crore has been released up to March 31, 2009. With regard to the number of beneficiaries during 2008-09 9,47,390 urban poor were assisted to set up individual/group micro enterprises and 14,84,209 urban poor were imparted skill training under SJSRY as per the progress reports received up to the end of March 31, 2009. Education: The Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan (SSA) is being implemented in partnership with State Governments to address the needs of children in age group Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 51
Slide 52: Section -1 (Article : Economic Survay 2008-09) of 6-14 years The Economic Survey for 2008-09 tabled in Parliament today states that the achievements of SSA till December 2008 are opening of 2,76,903 new schools, construction of 2,25,383 school buildings, construction of 9,18,981 additional classrooms, 1,82,019 drinking water facilities, construction of 2,51,023 toilets, supply of free textbooks to 8.40 crore children appointment of 9.66 lakh teachers and in-service training for 23.82 lakh teachers. There has been a significant reduction in the number of out-of-school children on account of SSA interventions. Following are instances of some of the expansion of higher educational institutions as per the Survey: An ordinance has been promulgated under Article 123 of the Constitution for establishment of 15 Central Universities including the conversion of three State Universities into Central Universities – one in each such state which does not have a Central University, except Goa, which has not been included at the request of the State Government. Six new Indian Institutes of Technology (IITs), one each in Bihar, Andhra Pradesh, Rajasthan, Orissa, Gujarat and Punjab have been set up during 200809. Classes have also been started from the academic session 2008-09. One new Indian Institute of Management (IIM) namely the Rajiv Gandhi Indian Institute of Management (RGIIM) at Shillong in Meghalaya has started functioning from the academic session 2008-09. Two new Indian Institutes of Science Education & Research (IISERs) have been set up at Bhopal and Thiruvananthapuram, which have started functioning with the academic session 200809. A new Scholarship Scheme has been started to cover top 2 per cent of the student population of Class XII (equally divided between boys and girls on the basis of Class XII results) by providing them with scholarship of Rs. 1,000 per month for 10 months in a year for the first three years of undergraduate level studies and Rs. 2,000 per month for 10 months in a year for subsequent 2 years. The Economic Survey also showed that the proposal for the third phase of expansion of the ICDS scheme for 792 additional projects, 2.13 lakh additional Anganwadi Centres (AWCs) and 77,102 mini-AWCs and a proposal for 20,000 AWCs on demand has also been approved in October 2008 and administrative sanctions have been issued to all states/Uts. This would take the total number of Anganwadi Centres to 14 lakh across the country with special focus on coverage of SC/ST and minority population. The financial norms for supplementary nutrition have been revised from Rs. 2.06 to Rs. 4.21 per beneficiary. Strengthening of Primary Health Infrastructure: The National Rural Health Mission(NRHM) seeks to strengthen the public health delivery system at all levels in the country. It is being operationalised throughout the country. The Economic Survey for 2008-09 tabled in Parliament today states that as part of the NRHM 6.49 lakh ASHAs and link workers have been selected upto December 2008 out of which 5,63 lakh have been given orientation training and 4.12 ASHAs have drug kits. Strengthening of the PHCs for 24x7 services is a priority of the NRHM. Of the 22,370 PHCs in the country, only 1,263 of them were working 24x7 on March 31, 2005 (before the NRHM). The number of 24x7 PHCs today, as reported by the states is 7,212 signifying a big leap forward in getting patients to the government system. Over 159,92 lakh women have been brought under the Janani Suraksha Yojana for institutional deliveries in the last three years. So far, 8,645 other paramedics have been appointed on contract. 9,073 doctors, 1,875 specialists, 20,977 staff nurses have been appointed on contract in the states so far, reducing the human resource gaps in many institutions. Indian Public Health (IPH) Standards have been finalised and a first grant of Rs. 20 lakh was made available to all the district hospitals of the country to improve their basic services, given the increased patient load due to JSY and other programmes. So far 243 Mobile Medical Units are operational in the states. As per the Economic Survey, in the National AIDS Control Programme, major achievements during 2008-09 include scaling up targeted interventions for high risk groups to 1,271, counselling and HIV test- Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 52
Slide 53: Section -1 (Article : Economic Survay 2008-09) ing 101 lakh persons of which 41.5 lakh were pregnant women and providing ARV treatment to more than 2.17 lakh patients. Social Welfare Schemes The Economic Survey stated that the Government is committed towards social and economic uplift of the weaker sections of society. As regards the Scheduled Castes a number of schemes are being implemented to encourage Scheduled Caste students for continuing their education from school level to higher education. The earlier Centrally-sponsored scheme of hostels for SC boys and girls was revised and renamed as “Babu Jagjivan Ram Chhatravas Yojana’ w.e.f. January 1,2008. As part of this revision, Central assistance for construction of girls’ hostels was raised from 50 per cent. During 2008-09, the physical target under the scheme was to construct 64 hostels for 4,938 girls and 45 hostels for 3,138 boys. An amount of Rs. 84.26 crore was released under the scheme during the year. As regards Scheduled Tribes their economic empowerment continued through extension of financial support through National Scheduled Tribes Finance and Development Corporation (NSTFDC). The Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act was notified for operation with effect from December 31, 2007. The responsibility for implementing the Act vests with the State/UT Governments. As per information collected from States till March 31, 2009 more than 20.50 lakh claims have been filed. More than 1,52 lakh titles have been distributed and another 1.93 lakh are ready for distribution. As regards minorities, the corpus of the Maulana Azad Education Foundation (MAEF) has been enhanced from Rs. 100 crore in 2005-06 to Rs. 310 crore in 2008-09 for expanding its activities for implementation of educational schemes for educationally backward minorities. The authorized share capital of the National Minorities Development and Finance Corporation (NMDFC) has been raised from Rs. 650 crore in 2006-07 to Rs. 850 crore in 2008-09 for expanding its loan and micro-finance operations to promote self-employment and other economic ven- tures among backward sections of the minority communities. Under the Aam Admi Bima Yojana, upto December 31, 60.32 lakh people have been covered. Another major Governmental scheme for social protection, the Rashtriya Swastha Bima Yojana was extended to 22 states and Union Territories upto May 6, 2009. Through this scheme, health insurance cover has been given to more than 2.09 crore persons. National Action Plan on Climate Change The Economic Survey stated that India holds that the planetary atmospheric space is a common resource. It says that in tackling the challenge of climate change, both production and consumption patterns need to be addressed, with the willingness to address lifestyle issues. Availability and/or dissemination of existing climate friendly technologies and goods to developing countries as public goods and at affordable costs is essential to enhance the actions of developing countries towards pursuing sustainable development technologies. India released its National Action Plan on Climate Change (NAPCC) on June 30, 2008 to outline its strategy to meet the challenge of climate change. This Action Plan identifies measures that promote the objectives of sustainable development of India while also yielding co-benefits for addressing climate change. Eight National Missions, form the core of the National Plan. Credit to Priority Sector, Industry and Education The Economic Survey said that expansion of credit by the Banks moderated during the year. Credit by the Scheduled Commercial Banks (SCBs) to the Commercial Sector in the year 2008-09 expanded by 16.9% as compare to 21.0% in 2007-08. Bank credit to the Commercial Sector witnessed strong growth in the first half of the year and decelerated during the second half. There was a moderation in the credit growth rate of SCBs to 17.3% ( Rs. 408099 crore in 2008-09) from Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 53
Slide 54: Section -1 (Article : Economic Survay 2008-09) a level of 22.3%(Rs. 430724 crores) in the corresponding period of the previous year. The total credit flow from SCBs as on March 27, 2009 was Rs. 27,70,012 crore, of which Rs. 20,11,591 crore was from the Public Sector Banks (PSBs). PSBs registered a growth of 20.4% in 2008-09 compared to 22.5% in the previous year. Non food credit at the end of March, 2009 grew by 17.5 percent as compared to 23.0 percent growth at the end of March, 2008. While loans to agriculture and allied activities grew at the rate of 23.0% as compared to 19.5% in the previous year, credit to industry grew at 21.6% during 2008-09 as against 2.43% in the last year. Advances under personal loans for housing and consumers durables witnessed deceleration. Loans to commercial real estates and NBFCs remained high in 2008-09 with a growth of 44.6 and 25.1% respectively. The private sector lending was up by 22.5% compare to 17.5% from year to year basis as did the education lending with 39.2% growth in 2008-09 compare to 35.0% in the last year. Though the growth in the different sources of funds for the SCBs during 2008-09 was lower than for 2007- 08, the growth in deposits with the banking system in 2008-09 was higher than the growth of credit. The credit – deposit (C-D) ratio peaked to 75.2 as of October, 2008 but declined thereafter. It stood at 72.3 as of March 27, 2009. Capital Markets A turnaround has been noticed in the performance of Mutual Fund industry, which had remained subdued during 2008, said the Economic Survey 200809. Mutual fund investments (net) in equity markets turned positive in March 2009 and were Rs. 2,320 crore during April-May, 2009 while they invested Rs. 36,791 crore in debt instruments during the same period. There is scope for expansion of mutual fund industry as only 7.7 per cent of total financial saving was allocated to mutual funds in 2007-08. As per the Survey, the retail participation, which is presently estimated at 15 per cent, is expected to increase in the years to come as availability of products and investor education improve and the industry takes steps towards transparency and sound corporate governance practices to generate investor confidence. According to the Survey, assets under management of mutual funds declined sharply from Rs. 5,49,936 crore at the end of 2007 to Rs. 4,13,365 crore at the end of 2008. A perceptible shift was noticed from growth-oriented scheme to income/debt oriented schemes to income/debt oriented schemes. Assets under income-oriented schemes in 2008 were almost at their previous year’s level and accounted for 47.7 per cent of total assets under management at the end of 2008. The decline in assets was seen across the schemes, the exceptions being Gilt and Gold ETF Schemes, which showed larger assets under management in 2008. The Survey has expressed satisfaction that performance of the capital market has lately shown signs of revival of investor interest and confidence – both domestic and foreign institutional investors. Net investment by FIIs in equity instruments amounted to US$ 5.4 billion during April-May 2009. This has resulted on account of several policy initiatives taken by the Government relating to the Primary Market, Secondary Market, Mutual Funds, Foreign Institutional Investments, Corporate Debt Market and Regulatory changes, during 2008-09. Monetary Policy The Economic Survey laid focus on having a calibrated approach to using monetary policy measures for an early return to the high growth path. At the same time, efforts to build and preserve financial stability have to be high on the agenda. The Survey said, the monetary policy in 2008-09 had to address the emerging economic situation, wherein the position in the second half of the year was substantially different from the first half. The policy had to contend with the spill-over effects of the global financial crisis, on the country’s growth path. The liquidity situation had improved significantly towards the end of 2008-09, in the wake of measures taken by the RBI. Taking into account the need to respond to sluggish economic growth witnessed lately, the Survey says, Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 54
Slide 55: Section -1 (Article : Economic Survay 2008-09) growth in money supply (M3) for 2009-10 was envisaged at 17.0 per cent as an indicative projection. Consistent with this, the growth in aggregate deposits of scheduled commercial banks has been projected to grow at 18.0 per cent and non-food credit by 20.0 per cent. The monetary policy stance for 2009-10 is aimed to ensure a policy regime that will enable credit expansion at viable rates while preserving credit quality so as to support the return of the economy of a high growth; to continuously monitory global and domestic conditions and respond swiftly and effectively through policy instruments so as to minimize the impact of the adverse developments and reinforce the effect of the positive developments; and maintain a monetary and interest rate regime supportive of price stability and financial stability. Steps Taken to Enhance Domestic Rupee Liquidity: The Economic Survey 2008-09 said, variation in cash balances of the Central Government, capital flows and the concomitant foreign exchange operations of the Reserve Bank of India (RBI)were the key drivers of liquidity conditions during the year. RBI continued its policy of active management of liquidity during the financial year 2008-09 using CRR, Open Marked Operations (OMC) including the Market Stabilization Scheme (MSS) and the Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF) to maintain appropriate liquidity in the system so that all legitimate requirements of credit were met consistent with the objective of price and financial stability. Accordingly, monetary and liquidity management operations changed course beginning mid- September, 2008 in order to address the liquidity situation emerging from the unfolding global financial crisis. Special Market Operations (SMO) were conducted by the RBI during the first week of June, 2008 to the first week of August, 2008 to improve access of public sector of companies to domestic liquidity and alleviate the lumpy demand in the foreign exchange market in the context of the unprecedented increase in international oil prices. The SMOs were, however, liquidity neutral in nature. For more effective liquidity management and to ensure that the market borrowing programme of the Government was conducted in a non-disruptive manner, the scope of the SMO was widened with effect from February 19, 2009 by including purchases of government securities through an auction based mechanism in addition to purchases through the negotiated dealing system-order matching (NDS-OM) segment. The Economic Survey said that in order to enhance domestic rupee liquidity, the cash reserve ratio (CRR) as a percentage of the Net Demand and Time Liabilities (NDTL) was reduced by a cumulative 400 points from 9 per cent with effect from January 17,2009;the Statutory Liquidity Ratio (SLR) as a percentage of the NDTL was reduced by hundred basis point from 25 per cent to 24 per cent with effect from November 8, 2008; a term repo facility for an amount of Rs. 60,000 crore was instituted under the LAF to enable banks to ease liquidity stress faced by Mutual Funds (MFs) and Non-Banking Financial Companies (NBFCs) with associated SLR exemption of 1.5 per cent of NDTL; an advance of Rs. 25,000 crore was provided to financial institutions under the Agricultural Debt Waiver and Debt Relief Scheme pending release of money by the Government; provision of a reference facility for an amount of Rs. 4,000 crore to the National Housing Bank (NHB) was undertaken to provide liquidity support to the housing sector and a refinance facility to the EXIM Bank was provided with a view to mitigating the pressures on Indian exporting companies. Agro Sector Loan As per the Economic Survey 2008-09, the total amount disbursed by all Banks to the Agriculture and Allied Activities Sector is Rs. 2,64,455 crores as against the target of 2,80,000 crores registering 94.4% achievement. In comparison to the disbursement of Rs. 254657 crore as on March, 2008, there is a rise of Rs. 9798 crores to the sector. Of the total disbursement Rs. 202856 crores were from Commercial Banks, Rs. 35447 crores by Cooperative Banks and Rs. 25,852 crores by Regional Rural Banks. Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 55
Slide 56: Section -1 (Article : Economic Survay 2008-09) During 2008-09( till February 2009), a total of 47.26 lakhs Kisan Credit Cards(KCC) amounting with limits aggregating Rs. 26828 crores were issued. The total number of KCC holders in the country as on February 28, 2009 stood at 808.00 lakhs. Under the Agricultural Debt Waver and Debt Relief Scheme, the Government provided Rs. 25,000 crores to the Commercial Banks RRBs and Cooperative Credit Institutions as the first instalments Of this Rs. 17500 crore was provided to RRBs and Cooperatives as temporary liquidity support and Rs. 7500 crores to Commercial Banks. In power sector, the Survey stated, the growth of electricity generation by power utilities in 2008-09 was at 2.7 per cent which was much short of targeted 9.1 per cent. During 2008-09, despite the sharp decline in hydro and nuclear generation, the growth in total electricity generation was positive due to 5 per cent plus growth in thermal generation. The Survey mentions that less inflow of water into reservoirs in the case of hydro stations and for other power stations mainly due to fuel supply Constraints as the reasons for negative growth in power generation. Keeping in view the target set by the National Electricity Policy 2005, a capacity addition of 78,700 MW has been set for the XIth Five Year Plan, of which 19.9 per cent is in the hydel sectors, 75.8 per cent thermal and the rest nuclear. The Survey mentioned that a number of projects envisaged for the XIth Plan have made steady progress, with most of these in a position to be commissioned within the plan period. The Survey also listed out major reforms initiated in order to help power utilities to improve efficiency and commercial viability. The Ministry of Power signed the MOUs with the States to undertake time bound distribution reforms, the Survey adds. With a view to provide impetus to electrification of villages under the Rajiv Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran Yojana, the Economic Survey states that 59,882 villages have been electrified during the XIth Five Year Plan and electricity connections to 53.78 lakh BPL households have been released up to 31st March 2009. The Survey stated that during 2008-09, the petroleum sector has been affected by the wild swings in the international oil prices. The production of crude and its products witnessed slack growth in 2008-09 as compared to the previous year. The growth of 3 per cent in refinery production was mainly on account of impressive performance of private sector production. In 2008-09, while the production of crude oil declined but its consumption increased. In comparison, production of petroleum products increased by 3.9 per cent in the same year, while its consumption declined. The growth in diesel consumption declined to 8.4 per cent in 2008-09 as compared to 11.1 per cent in 2007-08 because of indus- Physical Infrastructure Recognizing the importance of physical infrastructure on sustainability of growth and overall development, the Economic Survey 2008-09 stated that spending on infrastructure has larger multiplier effects. There has been some improvement in infrastructure development in transport, communication and energy sector in the country in the recent year, there are still significant gaps that needed to be bridged. The current economic slow down provides an opportunities for countries like India that have a substantial degree of unmet infrastructure requirements. According to the Economic Survey, the capacity creation in infrastructure sectors presented a mixed picture in 2008-09. While telecom and petroleum sectors performed well in 2008-09 as compared to the recent years, the power sector exhibited considerable shortfall. Most infrastructure sectors too witnessed subdued growth in production/services during 2008-09 because of slump in economic activity and commodity price, oil price shocks and overall global economic crisis. The Port and Air cargo growth slowed down considerably reflecting the sluggishness in import and export growth in second half of 2008-09. The rail freight growth too slowed down but to a lesser degree because the coal sector experienced robust production. In addition, the growth in telecommunication stood as exception a midst the general slowed down, the Survey adds. Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 56
Slide 57: Section -1 (Article : Economic Survay 2008-09) trial and business slow down in sectors like automobiles etc. Giving details of the progress under New Exploration Licensing Policy (NELP), the Survey states that 203 Production Sharing Contracts have been signed since 1999, thereby increasing the area under exploration more than four times. As on April 1, 2009, investment commitment under NELP is about 10 billion US dollar on exploration, against which actual expenditure so far under the policy is about 4.7 billion US dollar. In addition, 5.2 billion US dollar investment has been made on development of discoveries. In the coal sector, raw coal production is provisionally estimated at 493.20 million tonnes in 2008-09 as against 457.08 million tonnes during corresponding period last year, thereby registering a growth rate of 7.90 per cent. The cooking coal production was 29.76 million tonnes during April-February 2009 as against 29.70 million tonnes in the corresponding period last year. The Survey mentions that due to the enhanced production by all stakeholders, the growth rate of raw coal production was increased to about 8 per cent during 2008-09 as compared to 6 per cent in the corresponding period. Regarding National Highways Development Project (NHDP), being implemented by the National Highways Authority of India, the Survey states that 11,037 KM of National Highways has been completed by 31st March 2009, the bulk of which lies on Golden Quadrilateral (GQ). Nearly 98 per cent works on GQ have been completed by March this year and the North-South and East-West corridors are expected to be completed by December this year. The Survey further added that the Government has given approval for upgradation of 12,109 KM under NHDP phase III at an estimated cost of Rs. 80,626 crore; twolaning for 5,000 KM of National Highways under NHDP Phase IV at an estimated cost of Rs. 6,950 crore; six laning of 6,500 KM of National Highways under NHDP Phase V at a cost of 41,210 crore; 1000 KM express ways with full access control at a cost of Rs. 16,680 crore under NHDP Phase IV and construction of ring road grade separation intersection, flyovers, elevated highways, underpasses and service roads at a cost of Rs. 16,680 crore under NHDP Phase VII. For improving the road connectivity to the state capitals, district headquarters and remote places in the north-eastern region, a scheme Special Accelerated Road Development Programme is being implemented. The High Powered Inter-Ministerial Committee under the programme has approved the subjects covering 1065 KMs at a cost of Rs. 3,378 crore under Phase A of the programme. The Survey mentioned that the XIth Five Year Plan has projected an investment requirement of Rs. 41,347 crore (at 200607 prices) in rural roads. During the first two year of the plan an expenditure of Rs. 25, 780.70 crore has been incurred on rural roads under the Pradhan Mantri Gram Sadak Yojana. Regarding Civil Aviation Sector, the Survey stated that the expansion of the sector continued. However, the sector showed signs of slow down due to steep rise in cost of air turbine fuel and global economic slow down. The number of domestic passengers declined by 5 per cent during 2008 as compared to 2007. The silver lining was a growth of 14.55 per cent in the domestic cargo. The Surveys mentioned about t he massive modernization/expansion programme of International Airports at New Delhi, Mumbai, Kolkata and Chennai. The Survey further adds that the Airports Authority of India is upgrading and modernizing 35 non-metro airports in the country in a time bound manner. Development of Airports in the North-Eastern Region is being taken up on priority basis. The telecom sector continued to register significant growth during the year. With about 414 million connections till February this year, India’s telecommunication network is the 3rd largest and the second largest wireless network in the world. At the current growth rate, the target of 500 million connections by 2010 is well within reach. The tele-density also increased from 12.7 per cent in March 2006 to 35.65 per cent in February this year. The Government has taken several steps directed at reduction in entry barriers, creation of a level playing field between incumbents and new entrants and forward looking regulation. With the special thrust given to rural telephony, the number of rural telephones went up from 12.3 million in March 2004 to 112.71 million in January this year. Consequently the rural tele-density reached 13.81 per cent. Since January 2000 to De- Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 57
Slide 58: Section -1 (Article : Economic Survay 2008-09) cember 2008, the total Foreign Direct Investment is Rs. 27,482.96 crore of which the inflow during 2008 is Rs. 11,595.48 crore. Recognizing the importance of increase broadband connectivity for growth of knowledge based society, several steps have been taken to promote broadband in the country. As a result, the broadband subscribers increased from 0.18 million in March 2005 to about 5.69 million by February this year. Regarding Urban Infrastructure, the Survey stated that under the Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission (JNNURM), an additional central assistance of Rs. 50,000 crore for 7 years and an equal amount from the State Governments and urban local bodies was provided to the Mission cities for improvement in their civic services levels. Memorandum of Agreement for Urban Reform Agenda has been signed with 62 mission cities and 6 urban local bodies. The Mission cities have undertaken fresh initiatives under JNNURM with an objective to contribute to sustainable functioning of local bodies. Under a parallel scheme of Urban Infrastructure Development Scheme for Small and Medium towns for Non-Mission cities and towns launched in 200506, 747 projects have been sanctioned at an approved cost of Rs. 12,793.81 crore for 632 towns till March this year. The year 2008 being International Year of Sanitation, a National Urban Sanitation Policy was launched in November 2008 for transforming all towns and cities of the country into 100 per cent sanitized, healthy and livable spaces and ensuring sustained public health and improved environment to its citizen. Recognizing the importance of quality infrastructure for sustainable growth, the Economic Survey emphasized the need of better coordination between two approaches being followed for infrastructure building so as to promote its balanced development through out the length and breath of the country. The Survey mentioned that a tangible progress has been made in attracting private investment infrastructure. However, such public initiatives are constrained by factors like inadequate shelf of bankable projects and shortage of long- term finance for projects. (IMP) Get UPSCPORTAL , Jobs, Results, Notification Alerts on Email. Step-1: Fill Your Email address in form below. you will get a confirmation email within 10 min. Step-2: Varify your email by clicking on the link in the email. (check Inbox and Spam folders) Step-3: Done! Now you will regular Alerts on your email. Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 58
Slide 59: WE NEED YOUR FEEDBACK! Please post your Feedback/Suggestions Online: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/contact 59 Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM
Slide 60: Section -1 (Hindi Article : Climate Change) VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ xÉE É®Éi¨ÉE |ɦÉÉ´ÉÉå E Éä E ¨É E ®xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB +ÆiÉ®Éǹ]ÅÒªÉ ºÉ½ªÉÉäMÉ Author is Currently Working as Assistant Professor for Home Science By Dr. Divya ´ÉɪÉ֍ɯb ±É ¨ÉäÆ E ɤÉÇxÉb É<+ÉìCºÉÉ<b E É ºiÉ® ¤ÉgxÉä ºÉä ½ ÉäxÉä ´ÉɱÉÉ VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ +ÉVÉ {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ E Ò ºÉ¤ÉºÉä MÉÆ¦ÉÒ® ºÉ¨ÉºªÉÉ+ÉäÆ ¨ÉäÆ ºÉä BE ½è* +ɇlÉÇE ‡G ªÉÉE ±ÉÉ{ÉÉäÆ E É ºÉɨÉÉxªÉ ‡´ÉºiÉÉ®, ¤ÉgiÉÒ VÉxÉºÉÆJªÉÉ +Éè® VÉÒ´ÉÉ„¨É <ÆÈvÉxÉ E É <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É +ɇn BäºÉä E É®hÉ ½é, ‡VÉxɺÉä ¨ÉÉxÉ´ÉVɇxÉiÉ OÉÒxÉ ½ É=ºÉ MÉèºÉÉäÆ (VÉÒBSÉVÉÒ) E É =iºÉVÉÇxÉ ½ ÉäiÉÉ ½è* VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ ºÉä =i{ÉzÉ ºÉ¨ÉºªÉÉ ºÉä ‡xÉ{É] xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB +ÆiÉ®Éǹ] ÅÒªÉ ºÉ¨ÉÖn ÉªÉ xÉä 1992 ¨ÉäÆ ''®É¹]ÅÉäÆ Eä ºÉÉZÉÉ {É®ÆiÉÖ ‡xɇn ǹ] n ɇªÉi´É +Éè® ºÉƤÉr IɨÉiÉÉ+ÉäÆ'' Eä +ÉvÉÉ® {É® ºÉƪÉÖCiÉ ®É¹]Å VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ £ä ¨É´ÉEÇ E x´É䯄ÉxÉ (ªÉÚBxÉB¡ ºÉÒºÉÒºÉÒ) E É MÉ`xÉ ‡E ªÉÉ* ªÉÚBxÉB¡ ºÉÒºÉÒºÉÒ E É =qä„ªÉ ´ÉɪÉ֍ɯb ±É ¨ÉäÆ OÉÒxÉ ½ É=ºÉ MÉèºÉÉäÆ Eä ºÉÆEä xphÉ E Éä ‡ºlÉ® ¤ÉxÉÉxÉÉ ½ è iÉɇE VɱɴÉɪÉÖ |ÉhÉɱÉÒ ¨ÉäÆ ¨ÉÉxÉ´ÉVɇxÉiÉ JÉiÉ®xÉÉE ½ ºiÉIÉä{ÉÉäÆ E Éä ®ÉäE É VÉÉ ºÉEä * ¤ÉÉn ¨ÉäÆ ´É¹ÉÇ 1997 ¨ÉäÆ E x´É䯄ÉxÉ Eä ºÉnºªÉ ®É¹] ÅÉäÆ xÉä CªÉÉä] Éä ºÉ¨ÉZÉÉèiÉÉ º´ÉÒE É® ‡E ªÉÉ, ‡VɺɨÉäÆ +ÉètÉä‡MÉE n ä„ÉÉäÆ Eä ‡±ÉB OÉÒxÉ ½ É=ºÉ MÉèºÉÉäÆ Eä =iºÉVÉÇxÉ ¨ÉäÆ E ¨ÉÒ ±ÉÉxÉä Eä E ÉxÉÚxÉÒ o ‡¹] ºÉä ¤ÉÉvªÉE É®Ò ±ÉIªÉ ‡xÉvÉÉLJ®iÉ ‡E B MÉB* ªÉ½ iÉªÉ ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ‡E +ÉètÉä‡MÉE ®É¹] Å ''|ÉlÉ¨É |ɇiɤÉriÉÉ +´É‡vÉ'' ªÉÉxÉÒ 2008-2012 Eä nÉè®ÉxÉ VÉÒBSÉVÉÒ Eä EÖ ±É =iºÉVÉÇxÉ ¨ÉäÆ 5.2 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ E Ò E ¨ÉÒ ±ÉɪÉäÆMÉä* VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ´ÉiÉÇxÉ ´ÉiÉǨÉÉxÉ ºÉ¨ÉªÉ E Ò ºÉ¤ÉºÉä |ɨÉÖJÉ ºÉ¨ÉºªÉÉ: VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ ´ÉiÉǨÉÉxÉ ºÉ¨ÉªÉ E Ò ºÉ¤ÉºÉä |ɨÉÖJÉ ºÉ¨ÉºªÉÉ ½ è +Éè® {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ-‡xɪÉɨÉE Éå Eä ºÉ¨ÉIÉ BE ºÉ¤ÉºÉä ¤ÉcÒ SÉÖxÉÉèiÉÒ ½è * ªÉ½ +ɇlÉÇE , º´ÉɺlªÉ +Éè® ºÉÖ®IÉÉ, JÉÉt =i{ÉÉnxÉ B´ÉÆ +xªÉ +ɪÉɨÉÉå Eä ºÉÉlÉ ¤ÉfiÉÃÉ ½ Ö+É ºÉÆE ] ½ è * ¨Éè‡CºÉE Éä E Ò ®ÉVÉvÉÉxÉÒ ¨Éè‡CºÉE Éä xÉMÉ® ¨Éå <ºÉ ´É¹ÉÇ Eä ‡´É„´É {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ ‡n´ÉºÉ E É +ɪÉÉäVÉxÉ E ®xÉä E É E ɪÉÇG ¨É ½ è* ‡n ºÉ¨¤É®, 2009 ¨Éå E Éä{Éäxɽ äMÉxÉ ¨Éå CªÉÉäiÉÉä |ÉÉä] ÉäE É±É ½äiÉÖ +MɱÉä E ®É® {É® ºÉ½¨É‡iÉ +ÉMÉä ¤ÉfÉÃxÉä Eä ‡±ÉB ªÉ½ n ä„ÉÉå E Éä |É䇮iÉ E ®xÉä Eä |ɇiÉ =x¨ÉÖJÉ ½ è * ¨Éè‡CºÉE Éä xÉä E ɤÉÇxÉ ¤ÉÉVÉÉ®Éå Eä +´ÉºÉ®Éå E Éä +{ÉxÉä ‡xÉªÉÆjÉhÉ ¨Éå ±Éä ‡±ÉªÉÉ ½ è +Éè® {É´ÉxÉ, ºÉÉè®, ¤ÉɪÉÉäMÉèºÉ iÉlÉÉ ºÉÒb ÒB¨É (C±ÉÒxÉ bä´Éä±É{ɨÉå] ¨ÉäEè ‡xÉV¨É) {ɇ®ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ+ÉäÆ Eä ¨ÉɨɱÉä ¨Éå <ºÉxÉä ¥ÉÉVÉÒ±É Eä ¤ÉÉn ‡uiÉÒªÉ ºlÉÉxÉ |ÉÉ{iÉ E ® ‡±ÉªÉÉ ½è * ºÉƪÉÖH ®É¹]Å {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ E ɪÉÇG ¨É (ªÉÚBxÉ<Ç{ÉÒ) xÉä ºÉÉiÉ +®¤É ´ÉÞIÉ +‡¦ÉªÉÉxÉ xÉÉ¨É ºÉä BE xÉ´ÉÒxÉ +{ÉäIÉÉEÞ iÉ +‡vÉE ¨É½ i´ÉÉE ÉÆIÉÒ E ɪÉÇG ¨É |ÉÉ®Æ¦É E ® ‡n ªÉÉ ½ è, ‡VɺÉE É ±ÉIªÉ ½ è - E Éä{Éäxɽ èMÉxÉ ºÉ¨¨Éä±ÉxÉ iÉE |ÉiªÉäE ´ªÉ‡H Eä ‡±ÉB E ¨É ºÉä E ¨É BE ´ÉÞIÉ ±ÉMÉÉxÉä E É E ɪÉÇG ¨É ºÉ¨{ÉzÉ E ® ±ÉäxÉÉ * <ºÉ ´É¹ÉÇ Eä ‡´É„´É {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ ‡n ´ÉºÉ E É ¨ÉÖJªÉ =qä„ªÉ BäºÉä {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ xÉɪÉE Éå E Éä ºÉɨÉxÉä ±ÉÉxÉÉ ½è, ‡VÉx½ ÉåxÉä +iÉÖ±ÉxÉÒªÉ E É®xÉɨÉä, +‡¦ÉªÉÉxÉ +Éè® |ɇiɤÉriÉÉ |Én ‡„ÉÇiÉ E ®xÉä ´ÉɱÉÒ {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ ºÉÆ¤ÉÆvÉÒ +xªÉ Mɇiɇ´É‡vɪÉÉÆ |Én‡„ÉÇiÉ E Ò ½é +Éè® BE ºÉÒvÉäºÉ®±É ‡´ÉSÉÉ® Eä ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ºÉä VÉÉMɰ E iÉÉ {ÉènÉ E Ò ½ è * ºÉƪÉÖH ®É¹] Å {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ E ɪÉÇG ¨É xÉä {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ E Ò ºÉ¨ÉºªÉÉ E É ºÉɨÉxÉÉ E ®xÉä B´ÉÆ ±ÉÉäMÉÉå E Éä |É䇮iÉ E ®xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB <ºÉ E ɪÉÇ ½ äiÉÖ ºÉ½ ªÉÉäMÉ ‡nªÉÉ ½è * |ÉiªÉäE ´É¹ÉÇ ±ÉMɦÉMÉ 60 +®¤É ] xÉ ºÉä +‡vÉE {±Éɇº] E E É =i{ÉÉnxÉ ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉiÉÉ ½ è +Éè® <ºÉE É +‡vÉE ÉÆ„É ¦ÉÉMÉ |ÉɪÉ: BE ¤ÉÉ® ½ Ò <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ¨Éå ±ÉɪÉÉ VÉÉiÉÉ ½ è VɤɇE ‡´É„´É-¦É® ¨Éå {±Éɇº] E Eä ¨ÉÉjÉ 5 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ ºÉä E ¨É ¦ÉÉMÉ E É ½Ò {ÉÖxÉSÉÇG hÉ ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉiÉÉ ½ è* ®É¹] ÅÒªÉ ¦ÉÉèMÉÉ䇱ÉE ºÉƺlÉÉxÉ Eä +xÉÖ¨ÉÉxÉÉå Eä +xÉÖºÉÉ® ½® 3 ‡¨ÉxÉ] ¨Éå 850 ±ÉÉJÉ ]xÉ {±Éɇº]E E É <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉiÉÉ ½è * <ºÉ |ÉE É® ¤ÉäE É® ½ Éä VÉÉxÉä ´ÉɱÉä {±Éɇº] E E É +‡vÉE ÉÆ„É ¦ÉÉMÉ xÉ iÉÉä {ÉÖxÉ: ={ɪÉÉäMÉ ¨Éå ±ÉɪÉÉ VÉÉiÉÉ ½ è +Éè® xÉ ½ Ò <ºÉºÉä VɨÉÒxÉ E Éä {ÉÉ] É VÉÉiÉÉ ½ è * ªÉ½ ºÉ¤É {ÉÉxÉÒ ¨Éå ¤É½E ® ºÉ¨ÉÖp E Ò +Éä® SɱÉÉ VÉÉiÉÉ ½ è * ®qÒ {±Éɇº]E Eä ] ÖE cÉå E Éä MɱÉiÉÒ ºÉä JÉÉxÉä E Ò SÉÒVÉå ºÉ¨ÉZÉE ® JÉÉ ±ÉäxÉä ºÉä ±ÉÉJÉÉå {ÉIÉÒ +Éè® ºÉ¨ÉÖpÒ VÉÒ´É E ɱÉ-E ´É‡±ÉiÉ ½Éä VÉÉiÉä ½ é +Éè® {ÉÖxÉ: JÉÉxÉä E Ò ´ÉºiÉÖ+ÉäÆ Eä ° {É ¨Éå ªÉä ¨ÉÉxÉ´É iÉE {ɽ ÖÆSÉ VÉÉiÉä ½é * Eè ºÉä±É {ɇ®ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ ¨Éå ´ÉèYÉɇxÉE Éå +Éè® {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hɇ´Én Éå E É BE n±É „Éɇ¨É±É ½ è VÉÉä BE ºÉ¨ÉÉxªÉ =n  nä„ªÉ ±ÉäE ® +ÉMÉä ¤Éf ®Ã½ É ½è -- ´É½ =qä„ªÉ ½è -- ºÉ¨ÉÖp ¨Éå ‡E ºÉ iÉ®½ iªÉÉVªÉ {±Éɇº]E {Én ÉlÉÉç E Éä {ÉE cÉ VÉÉB +Éè® =ºÉE É ‡b ] ɇCºÉ¡ É<Ç E ® (‡´É¹ÉÉH iÉÉ E Éä nÚ® E ®) =ºÉE É {ÉÖxÉSÉÇG hÉ ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉ ºÉEä * Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 60
Slide 61: Section -1 (Hindi Article : Climate Change) VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ ºÉä +xÉäE BäºÉÒ SÉÖxÉÉè‡iɪÉÉÆ ‡¨É±ÉiÉÒ ½é, VÉÉä ‡E ºÉÒ iÉ®½ E Ò ®É¹] ÅÒªÉ ºÉÒ¨ÉÉBÆ xɽ Ó ¨ÉÉxÉiÉÓ * BäºÉä ¦ÉÒ nä„É ½é, ‡VÉx½ ÉåxÉä +{ÉxÉä nä„É E Éä xÉ Eä ´É±É E ɤÉÇxÉ b É<+ÉCºÉÉ<ºÉ±Ééb E Ò ±ÉMɦÉMÉ „ÉiÉ-|ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ ‡¤ÉVɱÉÒ ¦ÉÚiÉÉ{ÉÒªÉ > ¹¨ÉÉ ºÉä |ÉÉ{iÉ E Ò VÉÉiÉÒ ½ è ±Éä‡E xÉ {ɇ®´É½xÉ Eä ¨ÉɨɱÉä ¨Éå <ºÉä SÉÖxÉÉè‡iɪÉÉå E É ºÉɨÉxÉÉ E ®xÉÉ {Éc ®½ ®½É ½ è * ‡¤ÉVɱÉÒ Eä ¤É±¤É E É |ÉSÉɱÉxÉ +¤É ºÉä ±ÉMɦÉMÉ 200 ´É¹ÉÇ {ÉÖ®ÉxÉÉ ½Éä SɱÉÉ ½è +Éè® ±ÉÉäMÉÉå E É vªÉÉxÉ +¤É > VÉÉÇ E Ò ¤ÉSÉiÉ E ®xÉä ´ÉɱÉä ¤É±¤ÉÉå E Ò +Éä® VÉÉxÉä ±ÉMÉÉ ½ è * ‡´É„´É E Éä +¤É ½ ‡®iÉ +lÉÇ´ªÉ´ÉºlÉÉ E Ò ZɱÉE ¦ÉÒ ‡¨É±É SÉÖE Ò ½è * 13 JÉ®¤É (‡]Ň±ÉªÉxÉ) b Éì±É® E Ò {ÉÚÆVÉÒ ´ÉɱÉÒ 300 ‡´ÉkÉÒªÉ ºÉƺlÉÉ+ÉäÆ xÉä ºÉÆªÉÖH ®É¹]Å {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ E ɪÉÇG ¨É {É® +{ÉxÉä ½ ºiÉÉIÉ® E ® ‡n ªÉä ½ é +Éè® {ÉÖxÉxÉÇ´ÉÒE ®hÉÒªÉ > VÉÉÇ E É®Éä¤ÉÉ® ¨Éå +Éè® |ÉMɇiÉ ±ÉÉxÉä Eä ´ÉɺiÉä ºÉÆªÉÖH ®É¹] Å Eä M±ÉÉä¤É±É E ɨ{ÉèC] ‡|ɇºÉ{ÉÖ±ºÉ ¨Éå +ɺlÉÉ ®JÉxÉä ´ÉɱÉä =kÉ®n ɪÉÒ ‡xÉ´Éä„É Eä ‡±ÉB {ÉÖxÉxÉÇ´ÉÒE ®hÉÒªÉ > VÉÉÇ E É®Éä¤ÉÉ® ¨Éå +Éè® +‡vÉE |ÉMɇiÉ ±ÉÉxÉä Eä =qä„ªÉ ºÉä > VÉÉÇ E É®Éä¤ÉÉ® Eä ‡±ÉB ½ºiÉÉIÉ® ‡E B VÉÉ SÉÖEä ½ é, ‡VɺɺÉä 160 +®¤É b ɱɮ E É =U É±É +ÉxÉä E Ò +É„ÉÉ ½ è * <ºÉ¨Éå Eä ´É±É ‡´ÉE ‡ºÉiÉ ½ Ò xɽ Ó +‡{ÉiÉÖ SÉÒxÉ +Éè® ¦ÉÉ®iÉ VÉèºÉä n ä„ÉÉå E Ò {É´ÉxÉ > VÉÉÇSÉɇ±ÉiÉ E Æ{ɇxɪÉÉÆ ¦ÉÒ ºÉ‡¨¨É‡±ÉiÉ ½é * ´ÉiÉǨÉÉxÉ JÉÉt ºÉÆE ] +É{ÉÚ‡iÉÇ E Ò +{ÉäIÉÉ ¨ÉÖJªÉiɪÉÉ ¨ÉÚ±ªÉÉå ºÉä VÉÖcÉ ½ Ö+É ½ è * ‡{ÉU ±Éä ±ÉMɦÉMÉ 50 ´É¹ÉÉç Eä nÉè®ÉxÉ, +xªÉ ºÉ¦ÉÒ iÉlªÉÉå Eä +‡iɇ®H =i{ÉÉn xÉ ¤Éf ÉÃxÉä {É® +iªÉ‡vÉE VÉÉä® ‡nªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½è * ºÉ¨ÉÖp ¨Éå +{ÉäIÉÉEÞ iÉ E ¨É +ÉCºÉÒVÉxÉ ªÉÖH IÉäjÉÉå ¨Éå -- ¨ÉÞiÉ IÉäjÉÉå ¨Éå (‡VÉxɨÉå ¨ÉU ‡±ÉªÉÉÆ ªÉÉ +xªÉ ºÉ¨ÉÖpÒ VÉÒ´É-VÉxiÉÖ ªÉÉ iÉÉä E ɱÉ-E ´É‡±ÉiÉ ½Éä VÉÉiÉä ½é ªÉÉ {ɱÉɪÉxÉ E ® VÉÉiÉä ½ é), |ÉɪÉ: EÞ ‡jÉ¨É =´ÉÇ®E Éå Eä n Ö¯ {ɪÉÉäMÉ Eä E É®hÉ =xÉE Ò BäºÉÒ ‡ºlɇiÉ ½ Éä VÉÉiÉÒ ½ è * ¤Én±ÉiÉä ¨ÉÉèºÉ¨É E Ò |ɇG ªÉÉ+ÉäÆ Eä E É®hÉ JÉÉtÉzÉ =i{ÉÉn xÉ {É® +ºÉ® {ÉciÉÉ ½ è, ´É¹ÉÉÇ E Ò +‡xɇ„SÉiÉiÉÉ, ºÉ¨ÉÖp iÉ±É Eä ‡´ÉºiÉÉ®, ºÉ¨ÉpiÉ]ÒªÉ iÉÉVÉÉ VÉ±É ¦ÉÆb É® ¨Éå E ¨ÉÒ +ÉxÉä, ¤ÉÉf E ÃÒ ‡´É¦ÉÒ‡¹ÉE É +Éè® ´ÉÉiÉÉ´É®hÉ E Ò > ¹¨ÉÉ ¤Éf xÉÃä Eä E É®hÉ +xÉäE {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ +ÉiÉä ½ é * +¨ÉäWÉxÉ Eä +‡vÉE ´É¹ÉÉÇ ´ÉɱÉä ´ÉxÉÉå iÉlÉÉ +ÉEÇ ‡] E ] ÖÆbÅÉ VÉèºÉä {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ ‡´É‡´ÉvÉiÉÉ ´ÉɱÉä IÉäjÉÉå ¨Éå MɨÉÔ +Éè® „ÉÖ¹E iÉÉ Eä E É®hÉ +xÉäE =±±ÉäJÉxÉÒªÉ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ {ÉɪÉä VÉÉ ®½ ä ½é * {ɽ ÉcÉå Eä M±É䇄ɪɮÉå Eä ‡{ÉPɱÉxÉä, =xÉEä +Éè® {ÉÒU ä E Ò +Éä® ½ ]xÉä VÉèºÉÒ |É´ÉÞ‡kɪÉÉÆ |ÉɪÉ: „ÉÖ¹E ´ÉxÉÉå ¨Éå {ÉÉ<Ç VÉÉiÉÒ ½é * EÖ U ±ÉÉäMÉÉå Eä ‡±ÉB =¹hÉE ‡] ¤ÉÆvÉÒªÉ ´ÉxÉÉå E É +É„ÉªÉ Eä ´É±É ‡]¨¤É® +Éè® ±É_Éå Eä ‡±ÉB ´ÉÞIÉ-{ÉÖÆVÉÉå iÉE ½ Ò ºÉÒ‡¨ÉiÉ ½ è * ªÉä ´ÉÞIÉ ‡´ÉE ‡ºÉiÉ n ä„ÉÉå Eä E ɤÉÇxÉ-=iºÉVÉÇxÉ E É +´É„ÉÉä¹ÉhÉ E ®iÉä ½ é * ªÉ‡n =xÉE Ò MÉhÉxÉÉ +{ÉäIÉÉEÞ iÉ BäºÉÒ |ɤÉÖr +ɇlÉÇE |ÉhÉɱÉÒ ºÉä E ®å, ‡VɺɨÉå |ÉEÞ ‡iÉ uÉ®É |ÉnkÉ EÖ ±É ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ =i{ÉÉnxÉ ºÉ‡¨¨É‡±ÉiÉ ½Éå +Éè® ‡VɺɨÉå ¨ÉÉä]® E É®Éå, ]ä±ÉÒ‡´ÉVÉxÉ ºÉä]Éå iÉlÉÉ Eä E É®hÉ ‡´É„´É +lÉÇ´ªÉ´ÉºlÉÉ ¨Éå +iªÉ‡vÉE ‡´ÉPÉ] xÉ +ɪÉäMÉÉ -- +iÉÒiÉ iÉlÉÉ ´ÉiÉǨÉÉxÉ Eä ¿ÉºÉÉå Eä ¦É‡´É¹ªÉ {É® EÖ U ¦ÉÒ +ºÉ® xÉ½Ó {ÉcäMÉÉ * <ºÉEä ‡´É{É®ÒiÉ, VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ ºÉÆ¤ÉÆvÉÒ +xiÉ®„ÉɺÉE ÒªÉ E ɪÉÇn ±É Eä +xÉÖ¨ÉÉxÉÉå Eä +xÉÖºÉÉ®, 30 ´É¹ÉÉç E Ò +´É‡vÉ ¨Éå ‡´É„´É VÉÒb Ò{ÉÒ {É® Eä ´É±É 0.1-0.2 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ E É ¨ÉɨÉÚ±ÉÒ +ºÉ® ½ Ò {Éc ºÉEä MÉÉ * ‡´É„´É {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ ‡n ´ÉºÉ ¨ÉÉxÉ´É {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ {É® º] ÉìE ½ Éä¨É ºÉ¨¨Éä±ÉxÉ E Ò „ÉÖ° +ÉiÉ E Éä ®äJÉÉÆ‡E iÉ E ®iÉä ½ ÖB ºÉƪÉÖH ®É¹] Å +É¨É ºÉ¦ÉÉ xÉä 1972 ¨Éå ‡´É„´É {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ ‡n´ÉºÉ E Ò ºlÉÉ{ÉxÉÉ E Ò VÉÉä ½® ´É¹ÉÇ {ÉÉÆSÉ VÉÚxÉ E Éä ¨ÉxÉɪÉÉ VÉÉiÉÉ ½è * ‡´É„´É {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ ‡n ´ÉºÉ |ɨÉÖJÉ +ÉvÉÉ® ½è ‡VɺÉEä ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ºÉä ºÉÆªÉÖH ®É¹] Å {ÉÚ®ä ‡´É„´É ¨Éå {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ Eä |ɇiÉ VÉÉMɰ E iÉÉ {ÉènÉ E ®iÉÉ ½è +Éè® ®ÉVÉxÉè‡iÉE vªÉÉxÉÉE ¹ÉÇhÉ E Éä ¤Éf ÉÃiÉÉ ½ è * 1972 ¨Éå ½ Ò ºÉƪÉÖH ®É¹] Å {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ E ɪÉÇG ¨É E Ò ºlÉÉ{ÉxÉÉ ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ lÉÉ VÉÉä ‡´É„´É {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ ‡n´ÉºÉ E É, {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ Eä |ɇiÉ VÉÉMɰ E iÉÉ {ÉènÉ E ®xÉä +Éè® ±ÉÉäMÉÉå E Éä {ɽ ±É E ®xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB |ÉÉäiºÉɇ½iÉ E ®xÉä ¨Éå ={ɪÉÉäMÉ E ®iÉÉ ½è * ‡´É„´É {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ ‡n ´ÉºÉ E É BVÉåbÉ ½ è {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉÒªÉ ¨ÉÖqÉå E Éä ¨ÉÉxÉ´ÉÒªÉ SÉä½ ®É n äxÉÉ, ºÉiÉiÉ +Éè® ¤É®É¤É®Ò ´ÉɱÉä ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ Eä ‡±ÉB ±ÉÉäMÉÉå E Éä +‡vÉE É® ºÉ¨{ÉzÉ E ®xÉÉ, ºÉ¨ÉÖn ɪÉÉå ¨Éå ªÉ½ ¦ÉÉ´É {Éèn É E ®xÉÉ ‡E ´Éä {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ Eä |ɇiÉ xÉVɇ®B ¨Éå ¤Én±ÉÉ´É ±ÉÉxÉä +Éè® ºlÉÉxÉÒªÉ, IÉäjÉÒªÉ +Éè® Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 61
Slide 62: Section -1 (Hindi Article : Climate Change) ®É¹] ÅÒªÉ ¦ÉÉ´ÉxÉÉ+ÉäÆ ºÉä > {É® =` E ® ºÉÉZÉänÉ®Ò E Éä |ÉÉäiºÉɇ½ iÉ E ®xÉä ¨Éå |ɨÉÖJÉ ¦ÉÚ‡¨ÉE É ‡xɦÉÉ ºÉE iÉä ½ é iÉɇE ªÉ½ ºÉÖ‡xɇ„SÉiÉ ½Éä ºÉEä ‡E ±ÉÉäMÉ {ɽ±Éä ºÉä VªÉÉn É ºÉÖ®‡IÉiÉ +Éè® ºÉ¨ÉÞr ¦É‡´É¹ªÉ ¨Éå E n¨É ®JÉ ºÉEå * ‡´É„´É {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ ‡n ´ÉºÉ 2009 E É ‡´É¹ÉªÉ ½ è - +É{ÉEä Oɽ E Éä Vɰ ®iÉ ½ è +É{ÉE Ò - VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ ºÉä ±ÉcxÉä E Éä BE ½Éå * <ºÉ ‡´É¹ÉªÉ ºÉä ªÉ½ º{ɹ] ½Éä VÉÉiÉÉ ½è ‡E ºÉ¦ÉÒ n ä„ÉÉå E Éä VɱɴÉɪÉÖ Eä ºÉÆ¤ÉÆvÉ ¨Éå BE ½ ÉäxÉä E Ò Vɰ ®iÉ ½è * ªÉ½ BE iÉÉ <ºÉÒ ºÉÉ±É E Éä{Éäxɽ äMÉxÉ ¨Éå +ɪÉÉä‡VÉiÉ ½ ÉäxÉä ´ÉɱÉÒ VɱɴÉɪÉÖ ºÉÆ¤ÉÆvÉÒ ¤Éè` E ¨Éå ‡nJÉÉxÉÒ ½ ÉäMÉÒ * ªÉ½ ¤Éè`E MɮҤÉÒ ºÉä {ÉÉ® {ÉÉxÉä +Éè® ´ÉxÉ |ɤɯvÉxÉ ¨Éå ºÉÖvÉÉ® Eä ¤ÉÒSÉ VÉÉä ‡®„iÉÉ ½è, =ºÉä {ɇ®±É‡IÉiÉ E ®iÉÒ ½ è * <ºÉ ´É¹ÉÇ Eä ‡´É„´É {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ ‡n´ÉºÉ E É ¨Éä½ ¨ÉÉxÉ nä„É ¨Éè‡CºÉE Éä ½è * +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ {É® iÉ ºÉÚªÉÇ E É |ÉE É„É +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ {É®iÉ ºÉä U xÉE ® ½ Ò {ÉÞl´ÉÒ {É® {ɽ ÖÆSÉiÉÉ ½ é* ªÉ½ JÉiÉ®xÉÉE {ɮɤÉèMÉxÉÒ ‡´É‡E ®hÉ E Éä {ÉÞl´ÉÒ E Ò ºÉiɽ {É® {ɽ ÖÆSÉxÉä ºÉä ®ÉäE iÉÒ ½è, +Éè® <ºÉºÉä ½¨ÉÉ®ä Oɽ {É® VÉÒ´ÉxÉ ºÉÖ‡®IÉiÉ ®½iÉÉ ½è* +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ {É®iÉ Eä IÉªÉ Eä ¨ÉÖn nä {É® {ɽ ±ÉÒ ¤ÉÉ® 1976 ¨ÉäÆ ºÉƪÉÖH ®É¹] Å {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ E ɪÉÇG ¨É E Ò |É„ÉɺɇxÉE {ɇ®¹Én (ªÉÚBxÉ<Ç{ÉÒ) ¨ÉäÆ ‡´ÉSÉÉ®-‡´É¨É„ÉÇ ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ* +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ {É®iÉ {É® ‡´É„Éä¹ÉYÉÉäÆ E Ò ¤Éè` E 1977 ¨ÉäÆ +ɪÉÉä‡VÉiÉ E Ò MÉ<Ç* ‡VɺÉEä ¤ÉÉn ªÉÚBxÉ<Ç{ÉÒ +Éè® ‡´É„´É ¨ÉÉèºÉ¨É ºÉÆMÉ` xÉ (b¤±ªÉÚB¨É+Éä) xÉä ºÉ¨ÉªÉ-ºÉ¨ÉªÉ {É® +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ {É®iÉ ¨ÉäÆ ½ ÉäxÉä ´ÉɱÉä IÉªÉ E Éä VÉÉxÉxÉä Eä ‡±ÉB +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ {É®iÉ ºÉ¨Éx´ÉªÉ ºÉ‡¨É‡iÉ (ºÉÒºÉÒ+ÉäB±É) E É MÉ` xÉ ‡E ªÉÉ * +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ-IÉªÉ ‡´É¹ÉªÉÉäÆ ºÉä ‡xɤÉ] xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB +ÆiÉ®Éǹ] ÅÒªÉ ºÉ¨ÉZÉÉèiÉä ½ äiÉÖ +ÆiÉ®-ºÉ®E É®Ò ¤ÉÉiÉSÉÒiÉ 1981 ¨ÉäÆ |ÉÉ®Æ¦É ½Ö<Ç +Éè® ¨ÉÉSÉÇ, 1985 ¨ÉäÆ +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ {É®iÉ Eä ¤ÉSÉÉ´É Eä ‡±ÉB ‡´ÉªÉxÉÉ ºÉ¨¨Éä±ÉxÉ Eä ° {É ¨ÉäÆ ºÉ¨ÉÉ{iÉ ½ Ö<Ç* 1985 Eä ‡´ÉªÉxÉÉ ºÉ¨¨Éä±ÉxÉ xÉä <ºÉºÉä ºÉÆ¤ÉƇvÉiÉ +xÉÖºÉÆvÉÉxÉ {É® +xiÉ®-ºÉ®E É®Ò ºÉ½ ªÉÉäMÉ, +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ {É®iÉ Eä ºÉÖ´ªÉ´É‡ºlÉiÉ iÉ®ÒEä ºÉä ‡xÉ®ÒIÉhÉ, ºÉÒB¡ ºÉÒ =i{ÉÉnxÉ E Ò ‡xÉMÉ®ÉxÉÒ +Éè® ºÉÚSÉxÉÉ+ÉäÆ Eä +ÉnÉxÉ-|Én ÉxÉ VÉèºÉä ¨ÉÖnÃn ÉäÆ E Éä |ÉÉäiºÉɇ½iÉ ‡E ªÉÉ* ºÉ¨¨Éä±ÉxÉ Eä +xÉÖºÉÉ® ¨ÉÉxÉ´É º´ÉɺlªÉ +Éè® +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ {É®iÉ ¨ÉäÆ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ E ®xÉä ´ÉɱÉÒ ¨ÉÉxÉ´ÉÒªÉ Mɇiɇ´É‡vɪÉÉäÆ Eä ‡´É° r ´ÉÉiÉÉ´É®hÉ ¤ÉxÉÉxÉä VÉèºÉä +É¨É ={ÉɪÉÉäÆ E Éä +{ÉxÉÉxÉä {É® n ä„ÉÉäÆ xÉä |ɇiɤÉriÉÉ ´ªÉH E Ò * ‡´ÉªÉxÉÉ ºÉ¨¨Éä±ÉxÉ BE f ÉÆSÉÉMÉiÉ ºÉ¨ÉZÉÉèiÉÉ ½è +Éè® <ºÉ¨ÉäÆ ‡xÉªÉÆjÉhÉ +lÉ´ÉÉ ±ÉIªÉÉäÆ Eä ‡±ÉB E ÉxÉÚxÉÒ ¤ÉÉvɪÉiÉÉ xɽ Ó ½ è* +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ {É®iÉ E Éä E ¨É E ®xÉä ´ÉɱÉä ‡´É¹ÉªÉÉäÆ {É® ¨ÉÉìx]ÅÒªÉ±É |ÉÉä] ÉäE Éì±É E Éä ‡ºÉiɨ¤É®, 1987 ¨ÉäÆ º´ÉÒE É® ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ* +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ {É®iÉ Eä IÉªÉ E Éä ®ÉäE xÉä ´ÉɱÉä, +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ +xÉÖEÚ ±É =i{ÉÉnÉäÆ +Éè® VÉÉMɰ E iÉÉ VÉMÉÉxÉä Eä ‡±ÉB ¨ÉÉìx]ÅÒªÉ±É |ÉÉä] ÉäE Éì±É ‡´É¹ÉªÉÉäÆ Eä E ɪÉÉÇx´ÉªÉxÉ Eä ¨É½ i´É E É =±±ÉäJÉ E ®iÉä ½ÖB +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ {É®iÉ Eä ºÉÆ®IÉhÉ Eä ‡±ÉB 16 ‡ºÉiɨ¤É® E Éä +ÆiÉ®Éǹ]ÅÒªÉ ‡n ´ÉºÉ PÉÉ䇹ÉiÉ ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ* ºÉ¦ÉÒ ºÉnºªÉ n ä„ÉÉäÆ E Éä <ºÉ ‡´É„Éä¹É ‡n´ÉºÉ {É® ¨ÉÉìx]ÅÒªÉ±É |ÉÉä]ÉäE Éì±É Eä =n䄪ÉÉäÆ B´ÉÆ ±ÉIªÉÉäÆ +Éè® <ºÉEä ºÉÆ„ÉÉävÉxÉ Eä ºÉÉlÉ ®É¹] ÅÒªÉ ºiÉ® {É® ` ÉäºÉ Mɇiɇ´É‡vɪÉÉäÆ E Éä |ÉÉäiºÉɇ½iÉ E ®xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB +ɍɯ‡jÉiÉ ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉiÉÉ ½è* ºÉ®E É®äÆ VÉ¤É iÉE |ÉÉä] ÉäE Éì±É Eä ºÉÉlÉ-ºÉÉlÉ ºÉÆ„ÉÉävÉxÉÉäÆ E Ò +‡¦É{ÉÖ‡¹] xɽ Ó E ®iÉÒ iÉ¤É iÉE <ºÉºÉä E ÉxÉÚxÉÒ ° {É ºÉä xɽ Ó ¤ÉÆvÉiÉÓé* nÖ¦ÉÉÇMªÉ ºÉ,ä +xÉäE ºÉ®E É®ÉäÆ xÉä |ÉÉä] ÉäE Éì±É E Ò +‡¦É{ÉÖ‡¹] iÉÉä E Ò ½ è ¨ÉMÉ® ºÉÆ„ÉÉävÉxÉ +Éè® =xÉEä E cä ‡xÉªÉÆjÉhÉ ={ÉÉªÉ ±ÉIªÉ ºÉä {ÉÒU ä ½ é* +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ ºÉ¨ÉZÉÉèiÉÉäÆ {É®, +ÉVÉ iÉE 193 n ä„ÉÉäÆ xÉä ½ºiÉÉIÉ® ‡E ªÉä ½é* 1985 Eä +ÆiÉ ¨ÉäÆ n‡IÉhÉ wÉÖ´É (BÆ]É®E ‡] E ) Eä > {É® +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ E Ò {É®iÉ ¨ÉäÆ U än E É {ÉiÉÉ SɱÉxÉä Eä ¤ÉÉn ºÉ®E É®ÉäÆ xÉä C±ÉÉä®Éä}±ÉÉä®ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ (ºÉÒB¡ ºÉÒ-11, 12, 113, 114 +Éè® 115) +Éè® +xÉäE ½è±ÉìxºÉ (1211, 1301, 2402) Eä =i{ÉÉn xÉ +Éè® JÉ{ÉiÉ E Éä E ¨É E ®xÉä Eä E cä ={ÉɪÉÉäÆ E Ò +É´É„ªÉE iÉÉ E Éä {ɽSÉÉxÉÉ* |ÉÉä] ÉäE Éì±É <ºÉ iÉ®½ ºÉä iÉèªÉÉ® ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è iÉɇE ºÉ¨ÉªÉ-ºÉ¨ÉªÉ {É® ´ÉèYÉɇxÉE +Éè® |ÉÉètÉä‡MÉE Ò +ÉÆE ±ÉxÉÉäÆ Eä +ÉvÉÉ® {É® <ºÉ |ÉE É® E Ò MÉèºÉÉäÆ ºÉä ‡xÉVÉÉiÉ {ÉÉxÉä Eä ‡±ÉªÉä <ºÉ¨ÉäÆ ºÉÆ„ÉÉävÉxÉ ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉ ºÉEä * <ºÉ |ÉE É® Eä +ÉÆE ±ÉxÉÉäÆ Eä ¤ÉÉn <ºÉ |ÉE É® E Ò MÉèºÉÉäÆ ºÉä U Ö] E É®É {ÉÉxÉä E Ò |ɇG ªÉÉ E Éä iÉäVÉ E ®xÉä Eä ‡±ÉªÉä 1990 ¨ÉäÆ ±ÉÆnxÉ, 1992 ¨ÉäÆ E Éä{Éäxɽ äMÉxÉ, 1995 ¨ÉÆä ‡´ÉªÉäxÉÉ, 1997 ¨ÉäÆ ¨ÉÉìx]ÅÒªÉ±É +Éè® 1999 ¨ÉäÆ {Éä‡SÉÆMÉ ¨ÉäÆ SÉ®hɤÉr ¤É‡½ ¹E ®hÉ ¨ÉäÆ iÉäVÉÒ ±ÉÉxÉä Eä ‡±ÉB |ÉÉä] ÉäE Éì±É E Éä ºÉ¨ÉɪÉÉä‡VÉiÉ ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ* +xªÉ |ÉE É® Eä ‡xÉªÉÆjÉhÉ ={ÉɪÉÉäÆ E Éä „ÉÖ° E ®xÉä +Éè® <ºÉ ºÉÚSÉÒ ¨ÉäÆ xɪÉä ‡xÉªÉÆjÉhÉ iÉi´ÉÉäÆ E Éä VÉÉäcxÉä Eä ‡±ÉªÉä ¦ÉÒ <ºÉ¨ÉäÆ ºÉÆ„ÉÉävÉxÉ ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ* 1990 ¨ÉäÆ ±ÉÆn xÉ ºÉÆ„ÉÉävÉxÉ Eä iɽ iÉ +‡iɇ®H C±ÉÉä®Éä}±ÉÉä®ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ (ºÉÒ B¡ ºÉÒ-13, 111, 112, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217) +Éè® nÉä ‡´É±ÉɪÉE (ºÉÉì±´ÉäÆ] ) (E ɤÉÇxÉ ] äÅ]ÉC±ÉÉä®É<] +Éè® ‡¨ÉlÉÉ<±É C±ÉÉä®Éä¡ É¨ÉÇ) E Éä „Éɇ¨É±É ‡E ªÉÉ Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 62
Slide 63: Section -1 (Hindi Article : Climate Change) MɪÉÉ VɤɇE 1992 ¨ÉäÆ E Éä{Éäxɽ äMÉxÉ ºÉÆ„ÉÉävÉxÉ Eä iɽ iÉ ‡¨ÉlÉÉ<±É ¥É#Éä¨ÉÉ<b, BSɤÉÒB¡ ºÉÒ +Éè® BSɺÉÒB¡ ºÉÒ E Éä VÉÉäcÉ MɪÉÉ* 1997 ¨ÉäÆ ¨ÉÉìx] ÅÒªÉ±É ºÉÆ„ÉÉävÉxÉ E Éä +ƇiÉ¨É ° {É ‡n ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ‡VɺÉEä iɽ iÉ ‡¨ÉlÉÉ<±É ¥ÉÉä¨ÉÉ<b ºÉä ‡xÉVÉÉiÉ {ÉÉxÉä E Ò ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ ¤ÉxÉɪÉÒ MɪÉÒ* 1999 ¨ÉäÆ {Éä‡SÉÆMÉ ºÉÆ„ÉÉävÉxÉ Eä iɽ iÉ ¥ÉÉä¨ÉÉäC±ÉÉä®É䇨ÉlÉäxÉ Eä ={ɪÉÉäMÉ ºÉä iÉÖ®ÆiÉ U Ö]E É®É {ÉÉxÉä (SÉ®hɤÉr fÆMÉ ºÉä ¤Éɽ ® E ®xÉä) Eä ‡±ÉªÉä <ºÉä „Éɇ¨É±É ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ* <ºÉ ºÉÆ„ÉÉävÉxÉ Eä iɽiÉ BSɺÉÒB¡ ºÉÒ Eä =i{ÉÉn xÉ {É® ‡xÉªÉÆjÉhÉ Eä ºÉÉlÉ-ºÉÉlÉ MÉè®-{ÉIÉÉäÆ Eä ºÉÉlÉ <ºÉEä E É®Éä¤ÉÉ® {É® ±ÉMÉÉ¨É ±ÉMÉÉxÉä E Ò ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ ¦ÉÒ ¤ÉxÉɪÉÒ MɪÉÒ* +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ {É®iÉ : +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ Eä +hÉÖ+ÉäÆ (+Éä-3) ¨ÉäÆ +ÉìCºÉÒVÉxÉ Eä iÉÒxÉ {É®¨ÉÉhÉÖ ½ ÉäiÉä ½ é* ªÉ½ Vɽ ®Ò±ÉÒ MÉèºÉ ½ è +Éè® ´ÉÉiÉÉ´É®hÉ ¨ÉäÆ ¤É½ÖiÉ n Ö±ÉÇ¦É ½ è* |ÉiªÉäE 10 ‡¨É‡±ÉªÉxÉ +hÉÖ+ÉäÆ ¨ÉäÆ <ºÉEä ‡ºÉ¡Ç 3 +hÉÖ {ÉɪÉä VÉÉiÉä ½ é* 90 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ ´ÉÉiÉÉ´É®hÉ Eä > {É®Ò ‡½ººÉä ªÉÉ ºÉ¨ÉiÉÉ{ɍɯb ±É (º]ÅÉ] Éäº¡ä ªÉ®) ¨ÉäÆ {ÉɪÉÒ VÉÉiÉÒ ½ è VÉÉä {ÉÞl´ÉÒ ºÉä 10 +Éè® 50 ‡E ±ÉÉä¨ÉÒ] ® (6 ºÉä 30 ¨ÉÒ±É) > {É® ½ è* IÉÉä¦É¨ÉÆb±É (]ÅÉä{ÉÉäº¡ä ªÉ®) E Ò iɱÉÒ ¨ÉäÆ VɨÉÒxÉÒ ºiÉ® {É® +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ ½É‡xÉE É®E |ÉnÚ¹ÉE ½ è VÉÉä +Éì] Éä¨ÉÉä¤É<±É +{ÉE ¹ÉÇhÉ +Éè® +xªÉ »ÉÉäiÉÉäÆ ºÉä {ÉènÉ ½ ÉäiÉÒ ½ è* +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ E Ò {É®iÉ ºÉÚªÉÇ ºÉä +ÉxÉä ´ÉɱÉä VªÉÉn ÉiÉ® ½ ɇxÉE É®E {ɮɤÉéMÉxÉÒ- ¤ÉÒ ‡´É‡E ®hÉ E Éä +´É„ÉÉ䇹ÉiÉ E ®iÉÒ ½ è* ªÉ½ PÉÉiÉE {ɮɤÉéMÉxÉÒ (ªÉÚ´ÉÒ - ºÉÒ) ‡´É‡E ®hÉ E Éä {ÉÚ®Ò iÉ®½ ®ÉäE n äiÉÒ ½ è* <ºÉ |ÉE É® +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ E É ºÉÖ®IÉÉ E ´ÉSÉ ½ ¨ÉÉ®ä VÉÒ´ÉxÉ Eä ‡±ÉªÉä ¤É½ÖiÉ Vɰ ®Ò ½ è +Éè® ªÉ½ ½ ¨É VÉÉxÉiÉä ½é* +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ E Ò {É®iÉ E Ò IɇiÉ ºÉä {ɮɤÉéMÉxÉÒ ‡´É‡E ®hÉ +‡vÉE ¨ÉÉjÉÉ ¨ÉäÆ vÉ®iÉÒ iÉE {ɽ֯SÉiÉÉ ½ è* +‡vÉE {ɮɤÉéMÉxÉÒ ‡´É‡E ®hÉ E É ¨ÉiÉ±É¤É ½è +Éè® +‡vÉE ¨Éè±ÉäxÉÖ¨ÉÉ +Éè® xÉÉìxɨÉè±ÉäxÉÖ¨ÉÉ i´ÉSÉÉ Eè ÆºÉ®, +ÉÄJÉÉäÆ E É ¨ÉÉä‡iɪÉɇ¤ÉÆn +‡vÉE ½ÉäxÉÉ, {ÉÉSÉxÉ iÉÆjÉ ¨ÉäÆ E ¨ÉVÉÉä®Ò, {ÉÉèvÉÉäÆ E Ò ={ÉVÉ PÉ] xÉÉ, ºÉ¨ÉÖpÒªÉ {Éɇ®iÉÆjÉ ¨ÉäÆ IɇiÉ +Éè® ¨ÉiºÉªÉ =i{ÉÉn xÉ ¨ÉäÆ E ¨ÉÒ* 1970 ¨ÉäÆ VÉ¤É |ÉÉä¡ä ºÉ® {ÉÉ±É GÖ ] VÉxÉ xÉä ªÉä ºÉÆÆEä iÉ ‡nªÉÉ ‡E =´ÉÇ®E ÉäÆ +Éè® ºÉÖ{É®ºÉÉä‡xÉE BªÉ® G Éì{] ºÉä ‡xÉE ±ÉxÉä ´ÉɱÉÒ xÉÉ<]ÅÉäVÉxÉ +ÉìCºÉÉ<b ºÉä +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ E Ò {É®iÉ E Éä xÉÖE ºÉÉxÉ ½ ÉäxÉä E Ò +ɄɯE É ½ è iÉÉä <ºÉEä ¤ÉÉ®ä ¨ÉäÆ ´ÉèYÉɇxÉE ‡SÉÆ‡iÉiÉ ½ÖB* 1974 ¨ÉäÆ |ÉÉä¡ä ºÉ® B¡ „Éä®´ÉÖb ®Éì±ÉäÆb +Éè® ¨Éɇ®ªÉÉä VÉä ¨ÉÉ䇱ÉxÉÉ xÉä ªÉä {ÉiÉÉ ±ÉMÉɪÉÉ ‡E C±ÉÉä®Éä}±ÉÉä®ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ ´ÉÉiÉÉ´É®hÉ ¨ÉäÆ ‡´É¦ÉɇVÉiÉ ½ ÉäE ® C±ÉÉä®ÒxÉ Eä {É®¨ÉÉhÉÖ VÉÉ®Ò E ®iÉä ½ é +Éè® ´Éä +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ IÉªÉ E É E É®hÉ ¤ÉxÉiÉä ½ é* ½ ä±ÉìäxºÉ Eä Vɇ®B VÉÉ®Ò ½ ÉäxÉä ´ÉɱÉä ¥ÉÉä¨ÉÒxÉ {É®¨ÉÉhÉÖ ¦ÉÒ BäºÉÉ ½Ò ¤ÉÖ®É |ɦÉÉ´É b ɱÉiÉä ½é* <xÉ iÉÒxÉ ´ÉèYÉɇxÉE ÉäÆ xÉä +{ÉxÉä ¨É½i´É{ÉÚhÉÇ E ɪÉÇ Eä ‡±ÉªÉä 1995 ¨ÉäÆ ®ºÉɪÉxÉ ‡´ÉYÉÉxÉ ¨ÉäÆ xÉÉä¤É±É {ÉÖ®ºE É® |ÉÉ{iÉ ‡E ªÉÉ* 1980 Eä n „ÉE Eä |ÉÉ®Æ¦É ¨ÉäÆ VÉ¤É ºÉä <ºÉE É ¨ÉÉ{ÉxÉ „ÉÖ° ½ Ö+É iÉ¤É ºÉä n ‡IÉhÉ wÉÖ´É Eä > {É® +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ E Ò {É®iÉ ‡ºlÉ® ° {É ºÉä E ¨ÉVÉÉä® ½ Éä ®½Ò ½ è* ¤Éä½n `Æb ä ´ÉÉiÉÉ´É®hÉ +Éè® wÉÖ´ÉÒªÉ ºÉ¨ÉiÉÉ{É ¨ÉÆb ±ÉÒªÉ ¤ÉÉn ±ÉÉäÆ Eä E É®hÉ ¦É򬃮b ±É Eä <ºÉ ¦ÉÉMÉ {É® ºÉ¨ÉºªÉÉ +Éè® MÉÆ¦ÉÒ® ½è* +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ E Ò {É®iÉ ¨ÉäÆ IÉªÉ ´ÉɱÉÉ ¦ÉÚ-IÉäjÉ ‡ºlÉ® ° {É ºÉä ¤Ég ®½É ½ è* ªÉ½ 1990 Eä n„ÉE ¨ÉäÆ 20 ‡¨É‡±ÉªÉxÉ ´ÉMÉÇ ‡E ±ÉÉä¨ÉÒ] ® ºÉä +‡vÉE ½ Éä MɪÉÉ +Éè® =ºÉEä ¤ÉÉn ªÉ½ 20 +Éè® 29 ´ÉMÉÇ ‡E ±ÉÉä¨ÉÒ] ® Eä n ÉªÉ®ä ¨ÉäÆ ¡è ±É MɪÉÉ* =kÉÉ®Ò vÉÖ#´É Eä > {É® +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ E Ò {É®iÉ 30 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ VɤɇE ªÉÚ®Éä{É +Éè® +xªÉ =SSÉ +IÉÉÆ„É ´ÉɱÉä IÉäjÉÉäÆ ¨ÉäÆ +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ E Ò {É®iÉ ¨ÉäÆ IÉªÉ E Ò n ® 5 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ ºÉä 30 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ Eä ¤ÉÒSÉ ½è* ®ºÉɪÉxÉ +Éè® =xɺÉä U Ö] E É® É {ÉÉxÉä E É E ɪÉÇG ¨É ¨ÉÉìäx] ÅÒªÉ±É |ÉÉä] ÉäE Éì±É Eä iɽ iÉ ‡¡ ±É½ É±É 96 ® ºÉɪÉxÉÉäÆ {É® ‡xÉªÉÆjÉhÉ ±ÉMÉɪÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è ‡VɺɨÉäÆ „Éɇ¨É±É ½ é- ½ ä±ÉÉä E ɤÉÇxÉ VÉÉä C±ÉÉä®Éä}±ÉÉä®ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ +Éè® ½ ä±ÉìxºÉ Eä ° {É ¨ÉäÆ =±±ÉäJÉxÉÒªÉ ½ è* 1928 ¨ÉäÆ C±ÉÉä®Éä}±ÉÉä®Éä E ɤÉÇxÉ E Ò JÉÉäVÉ ½Ö<Ç +Éè® <x½ äÆ +É„SɪÉÇVÉxÉE MÉèºÉ ¨ÉÉxÉÉ MɪÉÉ CªÉÉ䯇E ªÉä ±É¨¤Éä ºÉ¨ÉªÉ iÉE ®½iÉÒ ½è, +Éè® ‡´É¹Éè±ÉÒ xÉ½Ó ½ÉäiÉÒ ½ é* <xɺÉä VÉÆMÉ xɽ Ó ±ÉMÉiÉÉ (+ºÉÆIÉÉ®E ) +Éè® ªÉä +V´É±ÉxÉ„ÉÒ±É ½ÉäiÉÒ ½ é* ªÉä {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ„ÉÒ±É ½ è +Éè® 1960 Eä n „ÉE ºÉä ®ä¡ ‡®VÉ®ä] ®ÉÆä, BªÉ®E Æb Ò„ÉxÉ®ÉäÆ, º|Éä Eä ÆºÉ, ‡´É±ÉɪÉE ÉäÆ, ¡ Éä¨É +Éè® +xªÉ +xÉÖ|ɪÉÉäMÉÉäÆ ¨ÉäÆ <xÉE É ={ɪÉÉäMÉ ¤ÉgiÉÉ VÉÉ ®½ É ½è* ºÉÒB¡ ºÉÒ-11 {ÉSÉÉºÉ ´É¹ÉÉç iÉE ´ÉɪÉ֍ɯb±É ¨ÉäÆ ®½ iÉÒ ½ è, ºÉÒB¡ ºÉÒ-12 BE ºÉÉè n Éä ´É¹ÉÉç iÉE +Éè® ºÉÒB¡ ºÉÒ-115 ºÉjɽ ºÉÉè ´É¹ÉÉç iÉE ´ÉɪÉ֍ɯb ±É ¨ÉäÆ ®½ iÉÒ ½ è* ½ ä±ÉìxÉ-1301 |ÉÉlɇ¨ÉE ° {É ºÉä +ÉMÉ ¤ÉÖZÉÉxÉä ¨ÉäÆ ={ɪÉÉäMÉ E Ò VÉÉiÉÒ ½ è +Éè® ªÉ½ ´ÉɪÉ֍ɯb ±É ¨ÉäÆ 65 ºÉÉ±É iÉE ®½iÉÒ ½è* Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 63
Slide 64: Section -1 (Hindi Article : Climate Change) E ɤÉÇxÉ ] äÅ]ÉC±ÉÉä®É<b ‡´É±ÉɪÉE Eä ° {É ¨ÉäÆ ={ɪÉÉäMÉ E Ò VÉÉiÉÒ ½ è +Éè® ´ÉɪÉ֍ɯb ±É ¨ÉäÆ ‡´ÉPɇ] iÉ ½ ÉäxÉä ¨ÉäÆ E ®Ò¤É 42 ´É¹ÉÇ ±ÉäiÉÒ ½ è*‡¨ÉlÉÉ<±É C±ÉÉä®Éä¡ Éä¨ÉÇ (1,1,1-]ÅÉ<ÇC±ÉÉä®Éä<lÉäxÉ) ¦ÉÒ ‡´É±ÉɪÉE Eä ° {É ¨ÉäÆ <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É E Ò VÉÉiÉÒ ½ è +Éè® ‡´ÉPɇ] iÉ ½ ÉäxÉä ¨ÉäÆ E ®Ò¤É 5.4 ´É¹ÉÇ ±ÉäiÉÒ ½ è*½ É<bÅÉä¥ÉÉä¨ÉÉä}±ÉÉä®ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ (BSɤÉÒB¡ ºÉÒ) E É +‡vÉE <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É xɽ Ó ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉiÉÉ ½ è {É®ÆiÉÖ ‡E ºÉÒ xɪÉä <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ºÉä ¤ÉSÉxÉä Eä ‡±ÉªÉä <xÉE Éä ¦ÉÒ |ÉÉä] ÉäE Éì±É Eä iɽ iÉ „Éɇ¨É±É ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½è* ½ É<b ÅÉäC±ÉÉä®Éä}±ÉÉä®ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ (BSɺÉÒB¡ ºÉÒ) ºÉÒB¡ ºÉÒ Eä ºlÉÉxÉ {É® |ɪÉÖH E ®xÉä Eä ‡±ÉªÉä {ɽ±Éä |ɨÉÖJÉ ‡´ÉºlÉÉ{ÉE Eä ° {É ¨ÉäÆ <ºÉE É ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ lÉÉ* ªÉ½ C±ÉÉä®Éä}±ÉÉä®ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ E Ò iÉÖ±ÉxÉÉ ¨ÉäÆ ¤É½ ÖiÉ E ¨É ‡´ÉxÉÉ„ÉE ½è* BSɺÉÒB¡ ºÉÒ ¦ÉÒ +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ E Ò IÉªÉ ¨ÉäÆ ªÉÉäMÉnÉxÉ n äiÉÒ ½è +Éè® ´ÉɪÉ֍ɯb±É ¨ÉäÆ E ®Ò¤É 1.4 ºÉä 19.5 ´É¹ÉÇ iÉE ‡´Ét¨ÉÉxÉ ®½iÉÒ ½è* ‡¨ÉlÉÉ<±É ¥ÉÉä¨ÉÉä<b (ºÉÒBSÉ-3 ¤ÉÒ+É®) ¤É½ Ö¨ÉÚ±ªÉ ¡ ºÉ±ÉÉäÆ, E Ò] ‡xɪÉjÉÆhÉ +Éè® ‡xɪÉÉÇiÉ Eä ‡±ÉªÉä |ÉiÉÒ‡IÉiÉ EÞ ‡¹É ‡VÉÆºÉÉäÆ Eä C´Éä®äx] É<xÉ ={ÉSÉÉ® Eä ‡±ÉªÉä vÉÚƒÉE (}ªÉÚ‡¨ÉMÉèx] ) Eä ° {É ¨ÉäÆ <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É E Ò VÉÉiÉÒ ½ è* ´ÉɪÉ֍ɯb±É ¨ÉäÆ ‡´ÉPɇ] iÉ ½ ÉäxÉä ¨ÉäÆ <ºÉä E ®Ò¤É 0.7 ´É¹ÉÇ ±ÉMÉiÉä ½ é*¥ÉÉä¨ÉÉäC±ÉÉä®Éä¨ÉÒlÉäxÉ (¤ÉÒºÉÒB¨É) +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ E Éä IɇiÉ {ɽ֯SÉÉxÉä ´ÉɱÉÉ xɪÉÉ iÉi´É ½è ‡VɺÉä EÖ U E ¨{ɇxɪÉÉäÆ xÉä 1998 ¨ÉäÆ ¤ÉÉVÉÉ® ¨ÉäÆ =iÉÉ®xÉä E Ò +xÉ֨ɇiÉ ¨ÉÉÆMÉÒ lÉÒ* <ºÉE Éä <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ºÉä ¤Éɽ® E ®xÉä Eä ‡±ÉªÉä 1999 Eä ºÉÆ„ÉÉävÉxÉ ¨ÉäÆ „Éɇ¨É±É ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ* ¦ÉÉ®iÉ E Éä SÉÉ® |ɨÉÖJÉ ®ºÉɪÉxÉ-C±ÉÉä®Éä}±ÉÉä®É E ɤÉÇxÉ, ºÉÒ] ÒºÉÒ, ½ä±ÉìxºÉ +Éè® ½ É<b ÅÉäC±ÉÉä®Éä}±ÉÉä®ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ºÉä ¤Éɽ® E ®xÉä lÉä ‡VÉxɨÉäÆ ºÉä 2003 Eä |ÉÉ®Æ¦É ¨ÉäÆ ½ä±ÉìäxºÉ E Éä <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ºÉä ¤Éɽ® ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ* 1 +MɺiÉ 2008 iÉE ºÉÒB¡ ºÉÒ E Éä ¦ÉÒ <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ºÉä ¤Éɽ® E ® ‡n ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è* ºÉÒ]ÒºÉÒ E É <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É 2009 Eä +ɇJÉ® iÉE ¤ÉÆn E ® ‡n ªÉÉ VÉɪÉäMÉÉ +Éè® ½ É<b ÅÉäC±ÉÉä®Éä}±ÉÉä®ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ E Éä ¤Éɽ® E ®xÉä E Ò |ɇG ªÉÉ +¦ÉÒ VÉÉ®Ò ½ è* ºÉ¦ÉÒ {ÉIÉ +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ E Éä IɇiÉ {ɽ֯SÉÉxÉä ´ÉɱÉä BäºÉä xɪÉä iÉi´ÉÉäÆ Eä ‡´É{ÉhÉxÉ ºÉä ¤ÉSÉxÉä Eä ={ÉɪÉÉäÆ {É® ‡´ÉSÉÉ® E ® ®½ä ½ é VÉÉä +¤É iÉE |ÉÉä] ÉäE Éì±É ¨ÉäÆ „Éɇ¨É±É xɽ Ó ½è* ‡´ÉE ‡ºÉiÉ n ä„ÉÉäÆ ¨ÉäÆ ½ä±ÉìxºÉ +Éè® C±ÉÉä®Éä}±ÉÉä®ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ, E ɤÉÇxÉ ]ä] ÅÉC±ÉÉä®É<b, ‡¨ÉlÉÉ<±É C±ÉÉä®Éä¡ É¨ÉÇ +Éè® ½É<b ÅÉä¥ÉÉä¨ÉÉä}±ÉÉä®ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ E Éä <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ºÉä ¤Éɽ ® E ®xÉä E Ò |ɇG ªÉÉ G ¨É„É: 1994 +Éè® 1996 ¨ÉäÆ {ÉÚ®Ò E ® ±ÉÒ MɪÉÒ ½ è 1999 iÉE ‡¨ÉlÉÉ<±É¥ÉÉä¨ÉÉä<b Eä <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ¨ÉäÆ 25 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ E ¨ÉÒ E Ò MɪÉÒ* 2001 ¨ÉäÆ 50 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ +Éè® 2003 ¨ÉäÆ 70 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ E ¨ÉÒ E Ò MɪÉÒ* 2005 iÉE <ºÉä <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ºÉä {ÉÚ®Ò iÉ®½ ¤Éɽ ® E ® ‡n ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ* <ºÉ n Éè®ÉxÉ 2004 iÉE ½ É<b ÅÉäC±ÉÉä®Éä}±ÉÉä®ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ Eä <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ¨ÉäÆ 35 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ E Ò E ¨ÉÒ MɪÉÒ ‡VɺÉEä <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ¨ÉäÆ 2010 iÉE 65 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ iÉE , 2015 iÉE 90 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ +Éè® 2020 iÉE 99.5 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ E ¨ÉÒ E Ò VÉÉxÉÒ ½ è* 2030 iÉE ‡ºÉ¡Ç ®JÉ-®JÉÉ´É Eä =qä „ªÉÉäÆ ¨ÉäÆ ½Ò <ºÉEä 0.5 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É E Ò +xÉ֨ɇiÉ ½ ÉäMÉÒ* 1996 iÉE ½É<b ÅÉä¥ÉÉä¨ÉÉä}±ÉÉä®ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ +Éè® ¤ÉÒºÉÒB¨É E Éä iÉÖ®ÆiÉ <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ºÉä ¤Éɽ® E ®xÉä E É E ɪÉÇG ¨É ¤ÉxÉɪÉÉ MɪÉÉ* ‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É nä„ÉÉäÆ E Éä <xÉ MÉèºÉÉäÆ E Éä <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ºÉä ¤Éɽ ® E ®xÉä E É E ɪÉÇG ¨É „ÉÖ° E ®xÉä ºÉä {ɽ ±Éä EÖ U ºÉ¨ÉªÉ E Ò U Ú] n Ò MɪÉÒ* <ºÉºÉä <ºÉ ¤ÉÉiÉ E É {ÉiÉÉ SɱÉiÉÉ ½ è ‡E ‡´ÉE ‡ºÉiÉ n ä„É ´ÉɪÉ֍ɯb ±É ¨ÉäÆ EÖ ±É =iºÉVÉÇxÉ Eä +‡vÉE ÉÆ„É Eä ‡±ÉªÉä =kÉÉ®nɪÉÒ ½ è +Éè® =xÉEä {ÉÉºÉ <xÉEä ‡´ÉºlÉÉ{ÉE ÉäÆ E Éä +{ÉxÉÉxÉä Eä ‡±ÉªÉä +‡vÉE ‡´ÉkÉÉÒªÉ +Éè® |ÉÉètÉä‡MÉE Ò ºÉƺÉÉvÉxÉ ½è* ‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É nä„ÉÉäÆ E É E ɪÉÇG ¨É <ºÉ |ÉE É® lÉÉ» 1996 iÉE ½ É<b ÅÉä¥ÉÉä¨ÉÉä}±ÉÉä®ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ +Éè® ¤ÉÒºÉÒB¨É E Éä iÉÖ®ÆiÉ <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ºÉä ¤Éɽ ® E ®xÉÉ* » C±ÉÉä®Éä}±ÉÉä®ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ, ½ ä±ÉìäxºÉ +Éè® E ɤÉÇxÉ]ä] ÅÉC±ÉÉä®Éä<b E Éä 1 VÉÖ±ÉÉ<Ç 1999 iÉE 1995 ºÉä 97 Eä +ÉèºÉiÉ {É® ±ÉÉxÉÉ, 2005 iÉE 50 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ E ¨ÉÒ, 2007 iÉE 85 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ E ¨ÉÒ +Éè® 2010 iÉE {ÉÚ®Ò iÉ®½ <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ºÉä ¤Éɽ ® E ®xÉÉ* » 2003 iÉE ‡¨ÉlÉÉ<±É C±ÉÉä®Éä¡ É¨ÉÇ Eä <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É E Éä 1998-2000 Eä +ÉèºÉiÉ ºiÉ® {É® ±ÉÉxÉÉ, 2005 iÉE 30 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ E ¨ÉÒ +Éè® Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 64
Slide 65: Section -1 (Hindi Article : Climate Change) 2010 iÉE 70 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ E ¨ÉÒ +Éè® 2015 iÉE {ÉÚ®Ò iÉ®½ <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ºÉä ¤Éɽ ® E ®xÉÉ* » ‡¨ÉlÉÉ<±É¥ÉÉä¨ÉÉä<b Eä <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É E Éä 2002 iÉE 1995 ºÉä 98 Eä +ÉèºÉiÉ ºiÉ® {É® ±ÉÉxÉÉ, 2005 iÉE <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ¨ÉäÆ 20 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ E ¨ÉÒ +Éè® 2015 iÉE <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ºÉä {ÉÚ®Ò iÉ®½ ¤Éɽ ® E ®xÉÉ* » 2016 iÉE ½ É<b ÅÉäC±ÉÉä®Éä}±ÉÉä®ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ E Éä 2015 Eä ºiÉ® {É® +Éè® 2040 iÉE <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ºÉä ¤Éɽ ® E ®xÉÉ* <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ºÉä ¤Éɽ ® E ®xÉä Eä E ɪÉÇG ¨É ¨ÉäÆ ±É‡IÉiÉ {ÉnÉlÉÉç Eä =i{ÉÉnxÉ +Éè® JÉ{ÉiÉ n ÉäxÉÉäÆ „Éɇ¨É±É ½ è* ½ ɱÉÉÆ‡E <ºÉEä ¤ÉÉn ¦ÉÒ ‡´ÉE ‡ºÉiÉ +Éè® ‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É nä„ÉÉäÆ ¨ÉäÆ ±É‡IÉiÉ {Én ÉlÉÉç Eä +É´É„ªÉE <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É E Éä {ÉÚ®É E ®xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB ºÉÒ‡¨ÉiÉ ¨ÉÉjÉÉ ¨ÉäÆ <xÉEä =i{ÉÉn xÉ E Ò +xÉ֨ɇiÉ ½ è ‡VɺÉEä ‡±ÉB +¤É iÉE ‡E ºÉÒ ‡´ÉE ±{É E Ò {ɽSÉÉxÉ xɽ Ó E Ò MÉ<Ç ½è ! |ÉÉä] ÉäE Éä±É Eä ‡¤ÉxÉÉ, ´É¹ÉÇ 2050 iÉE +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ E É +´ÉIÉªÉ =kÉ®Ò MÉÉä±ÉÉrÇ Eä ¨ÉvªÉ +IÉÉÆ„É ¨ÉäÆ E ¨É ºÉä E ¨É 50 % +Éè® n ‡IÉhÉÒ ¨ÉvªÉ +IÉÉÆ„É ¨ÉäÆ 70 % ¤Ég VÉÉBMÉÉ VÉÉä ¨ÉÉèVÉÚnÉ ºiÉ® ºÉä 10 MÉÖhÉÉ +‡vÉE ¤ÉÖ®É ½ ÉäMÉÉ* <ºÉE É {ɇ®hÉÉ¨É =kÉ®Ò ¨ÉvªÉ +IÉÉÆ„É ¨ÉäÆ vÉ®iÉÒ {É® n ÖMÉÖxÉÒ iÉlÉÉ n ‡IÉhÉ ¨ÉäÆ SÉÉèMÉÖxÉÒ +±] ÅÉ ´ÉɪɱÉä] -¤ÉÒ ({ɮɤÉéMÉxÉÒ) ‡´É‡E ®hÉ Eä ° {É ¨ÉäÆ ‡nJÉÉ<Ç n äMÉÉ* ´ÉɪÉ֍ɯb ±É ¨ÉäÆ +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ Eä +´ÉIÉªÉ Eä ‡±ÉB ‡Vɨ¨Éän É® ®ºÉɪÉxÉÉäÆ E Ò ¨ÉÉjÉÉ {ÉÉÆSÉ MÉÖxÉÉ +‡vÉE ½ ÉäMÉÒ* <ºÉEä ‡xɇ½iÉÉlÉÇ +Éè® ¦ÉÒ b ®É´ÉxÉä ªÉÉxÉÒ xÉÉìxÉ-¨Éè±ÉäxÉÉä¨ÉÉ Eè ÆºÉ® Eä 19 ‡¨É‡±ÉªÉxÉ +‡vÉE ¨ÉɨɱÉä, ¨Éèä±ÉäxÉÉä¨ÉÉ Eè ÆºÉ® Eä 1.5 ‡¨É‡±ÉªÉxÉ ¨ÉɨɱÉä +Éè® +ÉÆJÉ Eä ¨ÉÉä‡iɪÉɇ¤ÉÆn Eä 130 ‡¨É‡±ÉªÉxÉ +‡vÉE ¨ÉɨɱÉÉäÆ Eä ° {É ¨ÉäÆ ºÉɨÉxÉä +ÉBÆMÉä* ‡´É„´É ºÉ¨ÉÖn ÉªÉ xÉä +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ Eä +´ÉIɪÉ, VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ, VÉè´É ‡´É‡´ÉvÉiÉÉ +Éè® +ÆiÉ®Éǹ] ÅÒªÉ {ÉÉxÉÒ VÉèºÉÒ SÉÖxÉÉè‡iɪÉÉäÆ ºÉä ‡xÉ{É]xÉä ¨ÉäÆ ‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É nä„ÉÉäÆ E Ò ¨Én n E ®xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB ´É臄´ÉE {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ ºÉÖ‡´ÉvÉÉ (VÉÒ<ÇB¡ ) E Ò ºlÉÉ{ÉxÉÉ E Ò lÉÒ* VÉÒ<ÇB¡ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ„ÉÒ±É +lÉÇ´ªÉ´ÉºlÉÉ+ÉäÆ ´ÉɱÉä nä„ÉÉäÆ ¨ÉäÆ +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ Eä +´ÉIÉªÉ Eä ‡±ÉB ‡Vɨ¨ÉänÉ® {Én ÉlÉÉç E Éä <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ºÉä ¤Éɽ ® E ®xÉä E Ò {ɇ®ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ+ÉäÆ +Éè® ‡G ªÉÉE ±ÉÉ{ÉÉäÆ E Éä ¤ÉgÉ´ÉÉ n äiÉÒ ½è! VÉÒ<ÇB¡ xÉä <xÉ {ɇ®ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ+ÉäÆ +Éè® E ɪÉÇE ±ÉÉ{ÉÉäÆ Eä +ÆiÉMÉÇiÉ 1996 +Éè® 2000 Eä ¤ÉÒSÉ ‡xɨxɇ±É‡JÉiÉ 17 n ä„ÉÉäÆ E Ò ºÉ½ ɪÉiÉÉ Eä ‡±ÉB 160 ‡¨É‡±ÉªÉxÉ bɱɮ ºÉä +‡vÉE E Ò ¨ÉÆVÉÚ®Ò n Ò ½è: +WÉ®¤ÉèVÉÉxÉ, ¤Éä±Éɰ ºÉ, ¤ÉÖ±ÉMÉɇ®ªÉÉ, SÉèE MÉhÉ®ÉVªÉ, <º] Éä‡xɪÉÉ, ½ ÆMÉ®Ò, E WÉÉJúiÉÉxÉ, ±ÉÉiɇ´ÉªÉÉ, ‡±ÉlÉÖ+ɇxɪÉÉ, {ÉÉä±Éèhb, ° ºÉÒ ºÉÆPÉ, º±ÉÉä´ÉɇE ªÉÉ, iÉɇVɇE ºiÉÉxÉ, iÉÖEÇ ¨Éä‡xɺiÉÉxÉ, ªÉÚGä xÉ +Éè® =VäÉä‡E ºiÉÉxÉ* VÉÒ<ÇB¡ xÉä ½É<b ÅÉäC±ÉÉä®Éä}±ÉÉä®ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ +Éè® ‡¨ÉlÉÉ<±É ¥ÉÉä¨ÉÉ<b E Éä +ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ºÉä ¤Éɽ ® E ®xÉä ¨ÉÆä <xÉ n ä„ÉÉäÆ E Ò ¨Énn E ®xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB 60 ‡¨É‡±ÉªÉxÉ b ɱɮ E É +‡iɇ®H E Éä¹É ‡Sɇ¼xÉiÉ ‡E ªÉÉ ½è* ´ÉèYÉɇxÉE ÉäÆ xÉä +xÉÖ¨ÉÉxÉ ´ªÉH ‡E ªÉÉ ½è ‡E +MɱÉä {ÉÉÆSÉ ´É¹ÉÉç Eä n Éè®ÉxÉ +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ IÉªÉ +{ÉxÉä ºÉ¤ÉºÉä ¤ÉÖ®ä ºiÉ® {É® {ɽ ÆÖSÉ VÉÉBMÉÉ +Éè® ‡¡ ® vÉÒ®ä-vÉÒ®ä <ºÉ¨ÉäÆ ‡´É{É®ÒiÉ ° ZÉÉxÉ +ÉxÉÉ „ÉÖ° ½ ÉäMÉÉ B´ÉÆ E ®Ò¤É 2050 iÉE +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ {É®iÉ ºÉɨÉÉxªÉ ºiÉ® {É® +É VÉÉBMÉÒ* ªÉ½ +xÉÖ¨ÉÉxÉ <ºÉ +ÉvÉÉ® {É® ´ªÉH ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è ‡E ¨ÉÉÆ] ÅÒªÉ±É |ÉÉä] ÉäE Éä±É E Éä {ÉÚ®Ò iÉ®½ ±ÉÉMÉÚ ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉBMÉÉ* +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ {É®iÉ ‡¡ ±É½ É±É ¤Éä½ n ºÉÆ´Éän xÉ„ÉÒ±É +´ÉºlÉÉ ¨ÉäÆ ½è* C±ÉÉä®Éä}±ÉÉä®ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ =iºÉVÉÇxÉ ¨ÉäÆ E ¨ÉÒ Eä ¤ÉÉ´ÉVÉÚn , ºÉ¨ÉiÉÉ{ɍɯb±ÉÒªÉ ºÉÉÆphÉ +¤É ¦ÉÒ ¤Ég ®½ É ½è (iÉlÉɇ{É ‡xÉSɱÉä ´ÉɪÉ֍ɯb ±É ¨ÉäÆ ´Éä E ¨É ½ Éä ®½ ä ½ é ) CªÉÉ䯇E ±É¨¤Éä ºÉ¨ÉªÉ iÉE ¤ÉxÉä ®½xÉä ´ÉɱÉä C±ÉÉä®Éä}±ÉÉä®ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ E É VÉÉä =iºÉVÉÇxÉ ½ Éä SÉÖE É ½ è ´É½ ºÉ¨ÉiÉÉ{ɍɯb ±É ¨ÉäÆ +¤É ¦ÉÒ ¤ÉgxÉÉ VÉÉ®Ò ½ è* EÖ U ‡xɇ„SÉiÉ C±ÉÉä®Éä}±ÉÉä®ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ (VÉèºÉä ºÉÒB¡ ºÉÒ-11 +Éè® ºÉÒB¡ ºÉÒ-113), E ɤÉÇxÉ ] ä] ÅÉC±ÉÉä®É<b +Éè® ‡¨ÉlÉÉ<±É C±ÉÉä®Éä¡ É¨ÉÇ E Ò |ÉSÉÖ®iÉÉ PÉ] ®½ Ò ½è* VªÉÉn ÉiÉ® ½è±ÉìxºÉ E Ò |ÉSÉÖ®iÉÉ ¨ÉäÆ ´ÉÞ‡r VÉÉ®Ò ½ è* ´ÉºiÉÖiÉ: ½ É<b ÅÉäC±ÉÉä®Éä}±ÉÉä®ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ +Éè® ½É<b ÅÉä }±ÉÉä®ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ (xÉÒSÉä näJÉäÆ) ¤Ég ®½ ä ½ é CªÉÉ䯇E ´Éä C±ÉÉä®Éä}±ÉÉä®ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ (VÉÉä <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ºÉä ¤Éɽ® ‡E B VÉÉ ®½ ½é ) Eä ‡´ÉE ±{ÉÉäÆ Eä ° {É ¨ÉäÆ <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ‡E B VÉÉ ®½ ä ½é* +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ ºÉÖ®IÉÉ E Ò ºÉ¡ ±ÉiÉÉ ºÉÆ¦É´É ½Ö<Ç ½è CªÉÉ䯇E ‡´ÉYÉÉxÉ +Éè® Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 65
Slide 66: Section -1 (Hindi Article : Climate Change) =tÉäMÉ +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ E É IÉªÉ E ®xÉä ´ÉɱÉä ®ºÉɪÉxÉÉäÆ Eä ‡´ÉE ±{ÉÉäÆ E Éä ‡´ÉE ‡ºÉiÉ E ®xÉä +Éè® =xÉE É ´ªÉɴɺÉɪÉÒE ®hÉ E ®xÉä ¨ÉäÆ ºÉ¡ ±É ®½ ä ½é* ‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É n ä„ÉÉäÆ Eä ºÉ¨ÉIÉ SÉÖxÉÉè‡iɪÉÉÆ ¦ÉÉ®iÉ +Éè® SÉÒxÉ VÉèºÉä ¤Écä ‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É n ä„ÉÉäÆ E Éä VÉÒBSÉVÉÒ =iºÉVÉÇxÉ ¨ÉäÆ E ¨ÉÒ ±ÉÉxÉä E Ò |ɇiɤÉriÉÉ+ÉäÆ Eä n ÉªÉ®ä ¨ÉäÆ ±ÉÉxÉä Eä |ɪÉÉºÉ ‡E B VÉÉ ®½ ä ½ é, VÉÉä CªÉÉä]Éä |ÉÉä] ÉäE Éä±É Eä +xÉÖ° {É xÉ½Ó ½ é* ¦ÉÉ®iÉ EÖ ±É M±ÉÉä¤É±É OÉÒxÉ ½ É=ºÉ =iºÉVÉÇxÉ ¨ÉäÆ ¨ÉÉjÉ 4 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ ªÉÉäMÉn ÉxÉ E ®iÉÉ ½ è +Éè® |ɇiÉ ´ªÉ‡CiÉ =iºÉVÉÇxÉ Eä ¨ÉɨɱÉä ¨ÉäÆ ¦ÉÉ®iÉ E É ªÉÉäMÉn ÉxÉ EÖ ±É ´É臄´ÉE +ÉèºÉiÉxÉ E É E ®Ò¤É 23 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ ½ è* ªÉ½ Ò ´ÉVɽ ½ è ‡E +¦ÉÒ iÉE ½ ¨ÉÉ®É ªÉ½ o‡¹] E ÉähÉ ®½ É ½ è ‡E ¦ÉÉ®iÉ uÉ®É OÉÒxÉ ½ É=ºÉ MÉèºÉ =iºÉVÉÇxÉ ºÉä ºÉÆ¤ÉƇvÉiÉ ‡E ºÉÒ |ɇiɤÉriÉÉ E Éä º´ÉÒE É® xÉ ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉB* <ºÉEä +‡iɇ®H ¦ÉÉ®iÉ E Éä =ºÉ ºiÉ® iÉE {ɽ֯SÉxÉä ¨ÉäÆ E <Ç n „ÉE ±ÉMÉäÆMÉä, ‡VÉºÉ ºiÉ® {É® +ÉVÉ ‡´ÉE ‡ºÉiÉ n ä„ÉÉäÆ uÉ®É VÉÒBSÉVÉÒ =iºÉVÉÇxÉ ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉ ®½ É ½ è* ½ ¨ÉÉ®Ò +ɤÉÉn Ò Eä E ®Ò¤É 55 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ ‡½ººÉä E Ò {ɽ֯SÉ +¦ÉÒ iÉE ´ªÉɴɺÉɇªÉE > VÉÉÇ iÉE xɽ Ó ½è* ¤ÉgiÉä VÉÒ´ÉxÉ ºiÉ® E Ò ¨ÉÉÆMÉ {ÉÚ®Ò E ®xÉä +Éè® =xÉ ±ÉÉäMÉÉäÆ iÉE ´ªÉɴɺÉɇªÉE > VÉÉÇ {ɽ ÖÆSÉÉxÉä, ‡VÉxÉEä {ÉÉºÉ <ºÉE É +¦ÉÉ´É ½ è, E Ò E ´ÉɪÉn ¨ÉäÆ ¦ÉÉ®iÉ +Éè® +xªÉ ‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É nä„ÉÉäÆ ¨ÉäÆ OÉÒxÉ ½ É=ºÉ MÉèºÉÉääÆ E É =iºÉVÉÇxÉ ¤ÉgxÉÉ ±ÉɇVɨÉÒ ½è* Bä‡iɽ ɇºÉE o ‡¹] +Éè® =iºÉVÉÇxÉ Eä ¨ÉÉèVÉÚn É ºiÉ® E Éä n äJÉiÉä ½ÖB ‡´ÉE ‡ºÉiÉ nä„É, SÉÚÆ‡E <ºÉ ºÉ¨ÉºªÉÉ Eä |ɇiÉ ‡Vɨ¨ÉänÉ® ½é, <ºÉ‡±ÉB =x½ äÆ VÉÒBSÉVÉÒ Eä +{ÉxÉä =iºÉVÉÇxÉ E Éä xÉ Eä ´É±É ‡ºlÉ® E ®xÉÉ ½ÉäMÉÉ, ¤É‡±E =ºÉ¨ÉäÆ E ¨ÉÒ ±ÉÉxÉÒ ½ ÉäMÉÒ* <ºÉ |ÉE É® ‡´ÉE ‡ºÉiÉ ®É¹] ÅÉäÆ E Éä 2012 Eä ¤ÉÉn +Éè® ¦ÉÒ ¤Éb Ò |ɇiɤÉriÉÉ+ÉäÆ Eä ºÉÉlÉ +ÉMÉä +ÉxÉÉ SÉɇ½ B* <ºÉºÉä =ºÉ º´ÉSU ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ ´ªÉ´ÉºlÉÉ Eä ‡±ÉB º{ɹ] ‡n „ÉÉ iÉªÉ ½ Éä ºÉEä MÉÒ, ‡VɺÉEä ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ºÉä ‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É n ä„É =iºÉVÉÇxÉ E ¨É E ®xÉää Eä ={ÉɪÉÉäÆ +Éè® ºlÉɪÉÒ ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ ¨ÉäÆ ¦ÉÉMÉÒn É® ½ Éä ºÉE iÉä ½é* ¦ÉÉ®iÉ E É ¨ÉÉxÉxÉÉ ½ è ‡E VÉÒBSÉVÉÒ =iºÉVÉÇxÉ ¨ÉäÆ ¤ÉÉäZÉ ´É½ xÉ E ®xÉä E É ={ɪÉÖH ¦ÉÉMÉÒnÉ®Ò{ÉÚhÉÇ ¡ ɨÉÚDZÉÉ 'ºÉ¨ÉÉxÉ |ɇiÉ ´ªÉ‡H ‡ºÉrÉÆiÉ' {É® ½ Ò +ÉvÉɇ®iÉ ½Éä ºÉE iÉÉ ½è* VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ {É® ºÉɨÉÉxªÉiÉ: ‡´ÉE ‡ºÉiÉ n ä„ÉÉäÆ Eä {ɇ®o„ªÉ ¨ÉäÆ ‡´ÉSÉÉ® ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉiÉÉ ½ è +Éè® <ºÉä MɮҤÉÒ, º´ÉɺlªÉ, > VÉÉÇ ={ɱɤvÉiÉÉ +Éè® ‡„ÉIÉÉ VÉèºÉÒ ‡´ÉE ɺÉÉi¨ÉE Vɰ ®iÉÉäÆ Eä ºÉÉlÉ xÉ½Ó VÉÉäcÉ VÉÉiÉÉ* ¦ÉÉ®iÉ ºÉƪÉÖH ®É¹]Å VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ £ä ä¨É´ÉEÇ E x´É䯄ÉxÉ +Éè® +xªÉ +ÆiÉ®Éǹ] ÅÒªÉ ºÉ¨¨Éä±ÉxÉÉäÆ ¨ÉäÆ <ºÉ ¤ÉÉiÉ {É® VÉÉä® n äiÉÉ ®½ É ½è ‡E º´ÉSU |ÉÉètÉä‡MɇE ªÉÉäÆ E É ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ ‡¨É±ÉVÉÖ±É E ® ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉB +Éè® ¨ÉÉèVÉÚn É {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ +xÉÖEÚ ±É |ÉÉètÉä‡MɇE ªÉÉäÆ E Éä iÉiE É±É ½ ºiÉÉÆiɇ®iÉ ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉxÉÉ SÉɇ½B* <ºÉ ¤ÉÉiÉ E Ò +ɄɯE É ½ è ‡E ‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É n ä„ÉÉäÆ E Éä ªÉ‡n ‡¤ÉxÉÉ IɇiÉ{ÉÚ‡iÉÇ ‡E B VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ nÖ¹|ɦÉÉ´É E ¨É E ®xÉä Eä ={ÉÉªÉ E ®xÉä E Éä E ½É VÉÉBMÉÉ, iÉÉä =xÉEä +ɇlÉÇE ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ +Éè® MɮҤÉÒ n Ú® E ®xÉä Eä |ɪÉɺÉÉäÆ {É® n Ö¹|ɦÉÉ´É {ÉcäMÉÉ* ¦ÉÉ®iÉ E É ¨ÉÉxÉxÉÉ ½ è ‡E ‡xɨxÉÉÆ‡E iÉ iÉi´É ¨É½ kÉ´É{ÉÚhÉÇ ½é : º´ÉSU |ÉÉètÉä‡MɇE ªÉÉäÆ E Ò +É´É„ªÉE iÉÉ ‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É nä„ÉÉäÆ ¨ÉäÆ =iºÉVÉÇxÉ E ¨É E ®xÉä Eä |ɪÉɺÉÉäÆ Eä ‡±ÉB +{Éä‡IÉiÉ |ÉÉètÉä‡MɇE ªÉÉäÆ ºÉä ºÉÆ¤ÉƇvÉiÉ ¤ÉÉè‡rE ºÉÆ{Én É +‡vÉE É®ÉäÆ Eä ¤ÉÉ®ä ¨ÉäÆ BE ºÉ¨ÉZÉÉèiÉÉ E ®xÉä E Ò +É´É„ªÉªÉE iÉÉ ½è* ªÉ½ ºÉ¨ÉZÉÉèiÉÉ ¨É½ ɨÉɇ®ªÉÉäÆ E Ò ®ÉäE lÉÉ¨É Eä ‡±ÉB ¡ ɨÉÉǺªÉÖ‡] E ±ºÉ E Ò +‡xÉ´ÉɪÉÇ ±ÉÉ<ºÉ䯇ºÉÆMÉ ºÉÆ¤ÉÆvÉÒ ºÉ¡ ±É ºÉ¨ÉZÉÉèiÉä Eä ºÉ¨ÉÉxÉÉxiÉ® ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉ ºÉE iÉÉ ½è* ‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É nä„ÉÉäÆ Eä ºÉ¨{ÉzÉ ºÉƺÉÉvÉxÉÉäÆ (VÉèºÉä ¤ÉɪÉÉä¨ÉɺÉ) {É® +ÉvÉɇ®iÉ |ÉÉètÉä‡MɇE ªÉÉäÆ E É +¦ÉÒ +¦ÉÉ´É ½è, +lÉ´ÉÉ ´Éä +iªÉ‡vÉE ¨É½ÆMÉÒ ½é* ‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É +Éè® ‡´ÉE ‡ºÉiÉ nä„ÉÉäÆ Eä +xÉÖºÉÆvÉÉxÉ B´ÉÆ ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ ºÉƺlÉÉxÉÉäÆ Eä ¤ÉÒSÉ ºÉ½ ªÉÉäMÉÉi¨ÉE +xÉÖºÉÆvÉÉxÉ B´ÉÆ ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ +‡xÉ´ÉɪÉÇ ½è, iÉɇE <ºÉ +¦ÉÉ´É E Éä n Ú® ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉ ºÉEä * <ºÉä =t¨É {ÉÚÆVÉÒ E Éä¹É Eä ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ºÉä +ÆVÉÉ¨É ‡n ªÉÉ VÉÉ ºÉE iÉÉ ½ è, ‡VɺÉE Ò ºlÉÉ{ÉxÉÉ ‡E ºÉÒ ¤É½Ö{ÉIÉÒªÉ ‡´ÉkÉÒªÉ ºÉƺlÉÉxÉ ¨ÉäÆ E Ò VÉÉ ºÉE iÉÒ ½ è, +Éè® xÉiÉÒVÉiÉxÉ {ÉènÉ ½ÉäxÉä ´ÉɱÉä ¤ÉÉè‡rE ºÉÆ{ÉnÉ +‡vÉE É® <ºÉ E Éä¹É uÉ®É vÉÉ®hÉ ‡E B VÉÉ ºÉE iÉä ½ é* <xÉE É ‡xÉvÉÉÇ®hÉ ‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É nä„ÉÉäÆ ¨ÉäÆ ‡®ªÉɪÉiÉÒ ±ÉÉMÉiÉ +Éè® ‡´ÉE ‡ºÉiÉ nä„ÉÉäÆ ¨ÉäÆ ´ÉɇhɇVªÉE ±ÉÉMÉiÉ Eä +ÉvÉÉ® {É® ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉ ºÉE iÉÉ ½ è* <ºÉEä +‡iɇ®CiÉ ¦ÉÉMÉÒn É® +xÉÖºÉÆvÉÉxÉ B´ÉÆ ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ ºÉƺlÉÉxÉÉäÆ uÉ®É ¤ÉÉè‡rE ºÉÆ{Én É +‡vÉE É®ÉäÆ E Ò ¦ÉÉMÉÒnÉ®Ò Eä ºÉÉlÉ ºÉ½ ªÉÉäMÉÉi¨ÉE +xÉÖºÉÆvÉÉxÉ B´ÉÆ ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ {ɇ®ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉBÆ ºÉÆSÉɇ±ÉiÉ E Ò VÉÉ ºÉE iÉÒ ½ é* º´ÉSU ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ +Éè® VɱɴÉɪÉÖ Eä ¤ÉÉ®ä ¨ÉäÆ B‡„ɪÉÉ-|É„ÉÉÆiÉ ¦ÉÉMÉÒn É®Ò Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 66
Slide 67: Section -1 (Hindi Article : Climate Change) <ºÉ ‡n „ÉÉ ¨ÉäÆ EÖ U =nɽ ®hÉ {Éä„É E ®iÉÒ ½é* ‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É nä„ÉÉäÆ ¨ÉäÆ ºlÉɪÉÒ ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ E Éä ¤ÉgÉ´ÉÉ n äxÉä ¨ÉäÆ º´ÉSU ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ ´ªÉ´ÉºlÉÉ (ºÉÒbÒB¨É) +{ÉxÉÒ IɨÉiÉÉ ‡ºÉr E ® SÉÖE Ò ½è* <ºÉºÉä ‡´ÉE ‡ºÉiÉ n ä„ÉÉäÆ E Éä ¦ÉÒ E ¨É ±ÉÉMÉiÉ {É® VÉÒBSÉVÉÒ =iºÉVÉÇxÉ E Ò +{ÉxÉÒ |ɇiɤÉriÉÉ {ÉÚ®Ò E ®xÉä ¨ÉäÆ ¨Énn ‡¨É±ÉÒ ½ è* ªÉ½ ¤ÉÉiÉ º{ɹ] ° {É ºÉä vªÉÉxÉ ¨ÉäÆ ®JÉÒ VÉÉxÉÒ SÉɇ½ B ‡E E ɤÉÇxÉ ¤ÉÉVÉÉ® E Ò ºÉ¡ ±ÉiÉÉ ‡´ÉE ‡ºÉiÉ n ä„ÉÉäÆ uÉ®É VÉÒBSÉVÉÒ =iºÉVÉÇxÉ Eä ºiÉ® ºÉÆ¤ÉÆvÉÒ |ɇiɤÉriÉÉBÆ {ÉÚ®Ò E ®xÉä {É® ‡xɦÉÇ® ½ è* <ºÉEä +‡iɇ®H ºÉÒbÒB¨É E Ò =xÉ JÉɇ¨ÉªÉÉäÆ, ‡VÉxÉE Ò ´ÉVɽ ºÉä ½ ºiÉÉÆiÉ®hÉ ±ÉÉMÉiÉ ¨ÉäÆ ¤ÉgÉäiÉ®Ò ½ÉäiÉÒ ½ è, E Éä ¦É±ÉÒ¦ÉÉÆ‡iÉ {ɽ SÉÉxÉ ‡±ÉªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½è, +Éè® =x½ äÆ n Ú® E ®xÉä Eä |ɪÉÉºÉ E ®xÉä E Ò +É´É„ªÉE iÉÉ ½è* +¤É ªÉ½ º{ɹ] ½ Éä MɪÉÉ ½ è ‡E ´É臄´ÉE ºiÉ® {É® OÉÒxÉ ½ É=ºÉ MÉèºÉÉäÆ E Éä E ¨É E ®xÉä Eä ={ÉɪÉÉäÆ Eä ºÉ¨ÉÉxÉ ½Ò |ÉÉètÉä‡MÉE Ò ºÉÆ¤ÉÆvÉÒ +xÉÖºÉÆvÉÉxÉ +Éè® ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ iÉlÉÉ =xÉE É ½ ºiÉÉÆiÉ®hÉ ¦ÉÒ ¨É½kÉ´É{ÉÚhÉÇ ½è* ‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É n ä„ÉÉäÆä ¨ÉäÆ +xÉÖEÚ ±ÉxÉ Eä ‡±ÉB +ɇlÉÇE ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ +Éè® MɮҤÉÒ =x¨ÉÚ±ÉxÉ ºÉä B¨ÉB¡ +É<Ç +Éè® +Éäb ÒB ºÉƺÉÉvÉxÉÉäÆ E É ‡´É{ÉlÉxÉ ºÉ¨ÉºªÉÉ E É ºÉ¨ÉÉvÉÉxÉ xÉ½Ó ½ è* ¦ÉÉ®iÉ E É ¨ÉÉxÉxÉÉ ½è ‡E ¤Éä½iÉ® ‡´ÉE ±{É ªÉ½ ½ ÉäMÉÉ ‡E <xÉ ºÉƺÉÉvÉxÉÉäÆ E Éä ºÉ¨ÉÚSÉä E ɤÉÇxÉ ¤ÉÉVÉÉ® ºÉä |ÉÉ{iÉ ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉB, VÉèºÉÉ ‡E ºÉÒb ÒB¨É ºÉä |ÉÉ{iÉ +ÉªÉ {É® n Éä |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ ±Éä´ÉÒ ºÉä U Éä] ä {Éè¨ÉÉxÉä {É® ½ ɇºÉ±É ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉ ®½ É ½è* ¦ÉÉ® iÉ Eä |ɪÉÉºÉ ¦ÉÉ®iÉ ºÉ®E É® xÉä ½ É±É Eä ´É¹ÉÉç ¨ÉäÆ +xÉäE BäºÉä ={ÉÉªÉ ‡E B ½ é, ‡VÉxÉE É ºÉÒvÉÉ +ºÉ® VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ E Ò ºÉ¨ÉºªÉÉ Eä ºÉ¨ÉÉvÉÉxÉ {É® {ÉciÉÉ ½è* <xɨÉäÆ > VÉÉÇ ºÉÆ®IÉhÉ +Éè® > VÉÉÇ Eä ‡E ¡ ɪÉiÉÒ <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ¨ÉäÆ ºÉÖvÉÉ® +Éè® > VÉÉÇ ºÉIɨÉiÉÉ ¤ªÉÚ®Éä E Ò ºlÉÉ{ÉxÉÉ; ‡¤ÉVɱÉÒ IÉäjÉ ¨ÉäÆ ºÉÖvÉÉ® ; {Éxɇ¤ÉVɱÉÒ +Éè® +IÉªÉ > VÉÉÇ »ÉÉäiÉÉäÆ E Éä |ÉÉäiºÉɽxÉ; º´ÉSU E ÉäªÉ±ÉÉ |ÉÉètÉä‡MɇE ªÉÉäÆ E Éä ¤ÉgÉ´ÉÉ n äxÉÉ; E ÉäªÉ±Éä E Ò vÉÖ±ÉÉ<Ç +Éè® E ÉäªÉ±Éä E É ºÉIÉ¨É ={ɪÉÉäMÉ; ´ÉxÉÉ®Éä{ÉhÉ +Éè® ´ÉxÉÉäÆ E É ºÉÆ®IÉhÉ; MÉèºÉ Eä |ɺÉÉ® ¨ÉäÆ E ¨ÉÒ; ªÉÉiÉɪÉÉiÉ Eä ‡±ÉB º´ÉSU B´ÉÆ E ¨É E ɤÉÇxÉ ´ÉɱÉä <ÈvÉxÉ E É <ºiÉä¨ÉɱÉ; ¨ÉÉºÉ ®ä‡{Éb ] ÅÉÆºÉ{ÉÉä] Ç |ÉhÉɇ±ÉªÉÉäÆ E Éä |ÉÉäiºÉɇ½iÉ E ®xÉÉ; {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ |ɤɯvÉxÉ VÉèºÉä ={ÉÉªÉ |ɨÉÖJÉ ½é* <xÉ ºÉ¦ÉÒ ={ÉɪÉÉäÆ E É ªÉ½ {ɇ®hÉÉ¨É ‡xÉE ±ÉÉ ½ è ‡E ºÉE ±É PÉ®ä±ÉÚ =i{ÉÉn Eä ºÉÆn ¦ÉÇ ¨ÉäÆ ¦ÉÉ®iÉ E Ò > VÉÉÇ MɽxÉiÉÉ ¨ÉäÆ E ¨ÉÒ +ɪÉÒ ½ è, VÉÉä 1972 ¨ÉäÆ {ÉÒ{ÉÒ{ÉÒ ºÉÆn ¦ÉÇ ¨ÉäÆ VÉÒb Ò{ÉÒ Eä |ɇiÉ b ɱɮ 0.30 Eä VÉÒ+Éä<Ç lÉÒ, +Éè® 2003 ¨ÉäÆ PÉ] E ® VÉÒb Ò{ÉÒ Eä |ɇiÉ b ɱɮ 0.19 Eä VÉÒ+Éä<Ç ®½ MɪÉÒ* ªÉ½ VɨÉÇxÉÒ Eä ºÉ¨ÉÉxÉ ½ è* n ä„É ¨ÉäÆ > VÉÉÇ IÉäjÉ Eä ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ E Éä +ɇlÉÇE ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ ºÉä +±ÉMÉ ®JÉxÉä Eä |ɦÉÉ´ÉE É®Ò ={ÉÉªÉ ‡E B MÉB ½ é* ‡¡ ±É½É±É |ÉÉlɇ¨ÉE > VÉÉÇ IÉäjÉ E Ò ‡´ÉE ɺÉn ® 2.76 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ ´Éɇ¹ÉÇE ½ è, VɤɇE ºÉE ±É PÉ®ä±ÉÚ =i{ÉÉn E Ò ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ n® 8 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ ºÉä +‡vÉE ½ è* > VÉÉÇ E Ò Mɽ xÉiÉÉ ´ÉɱÉä ºÉ¦ÉÒ |ɨÉÖJÉ IÉäjÉÉäÆ VÉèºÉä <º{ÉÉiÉ, B䱪ÉÖ¨ÉÒ‡xɪɨÉ, =´ÉÇ®E , E ÉMÉVÉ, ºÉÒ¨ÉäÆ] , +ɇn ¨ÉäÆ > VÉÉÇ Eä ‡E ¡ ɪÉiÉÒ ={ɪÉÉäMÉ E É ºiÉ® ´É臄´ÉE ºiÉ® Eä ºÉ¨ÉÉxÉ ½ è* ‡´É„Éä¹É ° {É ºÉä ºÉÒ¨ÉäÆ] IÉäjÉ ¨ÉäÆ ¦ÉÉ®iÉÒªÉ ºÉÆªÉÆjÉÉäÆ E Ò > VÉÉÇ ‡E ¡ ɪÉiÉ ‡´É„´É ¨ÉäÆ ºÉ¤ÉºÉä +‡vÉE ½ è* EÖ ±É |ÉÉlɇ¨ÉE > VÉÉÇ ¨ÉäÆ +IÉªÉ > VÉÉÇ E Ò ¦ÉÉMÉÒnÉ®Ò +¦ÉÒ ¦ÉÒ 34 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ ½è* ¦ÉÉ®iÉ xÉä +ɇlÉÇE ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ Eä ‡{ÉU ±Éä 55 ´É¹ÉÉç Eä n Éè®ÉxÉ VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ ºÉÆ¤ÉÆvÉÒ ‡´É‡¦ÉzÉ ºÉ¨ÉºªÉÉ+ÉäÆ Eä ½ ±É Eä ‡±ÉB |ɨÉÖJÉ E ɪÉÇG ¨É +{ÉxÉÉB ½é* <xÉEä +ÆiÉMÉÇiÉ SÉG ´ÉÉiÉ SÉäiÉÉ´ÉxÉÒ +Éè® ºÉÆ®IÉhÉ, iÉ]ÒªÉ ºÉÆ®IÉhÉ, ¤ÉÉg B´ÉÆ ºÉÚJÉÉ ‡xÉªÉÆjÉhÉ iÉlÉÉ ®É½ iÉ, ¤ÉcÒ B´ÉÆ ±ÉPÉÖ ‡ºÉÆSÉÉ<Ç {ɇ®ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉBÆ, ¨É±É䇮ªÉÉ ‡xÉªÉÆjÉhÉ, JÉÉt ºÉÖ®IÉÉ ={ÉɪÉ, ºÉÚJÉÉ |ɇiÉ®ÉävÉÒ ¡ ºÉ±ÉäÆ, +Éè® E <Ç +xªÉ ={ÉÉªÉ „Éɇ¨É±É ½é* <xÉ ºÉ¦ÉÒ E ɪÉÇG ¨ÉÉäÆ E É ºÉE ±É PÉ®ä±ÉÚ =i{ÉÉn ¨ÉäÆ ½ ® ´É¹ÉÇ E <Ç |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ ªÉÉäMÉnÉxÉ ®½ iÉÉ ½ è* ‡´ÉkÉ ¨ÉÆjÉÒ xÉä 2007 Eä +{ÉxÉä ¤ÉVÉ] ¦ÉɹÉhÉ ¨ÉäÆ =±±ÉäJÉ ‡E ªÉÉ lÉ ‡E {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ +Éè® ´ÉxÉ ¨ÉÆjÉÉ±ÉªÉ xÉä BE ‡´É„Éä¹ÉYÉ ºÉ‡¨É‡iÉ Eä MÉ`xÉ E Ò |ɇG ªÉÉ „ÉÖ° E ® nÒ ½ è, ‡VɺɨÉäÆ ‡´É‡¦ÉzÉ IÉäjÉÉäÆ ºÉä VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ Eä |ɨÉÖJÉ +Éè® ¦É®ÉäºÉä¨ÉÆn ‡´É„Éä¹ÉYÉ „Éɇ¨É±É ‡E B VÉÉ ®½ä ½é* ªÉ½ ºÉ‡¨É‡iÉ ¦ÉÉ®iÉ {É® VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ Eä |ɦÉÉ´É E É +vªÉªÉxÉ E ®äMÉÒ, +Éè® =xÉ ={ÉɪÉÉäÆ Eä ¤ÉÉ®ä ¨ÉäÆ ºÉÖZÉÉ´É näMÉÒ, VÉÉä ½ ¨ÉäÆ ¦É‡´É¹ªÉ ¨ÉäÆ =`ÉxÉä ½ ÉäÆMÉä* Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 67
Slide 68: Section -1 (Hindi Article : Climate Change) ´ÉxÉÉ´É® hÉ +Éè® VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ´ÉiÉÇxÉ ¨ÉÉäSÉÉÇ ¦ÉÉ®iÉ ¨Éå {ÉÉèvÉÉ ®Éä{ÉhÉ, =ºÉä {ÉɱÉxÉÉ, ¤ÉSÉÉxÉÉ +Éè® =ºÉE É ºÉÆ®IÉhÉ E ®xÉÉ ¤É½ÖiÉ {ÉÖ®ÉxÉÒ {É®Æ{É®É +Éè® =ºÉE É Bä‡iɽ ɇºÉE ¨É½ k´É ¦ÉÒ ½ è * EÖ U ºÉ¨ÉÖn ɪÉÉå ¨Éå {Éäc E Éä E É] xÉä ºÉä {ɽ ±Éä |ÉÉlÉÇxÉÉ E Ò VÉÉiÉÒ ½ è +Éè® {Éäc ºÉä IɨÉiÉÉ ¨ÉÉÆMÉÒ VÉÉiÉÒ ½ è * {ÉÚ®ä ¦ÉÉ®iÉ ¨Éå ZÉÖ®¨ÉÖ]Éå E Éä {ɇ´ÉjÉ ¨ÉÉxÉxÉÉ +É¨É ½ è Vɽ ÉÆ {ÉÉèvÉÉå +Éè® {ÉäcÉå Eä ZÉÖ®¨ÉÖ]Éå E Ò ºÉÖ®IÉÉ E Ò VÉÉiÉÒ ½è +Éè® ºÉ¨ÉÞ‡r Eä ‡±ÉB =xÉE Ò {ÉÚVÉÉ E Ò VÉÉiÉÒ ½è * ‡½xn Ú, VÉèxÉ +Éè® ¤ÉÉèr {ÉÉèvÉÉå +Éè® {ÉäcÉå E É ºÉ¨¨ÉÉxÉ E ®iÉä ½é +Éè® =x½å VÉÒ‡´ÉiÉ |ÉÉhÉÒ E Ò iÉ®½ ¨ÉÉxÉiÉä ½ é * ¤ÉÉèr ‡¦ÉIÉÖ VÉÉä ={Én ä„É n äxÉä Eä ‡±ÉB ºÉn è´É SɱÉɪɨÉÉxÉ ®½ iÉä ½ é, ´Éä ¦ÉÒ ´É¹ÉÉÇ E É±É ¨Éå ªÉÉjÉÉ ºlɇMÉiÉ E ® näiÉä ½ é iÉɇE {ÉÉèvÉä +Éè® +ÆEÖ ‡®iÉ ¤ÉÒVÉ xɹ] xÉ ½Éä VÉÉBÆ * VÉèxÉ vɨÉÇ ¨Éå +ÆEÖ ‡®iÉ n ÉxÉÉ JÉÉxÉÉ ¨ÉxÉÉ ½è CªÉÉå‡E VÉèxÉ ºÉ¨ÉÖnÉªÉ nÉxÉä E Éä {ÉxÉ{ÉiÉÉ VÉÒ´ÉxÉ ¨ÉÉxÉiÉä ½ é ‡VɺÉä ¤ÉfxÉÃä E Ò +xÉ֨ɇiÉ ½ ÉäxÉÒ SÉɇ½ B* ® ɹ] ÅÒªÉ ´ÉxÉÉ´É®hÉ B´ÉÆ {Éɇ® ‡ºlɇiÉE Ò ¤ÉÉäb Ç {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ B´ÉÆ ´ÉxÉ ¨ÉÆjÉÉ±ÉªÉ ¨Éå ®É¹]ÅÒªÉ ´ÉxÉÉ´É®hÉ B´ÉÆ {Éɇ®‡ºlɇiÉE ÒªÉ ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ ¤ÉÉäb Ç E Ò nä„É ¨Éå ´ÉxÉÉ´É®hÉ E Éä |ÉÉäiºÉɽxÉ, {ÉÉèvÉÉ ®Éä{ÉhÉ, {Éɇ®‡ºlɇiÉE ÒªÉ {ÉÖxÉ: ºlÉÉ{ÉxÉÉ +Éè® {Éɇ®ºlɇiÉE ÒªÉ ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ Mɇiɇ´É‡vɪÉÉÆ SɱÉÉxÉä E Ò ‡Vɨ¨ÉänÉ®Ò ½ è * <ºÉEä iɽ iÉ =VÉÉc ´ÉxÉ IÉäjÉÉå iÉlÉÉ ´ÉxÉÉå, ®É¹] ÅÒªÉ =tÉxÉÉå, +¦ÉªÉÉ®hªÉÉå +Éè® +xªÉ ºÉÆ®‡IÉiÉ IÉäjÉÉå Eä ºÉÉlÉ-ºÉÉlÉ {Éɇ®‡ºlɇiÉE ÒªÉ ° {É ºÉä E ¨ÉVÉÉä® {ɇ„SɨÉÒ ‡½¨ÉɱɪÉ, +®É´É±ÉÒ +Éè® {ɇ„SɨÉÒ PÉÉ] Éå {É® ‡´É„Éä¹É vªÉÉxÉ n äxÉÉ ¦ÉÒ ¤ÉÉäbÇ E Ò ‡Vɨ¨Éän É®Ò ½è * ® ɹ] ÅÒªÉ ´ÉxÉÉ´É® hÉ E ɪÉÇG ¨É ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ ®É¹] ÅÒªÉ ´ÉxÉÉ´É®hÉ E ɪÉÇG ¨É, ®É¹] ÅÒªÉ ´ÉxÉÉ´É®hÉ B´ÉÆ {Éɇ®‡ºlɇiÉE ÒªÉ ¤ÉÉäb Ç E Ò +OÉhÉÒ ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ ½è VÉÉä ´ÉxÉ ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ BVÉ出ɪÉÉå E Éä ´Éɺiɇ´ÉE +Éè® ºÉÉÆºlÉɇxÉE ºÉ¨ÉlÉÇxÉ näiÉÒ ½è, VÉÉä ºÉÆªÉÖH ´ÉxÉ |ɤɯvÉxÉ Eä ºÉÉÆºlÉɇxÉE ÒE ®hÉ E Ò ‡n „ÉÉ ¨Éå =` ɪÉÉ MɪÉÉ ¤ÉcÉ E n ¨É ½ è * ´ÉxÉ ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ BVÉ出ɪÉÉå E Éä ´ÉxÉ ={ÉJÉÆb ºiÉ® {É® ºÉƪÉÖH ´ÉxÉ |ɤɯvÉxÉ ºÉ‡¨É‡iɪÉÉå Eä ºÉÆPÉ Eä ° {É ¨Éå E ±{ÉxÉÉ +Éè® ºlÉÉ{ÉxÉÉ E Ò MɪÉÒ ½ è iÉɇE VÉxÉiÉÉ E Ò ¦ÉÉMÉÒn É®Ò Eä ºÉÉlÉ ´ÉxÉÉå E É +ɨÉÚ±É ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ ½ Éä ºÉEä * ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ Eä ±ÉIªÉ ½é » » » » » » » ºÉ¨ÉÖn ɪÉÉå E Ò ºÉ‡G ªÉ ¦ÉÉMÉÒn É® Ò Eä Vɇ® B |ÉÉEÞ ‡iÉE ºÉƺÉÉvÉxÉÉå E Ò ® IÉÉ +Éè® ºÉÆ® IÉhÉ E ® xÉÉ * VɨÉÒxÉÉå E Éä JÉ® É¤É ½ ÉäxÉä, ´ÉxÉÉå Eä =VÉcxÉä +Éè® VÉè´É-‡´É‡´ÉvÉiÉÉ Eä xÉÖE ºÉÉxÉ E Éä ® ÉäE xÉÉ {Éɇ® ‡ºlɇiÉE Ò E É {ÉÖxɰ r É® , {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ E É ºÉÆ® IÉhÉ +Éè® {Éɇ® ‡ºlɇiÉE ÒªÉ - ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ MÉÉÆ´ÉÉå ¨Éå +Éè® =xÉEä +ÉºÉ {ÉÉºÉ |ÉÉEÞ ‡iÉE ºÉƺÉÉvÉxÉÉå Eä ºÉiÉiÉ |ɤɯvÉxÉ Eä ‡±ÉB MÉÉÆ´É ºiÉ®ÒªÉ ºÉÆMÉ` xÉÉå E Ò IɨÉiÉÉ ¤Éf ÉÃxÉÉ * +É¨É ºÉɨÉÉxÉ Eä ‡±ÉB =i{ÉÉn E iÉÉ, ºÉ¨ÉÉxÉiÉÉ +Éè ® n ÒPÉÇ E ɱÉÒxÉiÉÉ Eä ´ªÉÉ{ÉE =q ä „ ªÉÉå E Éä {ÉÚ ® É E ® xÉÉ* ´ÉxÉÉå Eä ¦ÉÒiÉ® +Éè ® +ɺÉ{ÉÉºÉ ® ½ ® ½ ä ±ÉÉä M ÉÉå Eä VÉÒ´ÉxÉ +Éè® VÉÒ‡´ÉE É Eä ºiÉ® ¨Éå ºÉÖvÉÉ® +Éè ® OÉɨÉÒhÉ ±ÉÉäMÉÉå E Ò ®ÉäVÉMÉÉ® IɨÉiÉÉ ¨Éå ºÉÖvÉÉ® Eä ‡±ÉB =xÉE Ò |ɇiɦÉÉ IɨÉiÉÉ +Éè® nIÉiÉÉ E Éä ¤Éf ÉôÉÉ º´ÉɪÉkÉ„ÉɺÉÒ {ɽ ÉcÒ ‡VɱÉÉå ºÉ‡½ iÉ ºÉ¦ÉÒ 28 ®ÉVªÉÉå Eä ´ÉxÉVÉÒ´ÉxÉ IÉäjÉÉå E Éä <ºÉ E ɪÉÇG ¨É ¨Éå „Éɇ¨É±É ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½è * ¤ÉäºÉ½É®Éå E É {ÉÖxÉ´ÉÉǺÉ, EÞ ‡¹É®‡½ iÉ IÉäjÉÉå E Éä EÞ ‡¹É IÉäjÉ ¤ÉxÉÉxÉÉ +Éè® +Éè¹ÉvÉÒªÉ {ÉÉèvÉÉå E É {ÉÖxÉ:=i{ÉÉn xÉ E É ¦ÉÒ ¤ÉÒcÉ =` ɪÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½è * Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 68
Slide 69: Section -1 (Hindi Article : Climate Change) ={ɱɇ¤vɪÉÉÆ (31 ¨ÉÉSÉÇ, 2009) EÖ ±É 157.90 ±ÉÉJÉ ½ äC]äªÉ® IÉäjÉ E Ò näJɦÉÉ±É Eä ‡±ÉB 2,675.26 E ®Éäc ° {ɪÉä E Ò ±ÉÉMÉiÉ ºÉä 2000-01 ¨Éå B¡ b ÒB ´ªÉ´ÉºlÉÉ E Ò „ÉÖ° +ÉiÉ Eä ¤ÉÉn ºÉä 795 B¡ bÒB E ɪÉÉLJx´ÉiÉ E Ò VÉÉ SÉÖE Ò ½è * <ºÉ E ɪÉÇG ¨É Eä +ÆiÉMÉÇiÉ EÞ ‡¹É ¦ÉÚ‡¨ÉªÉÉå Eä {ÉÖxÉ´ÉÉÇºÉ {É® ‡´É„Éä¹É vªÉÉxÉ ‡n ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è +Éè® {ÉÚ´ÉÉækÉ® ®ÉVªÉÉå +Éè® +Éä‡c„ÉÉ ¨Éå 34 VÉäBSɪÉÚB¨É {ɇ®ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ+ÉäÆ E Éä ¨ÉÆVÉÚ®Ò nä n Ò MɪÉÒ ½ è * 31 ¨ÉÉSÉÇ, 2009 E Éä, ®É¹]ÅÒªÉ ´ÉxÉ®Éä{ÉhÉ E ɪÉÇG ¨É Eä E ɪÉÉÇx´ÉªÉxÉ Eä ‡±ÉB ´É¹ÉÇ 2008-09 Eä n Éè®ÉxÉ B¡ b ÒB E Éä 345.62 E ®Éäc ¯ {ɪÉä VÉÉ®Ò ‡E B MÉB * +xÉÖ¨ÉÉxÉiÉ: 1 E ®Éäc 20 ±ÉÉJÉ MÉÞ½ º´Éɇ¨ÉªÉÉå E Éä ±ÉÉ¦É {ɽ֯SÉÉiÉä ½ÖB 9 E ®Éäc 70 ±ÉÉJÉ E ɪÉÇ ‡n ´ÉºÉÉå E É ºÉÞVÉxÉ ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ * <xɨÉå 22 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ +xÉÖºÉÚ‡SÉiÉ VÉɇiÉ +Éè® 38 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ +xÉÖºÉÚ‡SÉiÉ VÉxÉVÉɇiÉ „Éɇ¨É±É lÉÓ * {ɇ®ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ OÉɨÉÉå ¨Éå E ®Ò¤É 53 ±ÉÉJÉ MÉÞ½ º´Éɇ¨ÉªÉÉå ¨Éå 25 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ +xÉÖºÉÚ‡SÉiÉ VÉɇiÉ +Éè® 21 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ VÉxÉVÉɇiÉ E Éä „Éɇ¨É±É ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ * BÆ] ÅÒ {ÉÉ<È] Mɇiɇ´É‡vÉ E É ±ÉÉ¦É E ®Ò¤É 19 ±ÉÉJÉ 20 ½VÉÉ® MÉÞ½ º´Éɇ¨ÉªÉÉå E Éä ‡¨É±ÉÉ ‡VɺɨÉå 23 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ +xÉÖºÉÚ‡SÉiÉ VÉɇiÉ +Éè® 27 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ +xÉÖºÉÚ‡SÉiÉ VÉxÉVÉɇiÉ ºÉä lÉä * {Éɇ® ‡ºlɇiÉE Ò ‡´ÉE É±É ¤É±É (<Çb ÒB¡ ) ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ {Éɇ®‡ºlɇiÉE Ò ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ ¤É±É (<Çb ÒB¡ ) ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ 1982 ¨Éå ®IÉÉ ¨ÉÆjÉÉ±ÉªÉ uÉ®É |ÉÉ®Æ¦É E Ò MɪÉÒ lÉÒ * <ºÉE É =qä„ªÉ ´ÉxÉ®Éä{ÉhÉ, ‡¨É^Ò ºÉÆ®IÉhÉ +Éè® VÉ±É ºÉƺÉÉvÉxÉ |ɤɯvÉxÉ Eä ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ºÉä {Éɇ®‡ºlɇiÉE Ò iÉÆjÉ E Éä ‡¡ ® ºÉä ºÉÖvÉÉ®xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB n Ú®-n ®ÉVÉ Eä IÉäjÉÉå ¨Éå ´ÉxÉ®Éä{ÉhÉ +Éè® {Éɇ®‡ºlɇiÉE Ò ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ ¨Éå ºÉä´ÉɇxÉ´ÉÞ‡kÉ E ¨ÉÇSÉɇ®ªÉÉå E Éä „Éɇ¨É±É E ®xÉÉ ½ è * ªÉ½ ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ ‡{ÉU ±ÉÒ SÉÉ® ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ+ÉäÆ ºÉä E ɪÉÉLJx´ÉiÉ ½ è * ´ÉiÉǨÉÉxÉ ¨Éå, ºÉä´ÉɇxÉ´ÉÞkÉ E ¨ÉÇSÉɇ®ªÉÉåIÉäjÉÒªÉ ºÉèxªÉE ‡¨ÉǪÉÉå Eä ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ºÉä U : {Éɇ®‡ºlɇiÉE Ò E ɪÉÇ ¤É±É ¤É]ɇ±ÉªÉxÉ ½è * ªÉä ‡„É´Éɇ±ÉE , =kÉ®ÉJÉhb , ®ÉVɺlÉÉxÉ, Eä xÉɱÉ, ¤ÉVVÉÚ, Vɨ¨ÉÚ +Éè® E „¨ÉÒ®, ‡{ÉlÉÉè®ÉMÉf ,à =kÉ®ÉJÉhb , ºÉÉä‡xÉiÉ{ÉÖ® ({ɇ„SɨÉ) +Éè® +ºÉ¨É Eä ½ ±ÉiÉÖMÉÉÆ´É ¨Éå E ɪÉÇ E ® ®½Ò ½é * |ɺiÉɇ´ÉiÉ OÉÉ¨É ´ÉxÉ ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ ºE Ò¨É BE xÉ<Ç |ɺiÉɇ´ÉiÉ ºE Ò¨É ½ è OÉɨÉ{ÉÆSÉɪÉiÉ ´ÉxÉ ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ * VÉÉä {ÉÆSÉɪÉiÉÒ ®ÉVÉ ºÉƺlÉÉxÉÉå E Éä ´ÉxÉ ®Éä{ÉhÉ +Éè® ´ÉxÉ ®‡½ iÉ ¦ÉÚ‡¨ÉªÉÉå ¨Éå {ÉÉèvÉÉ®Éä{ÉhÉ Eä ‡±ÉB „Éɇ¨É±É E ®äMÉÒ * ¦ÉÉ®iÉ xÉä VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ {É® +{ÉxÉÒ ®hÉxÉÒ‡iÉ Eä +ÆiÉMÉÇiÉ 30 VÉÚxÉ, 2008 E Éä VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ {É® +{ÉxÉÒ ®É¹] ÅÒªÉ E ɪÉÇ ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ E Éä VÉÉ®Ò ‡E ªÉÉ * ®É¹]ÅÒªÉ E ɪÉÇ ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ BE BäºÉÒ ®hÉxÉÒ‡iÉ E Ò ´ÉE ɱÉiÉ E ®iÉÉ ½ è VÉÉä VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ +Éè® ¦ÉÉ®iÉ Eä ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ {ÉlÉ E Ò nÒPÉÇE ɱÉÒxÉiÉÉ E Éä |ÉÉäiºÉɇ½ iÉ E ®iÉÉ ½è * VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ´ÉiÉÇxÉ {É® +É` ® ɹ] ÅÒªÉ +‡¦ÉªÉÉxÉ ®É¹] ÅÒªÉ ºÉÉè® +‡¦ÉªÉÉxÉ E É =qä„ªÉ ºÉÉè® |ÉÉètÉä‡MɇE ªÉÉå Eä +±ÉÉ´ÉÉ +xªÉ xÉ´ÉÒE ®hÉ +Éè® {É®¨ÉÉhÉÖ > VÉÉÇ, ´ÉɪÉÖ > VÉÉÇ B´ÉÆ VÉ致ÉE VÉèºÉä MÉè® Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 69
Slide 70: Section -1 (Hindi Article : Climate Change) VÉÒ´ÉÉ„¨É ‡´ÉE ±{ÉÉå Eä ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ºÉä EÖ ±É > VÉÉÇ ¨Éå ºÉÉè® > VÉÉÇ Eä +Æ„É E Éä ¤Éf ÉÃxÉÉ ½ è * > VÉÉÇ nIÉiÉÉ E Éä ¤Éf ÉÃxÉä Eä ®É¹] ÅÒªÉ +‡¦ÉªÉÉxÉ ¨Éå > VÉÉÇ E É ={ɪÉÉäMÉ E ®xÉä ´ÉɱÉä ¤Écä =tÉäMÉÉå +Éè® ºÉÖ‡´ÉvÉÉ+ÉäÆ ¨Éå +‡vÉEÞ iÉ > VÉÉÇ ¤ÉSÉiÉ ¨Éå ´ªÉ´ÉºÉÉªÉ Eä ‡±ÉB BE ¤ÉÉVÉÉ® +ÉvÉɇ®iÉ ´ªÉ´ÉºlÉÉ, ‡xÉvÉÉLJ®iÉ IÉäjÉÉå ¨Éå > VÉÉÇ EÖ „ɱÉiÉÉ ={ÉE ®hÉÉå E Éä ¤Éf ÉôÉÉ, ¦É‡´É¹ªÉ ¨Éå > VÉÉÇ ¤ÉSÉiÉ E Ò ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ Eä uÉ®É ºÉ¦ÉÒ IÉäjÉÉå ¨Éå ¨ÉÉÆMÉ +xÉÖ° {É |ɤɯvÉxÉ E ɪÉÇG ¨É +Éè® > VÉÉÇ EÖ „ɱÉiÉÉ Eä |ÉÉäiºÉɽ xÉ Eä ‡±ÉB ‡´ÉkÉÒªÉ ºÉÉvÉxÉÉå E É ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ VÉèºÉÒ SÉÉ® xÉ<Ç {ɽ±Éå „Éɇ¨É±É ½ é * ¦É´ÉxÉÉå, ` ÉäºÉ E SÉ®ä E É |ɤɯvÉxÉ ¨Éå > VÉÉÇ EÖ „ɱÉiÉÉ +Éè® VÉè´É-bÒVÉ±É B´ÉÆ ½ É<bÅÉäVÉxÉ {É® +ÉvÉɇ®iÉ {ɇ®´É½xÉ ‡´ÉE ±{ÉÉå ºÉ‡½ iÉ ºÉÉ´ÉÇVɇxÉE {ɇ®´É½xÉ Eä ¨ÉÉìb±É ¨Éå ¤Én ±ÉÉ´É E Éä |ÉÉäiºÉɽ xÉ n äxÉä ´ÉɱÉä n ÒPÉÇE ɱÉÒxÉ |ɪÉɺÉÉå {É® ®É¹] ÅÒªÉ +‡¦ÉªÉÉxÉ * ®É¹] ÅÒªÉ VÉ±É +‡¦ÉªÉÉxÉ E É =qä„ªÉ VÉ±É ºÉÆ®IÉhÉ, n Ö° {ɪÉÉäMÉ E Éä xªÉÚxÉiÉ¨É E ®xÉÉ +Éè® ®ÉVªÉÉå ¨Éå +Éè® BE ºÉä nÚºÉ®ä ®ÉVªÉÉå ¨Éå +‡vÉE ºÉ¨ÉÉxÉ ‡´ÉiÉ®hÉ E Éä ºÉÖ‡xɇ„SÉiÉ E ®xÉÉ * ‡½¨ÉÉ±ÉªÉ Eä {Éɇ®‡ºlɇiÉE Ò iÉÆjÉ E Éä ¤ÉxÉÉB ®JÉxÉä Eä ‡±ÉB ®É¹]ÅÒªÉ +‡¦ÉªÉÉxÉ E É =qä„ªÉ ‡½ ¨ÉÉ±ÉªÉ Eä ‡½ ¨ÉxÉnÉå +Éè® {ɽÉcÉå E Ò {Éɇ®‡ºlɇiÉE Ò ´ªÉ´ÉºlÉÉ E Ò ºÉÖ®IÉÉ +Éè® n ÒPÉÇE ɱÉÒxÉiÉÉ ½ äiÉÖ |ɤɯvÉxÉ ={ÉÉªÉ E ®xÉÉ ½è* ½‡®iÉ ¦ÉÉ®iÉ Eä ‡±ÉB ®É¹]ÅÒªÉ +‡¦ÉªÉÉxÉ ´ÉxªÉ ¦ÉÚ‡¨É {É® ´ÉxÉÉSU ÉnxÉ E ®Eä {Éɇ®‡ºlɇiÉE Ò |ÉhÉɱÉÒ ºÉä ºÉÆ¤ÉƇvÉiÉ ºÉä´ÉÉ+ÉäÆ E Éä ¤ÉfÉÃxÉä {É® VÉÉä® n äiÉÉ ½ è iÉɇE ®É¹] ÅÒªÉ xÉÒ‡iÉ Eä +vÉÒxÉ ‡xÉvÉÉLJ®iÉ n ä„É Eä EÖ ±É ¦ÉÚ-IÉäjÉ Eä 33 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ ¦ÉÉMÉ E Éä ´ÉxÉÉSU ɇn iÉ ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉ ºÉEä * ®É¹] ÅÒªÉ vÉÉ®hÉÒªÉ EÞ ‡¹É ‡¨É„ÉxÉ ¦ÉÉ®iÉÒªÉ EÞ ‡¹É E Éä VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ Eä |ɇiÉ +Éè® ¦ÉÒ +‡vÉE |ɇiÉ®ÉävÉE ¤ÉxÉÉxÉä ½ äiÉÖ ®hÉxÉÒ‡iɪÉÉÆ ‡´ÉE ‡ºÉiÉ E ®xÉä ¨Éå ¨Énn MÉÉ® ½ÉäMÉÒ VÉÉä ´É¹ÉÉÇ Eä E É®hÉ xɹ] ½ ÉäxÉä ´ÉɱÉÒ EÞ ‡¹É E Ò iÉÉ{É =i{ÉÉn E iÉÉ ´ÉɱÉÒ xÉ<Ç |ÉVÉɇiÉ Eä ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ºÉä ºÉÆ¦É´É ½Éä ºÉE iÉÉ ½è * VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ Eä ‡±ÉB ®hÉxÉÒ‡iÉE YÉÉxÉ {É® +ÉvÉɇ®iÉ ®É¹]ÅÒªÉ ‡¨É„ÉxÉ E É ±ÉIªÉ +xÉÖºÉÆvÉÉxÉ +Éè® |ÉÉètÉä‡MÉE Ò ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ Eä ºÉÉlÉ ½ Ò ºÉ¨ÉÖ‡SÉiÉ ‡xɇvÉ ºÉÖ‡xɇ„SÉiÉ E ®xÉÉ iÉlÉÉ VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ Eä ‡´É‡¦ÉzÉ {ɽ ±ÉÖ+ÉäÆ ºÉä VÉÖcÒ SÉÖxÉÉè‡iɪÉÉå E Ò {ɽ SÉÉxÉ E ®xÉÉ +Éè® iÉn xÉÖºÉÉ® E É¨É E ®xÉÉ ½è * ´ÉɪÉÖ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ ´ÉɪÉÖ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ E É +lÉÇ ½ è ¨ÉÉxÉ´ÉÉå, {Éäc-{ÉÉèvÉÉå +Éè® VÉÒ´É VÉxiÉÖ+ÉäÆ Eä VÉÒ´ÉxÉ Eä ‡±ÉB JÉiÉ®xÉÉE +lÉ´ÉÉ =xÉE Éä SÉÖxÉÉèiÉÒ n äxÉä ´ÉɱÉä {Én ÉlÉÉç (iÉk´ÉÉå) E É {ɪÉÉÇ{iÉ ¨ÉÉjÉÉ ¨Éå {ɪÉÉÇ{iÉ ºÉ¨ÉªÉ Eä ‡±ÉB ´ÉɪÉ֍ɯb ±É ¨Éå ¤ÉxÉä ®½ xÉÉ * ´ÉɪÉÖ |Én Ú¹ÉE ¨ÉÉxÉ´É ‡xɇ¨ÉÇiÉ +Éè® |ÉÉEÞ ‡iÉE ºÉƺÉÉvÉxÉÉå n ÉäxÉÉå ºÉä {ÉènÉ ½ ÉäiÉä ½é * iÉÉ{É ‡¤ÉVɱÉÒ PÉ®, +ÉètÉä‡MÉE ´Éɇ¹{ÉiÉ (¤ÉÉìªÉ±ÉºÉÇ), ¨ÉÉä] ®´Éɽ xÉ, EÞ ‡¹É E ɪÉÇ +ɇn ºÉ¦ÉÒ ´ÉɪÉÖ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ Eä »ÉÉäiÉ ½é * ´ÉɪÉÖ MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ |É´ÉÞ‡kɪÉÉÆ ‡{ÉU ±Éä EÖ U ´É¹ÉÉç ¨Éå nä„É ¨Éå BºÉ+Éä 2 (ºÉ±¡ ® bÉ<Ç+ÉCºÉÉ<b) Eä ºiÉ® ¨Éå E ¨ÉÒ +É<Ç ½è * E ¨ÉÒ E Ò ªÉ½ |É´ÉÞ‡kÉ ºÉƦɴÉiÉ: ½É±É Eä ´É¹ÉÉç ¨Éå b ÒVÉ±É ¨Éå ºÉ±¡ ® E Ò ¨ÉÉjÉÉ ¨Éå E ¨ÉÒ, +Éè® ºÉÉ´ÉÇVɇxÉE {ɇ®´É½ xÉ Eä IÉäjÉ ¨Éå ºÉÒBxÉVÉÒ VÉèºÉä º´ÉSU <ÈvÉxÉ ={ɪÉÉäMÉ Eä E É®hÉ +É<Ç ½ è * <ºÉEä ºÉÉlÉ ½Ò =zÉiÉ <ÈvÉxÉ MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ Eä +xÉÖEÚ ±É xɪÉä ´ÉɽxÉÉå Eä ‡±ÉB ºÉÆ„ÉÉä‡vÉiÉ =iºÉVÉÇxÉ ¨ÉÉxÉE Éå E É ¦ÉÒ ¨É½k´É{ÉÚhÉÇ ªÉÉäMÉn ÉxÉ ½ è * ºÉ¨ÉÚSÉä n ä„É ¨Éå BxÉ+Éä 2 (xÉÉ<]ÅÉäVÉxÉ +ÉCºÉÉ<b ) +Éè® +É®BºÉ{ÉÒB¨É-±É‡¨¤ÉiÉ „´ÉºÉxɪÉÉäMªÉ E hÉÒªÉ {ÉnÉlÉÉç Eä ºiÉ®Éå ¨Éå =iÉÉ®-SÉf ÉÃ´É E Ò |É´ÉÞ‡kÉ ‡nJÉɪÉÒ n äiÉÒ ½è * xÉä„ÉxÉ±É B䇨¤ÉªÉå] BªÉ® C´Éɇ±É] Ò ¨ÉÉxÉÒ] Ë® MÉ |ÉÉäOÉÉ¨É +{ÉxÉä +ɺÉ-{ÉÉºÉ E Ò ´ÉɪÉÖ MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ {É® ‡xÉMÉ®ÉxÉÒ ®JÉxÉä Eä ‡±ÉB ®É¹]Å´ªÉÉ{ÉÒ xÉä„ÉxÉ±É BªÉ® C´Éɇ±É]Ò ¨ÉÉxÉÒ] Ë®MÉ |ÉÉäOÉÉ¨É (BxÉBB¨É{ÉÒ) „ÉÖ° ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½è * E ɪÉÇG ¨É Eä +ÆiÉMÉÇiÉ n ä„É Eä 26 ®ÉVªÉÉå +Éè® 4 Eä xp „ÉɇºÉiÉ IÉäjÉÉå Eä 127 „ɽ®Éå-E º¤ÉÉå ¨Éå 342 |ÉSÉɱÉxÉ Eä xp (+É{É®äË] MÉ º] ä„ÉxÉ) ¤ÉxÉÉB MÉB ½ é * BxÉBB¨É{ÉÒ E É ¨ÉÖJªÉ =qä„ªÉ ‡´É‡¦ÉzÉ ºlÉÉxÉÉå ¨Éå ´ÉɪÉ֍ɯb ±É E Ò MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ E Ò ‡ºlɇiÉ +Éè® |É´ÉÞ‡kɪÉÉå E É ‡xÉvÉÉÇ®hÉ E ®xÉÉ ½è * Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 70
Slide 71: Section -1 (Hindi Article : Climate Change) BxÉBB¨É{ÉÒ Eä +ÆiÉMÉÇiÉ SÉÉ® ´ÉɪÉÖ |Én Ú¹ÉE Éå ªÉlÉÉ, ºÉ±¡ ® bÉ<Ç+ÉìCºÉÉ<b, xÉÉ<] ÅÉäVÉxÉ +ÉCºÉÉ<b , ±É‡¨¤ÉiÉ E hÉÒªÉ {Én ÉlÉÇ (BºÉ{ÉÒB¨É), +Éè® „´ÉºÉxÉÒªÉ ±É‡¨¤ÉiÉ E hÉÒªÉ {ÉnÉlÉÇ (+É®BºÉ{ÉÒB¨É{ÉÒB¨É) E Ò {ɽSÉÉxÉ ºÉ¦ÉÒ ºlÉÉxÉÉå {É® ‡xɪɇ¨ÉiÉ ° {É ºÉä ‡xÉMÉ®ÉxÉÒ ®JÉxÉä Eä ‡±ÉB E Ò MÉ<Ç ½ è * ´ÉɪÉÖ E É ´ÉäMÉ +Éè® ‡n „ÉÉ, ºÉÉ{ÉäIÉ +ÉpÇiÉÉ +Éè® iÉÉ{ɨÉÉxÉ VÉèºÉä ¨ÉÉèºÉ¨É ºÉÆ¤ÉÆvÉÒ |ÉSÉɱÉE Éå E Ò ‡xÉMÉ®ÉxÉÒ E Éä ¦ÉÒ ´ÉɪÉÖ E Ò MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ E Ò ‡xÉMÉ®ÉxÉÒ Eä ºÉÉlÉ ½ Ò ºÉ¨Éä‡E iÉ E ® ‡nªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½è * |Én Ú¹ÉE Éå E Ò ‡xÉMÉ®ÉxÉÒ SÉÉè¤ÉÒºÉ PÉÆ] ä VÉÉ®Ò ®½ iÉÒ ½ è * |ÉiªÉäE SÉÉ® PÉÆ]ä {É® MÉèºÉÒªÉ |ÉnÚ¹ÉE Éå E Éä +Éè® |ÉiªÉäE +É` PÉÆ] ä {É® E hÉÒªÉ {ÉnÉlÉÉç Eä xɨÉÚxÉä ‡±ÉB VÉÉiÉä ½é * ½® ºÉ{iÉɽ n Éä ¤ÉÉ® +Éè® EÖ ±É ‡¨É±ÉÉE ® ´É¹ÉÇ ¦É® ¨Éå 104 {É®ÒIÉhÉ ‡E B VÉÉiÉä ½ é * BxÉBB¨É{ÉÒ Eä +ÆiÉMÉÇiÉ ´ÉɪÉ֍ɯb ±É E Ò ®É¹] Å´ªÉÉ{ÉÒ MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ {É® xÉWÉ® ®JÉxÉä Eä E É¨É ¨Éå Eä xpÒªÉ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ ‡xÉªÉÆjÉhÉ ¤ÉÉäb Ç Eä IÉäjÉÒªÉ E ɪÉÉDZɪÉ, ‡´É‡¦ÉzÉ ®ÉVªÉÉå Eä |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ ‡xÉªÉÆjÉhÉ ¤ÉÉäb Ç, Eä xp „ÉɇºÉiÉ |Én ä„ÉÉå E Ò |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ ‡xÉªÉÆjÉhÉ ºÉ‡¨É‡iɪÉÉå, xÉÉMÉ{ÉÖ® ‡ºlÉiÉ ®É¹] ÅÒªÉ {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ +‡¦ÉªÉÉÆ‡jÉE Ò +xÉÖºÉÆvÉÉxÉ ºÉƺlÉÉxÉ (xÉÒ®Ò BxÉ<Ç<Ç+É®+É<Ç), ºÉÒ{ÉÒºÉÒ´ÉÒ (Eä xpÒªÉ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ ‡xÉªÉÆjÉhÉ ¤ÉÉäbÇ) Eä ºÉÉlÉ VÉÖcä ½ ÖB ½ é * ºÉÒ{ÉÒºÉÒ¤ÉÒ ´ÉɪÉ֍ɯb±É MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ Eä +ÉÆE b Éå Eä ºÉÆE ±ÉxÉ ¨Éå ºÉÆMɇiÉ +Éè® BE ° {ÉiÉÉ ¤ÉxÉÉB ®JÉxÉä Eä ‡±ÉB <xÉ BVÉ出ɪÉÉå Eä ºÉÉlÉ ºÉ¨Éx´ÉªÉxÉ E É E É¨É E ®iÉÉ ½ è +Éè® ¨ÉÉxÉÒ] Ë®MÉ Eä xpÉå Eä {ɇ®SÉɱÉxÉ Eä ‡±ÉB iÉE xÉÒE Ò +Éè® ‡´ÉkÉÒªÉ ºÉ½ÉªÉiÉÉ |ÉnÉxÉ E ®iÉÉ ½è * ´ÉɪÉÖ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ ‡xÉªÉÆjÉhÉ ´ÉɪÉ֍ɯb ±É E Ò MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ Eä +ÉE ±ÉxÉ Eä ‡±ÉB BxÉBB¨É{ÉÒ Eä +ÆiÉMÉÇiÉ Eä xpÉå E É MÉ` xÉ ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è +Éè® <xÉE Éä ‡´É‡¦ÉzÉ ®ÉVªÉÉå Eä |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ ‡xÉªÉÆjÉhÉ ¤ÉÉäb Éç (BºÉ{ÉÒ-ºÉÒ¤ÉÒ) B´ÉÆ |ÉnÚ¹ÉhÉ ‡xÉªÉÆjÉhÉ ºÉ‡¨É‡iɪÉÉå({ÉÒºÉÒºÉÒ) ºÉä |ÉÉ{iÉ +ÉÆE cÉå ºÉä ºÉֺɇVVÉiÉ E ® {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ bÉ] É ¤ÉéE Eä Vɇ®ªÉä Eä xpÒªÉ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ ‡xÉªÉÆjÉhÉ ¤ÉÉäb Ç (ºÉÒ{ÉÒºÉÒ¤ÉÒ) Eä ´Éä¤ÉºÉÉ<] {É® b ɱÉÉ VÉÉiÉÉ ½è * ´ÉɪÉÖ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ Eä ‡xÉªÉÆjÉhÉ Eä ‡±ÉB ®É¹] ÅÒªÉ ´ÉɪÉÖ¨Éb±É MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ ¨ÉÉxÉE Éå E É ‡xÉvÉÉÇ®hÉE ® iÉÉ{É ‡´ÉtÖiÉ ºÉÆªÉÆjÉÉå, ºÉÒ¨Éå] E É®JÉÉxÉÉå, ±ÉÉè½ B´ÉÆ <º{ÉÉiÉ =tÉäMÉ, +±ªÉÖ‡¨É‡xÉªÉ¨É =tÉäMÉ, {Éä] ÅÉä‡±ÉªÉ¨É iÉä±É „ÉÉävɇxɪÉÉå +ɇn VÉèºÉÒ +‡iÉ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉE É®Ò =tÉäMÉÉå Eä =iºÉVÉÇxÉ ¨ÉÉxÉE Éå Eä ºÉÉlÉ ½Ò +‡vɺÉÚ‡SÉiÉ ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½è * <ºÉÒ =qä„ªÉ Eä ‡±ÉB xÉB +Éè® <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ¨Éå +É ®½ ä ´ÉɽxÉÉå Eä ‡±ÉB ¦ÉÒ ´ÉɽxÉ ºÉÆ¤ÉÆvÉÒ ‡xÉE ɺÉÒ ¨ÉÉxÉE Éå E É ‡xÉvÉÉÇ®hÉ ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è * <ºÉ ºÉÆ¤ÉÆvÉ ¨Éå xÉB ´Éɽ xÉÉå Eä ‡±ÉB ¨ÉÉxÉE Éå (¦ÉÉ®iÉ º]äVÉ +Éè® ¨ÉÉxÉE ) E Éä ‡xɨÉÉÇhÉ ºiÉ® {É® ½ Ò ±ÉÉMÉÚ ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉiÉÉ ½ è * <ÈvÉxÉ ºÉÆ¤ÉÆvÉÒ MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ ({Éä] ÅÉä±É, b ÒWɱÉ, vɨÉxÉ iÉä±É) Eä ¨ÉÉxÉE Éå E É ¦ÉÒ ‡xÉvÉÉÇ®hÉ E ® +‡vɺÉÚ‡SÉiÉ ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉ SÉÖE É ½è * +‡iÉ |ÉnÚ¹ÉhÉE É®Ò =tÉäMÉÉå E Ò 17 ¸Éä‡hɪÉÉå ºÉä ½ ÉäxÉä ´ÉɱÉä ´ÉɪÉÖ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ E Éä ‡xÉªÉÆ‡jÉiÉ E ®xÉä ´ÉɱÉä ¨ÉÉxÉE Éå E É +xÉÖ{ÉɱÉxÉ ¦ÉÒ BºÉ{ÉÒºÉÒ¤ÉÒ +Éè® {ÉÒºÉÒºÉÒ Eä ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ºÉä ½Éä ®½É ½ è * <ºÉEä ºÉÉlÉ ½ Ò „´ÉºÉxÉÒªÉ ±É‡¨¤ÉiÉ E hÉÒªÉ {Én ÉlÉÉç Eä ‡±ÉB »ÉÉäiÉ |ɦÉÉVÉxÉ +vªÉªÉxÉ (BºÉBBºÉ) nä„É Eä 6 „ɽ ®Éå -- ‡n ±±ÉÒ, ¨ÉÖ¨¤É<Ç, SÉäzÉ<Ç, E ÉxÉ{ÉÖ®, ¤ÉÆMɱÉÖ° +Éè® {ÉÖhÉä ¨Éå „ÉÖ° ½ Éä MɪÉÉ ½ è * U Éä] ä ºiÉ® {É® ´ÉɪÉÖ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ ¡è ±ÉÉxÉä ´ÉɱÉä =tÉäMÉÉå (VÉèºÉä <È] ¦É_ä, º] ÉäxÉG „ɺÉÇ, º{ÉÆVÉ ±ÉÉè½ ºÉÆªÉÆjÉ +ɇn) Eä ‡±ÉB ¦ÉÒ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ ‡xÉ´ÉÉ®hÉ ºÉÆ¤ÉÆvÉÒ |ÉÉètÉä‡MɇE ªÉÉå, ‡n „ÉÉ-‡xÉn æ„ÉÉå +Éè® ¨ÉÉxÉE Éå E Éä +{ÉxÉÉxÉä {É® VÉÉä® ‡n ªÉÉ VÉÉ ®½ É ½è * ´ÉɪÉÖ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ ‡xÉªÉÆjÉhÉ ½ äiÉÖ |ɺiÉɇ´ÉiÉ ±ÉIªÉ BxÉBB¨É{ÉÒ Eä iɽ iÉ ´ÉɪÉÖ MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ ‡xÉMÉ®ÉxÉÒ Eä xpÉå E Ò ºÉÆJªÉÉ 11´ÉÓ {ÉÆSɴɹÉﻃ ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ Eä nÉè®ÉxÉ 342 ºÉä ¤Éf ÉÃE ® 700 E ® ‡nªÉÉ VÉÉBMÉÉ * ºÉÉlÉ ½ Ò xɨÉÚxÉÉå E Ò =‡SÉiÉ ° {É ºÉä VÉÉÆSÉ-{É®JÉ E ® +ÉÆE cÉå E Ò MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ E Éä ¦ÉÒ ±ÉMÉÉiÉÉ® ºÉÖvÉÉ®xÉä E Ò |ɇG ªÉÉ VÉÉ®Ò ½è * MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ Eä |ɇiÉ ‡´É„´ÉÉºÉ ¤ÉxÉÉB ®JÉxÉä +Éè® MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ ‡xÉªÉÆjÉhÉ (CªÉÚBCªÉºÉÒ) Eä ºÉÉlÉ-ºÉÉlÉ E ¨ÉÇSÉɇ®ªÉÉå Eä |ɇ„ÉIÉhÉ +ɇn E Éä ¦ÉÒ |ÉÉäiºÉɇ½ iÉ ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉ ®½ É ½è * E ɪÉÇG ¨É Eä +ÆiÉMÉÇiÉ, MÉÆ¦ÉÒ® ° {É ºÉä |ÉnÚ‡¹ÉiÉ IÉäjÉÉå Eä ºÉÉlÉ-ºÉÉlÉ BE ±ÉÉJÉ ºÉä +‡vÉE +ɤÉÉnÒ ´ÉɱÉä „É½®Éå ¨Éå ´ÉɪÉ֍ɯb ±ÉÒªÉ MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ ‡xÉMÉ®ÉxÉÒ xÉä] ´ÉEÇ ºlÉɇ{ÉiÉ E ®xÉä E É |ɺiÉÉ´É ½è * n ä„ɦɮ ¨Éå EÖ ±É ‡¨É±ÉÉE ® 33 ºÉiÉiÉ ´ÉɪÉ֍ɯb ±É MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ ‡xÉMÉ®ÉxÉÒ Eä xp (ºÉÒBBCªÉÚB¨ÉB) ºlÉɇ{ÉiÉ ‡E ªÉä VÉÉ SÉÖEä ½ é * ªÉä Eä xp ‡n ±±ÉÒ (5), ¤ÉÆMɱÉÚ° (5), SÉäzÉ<Ç (5), „ÉÉä±ÉÉ{ÉÖ® (1), ½èn ®É¤ÉÉn (1), E Éä±ÉE ÉiÉÉ (2), ¨ÉÖ¨¤É<Ç(2), SÉxp{ÉÖ®(1), n ÖMÉÉÇ{ÉÖ®(1), ½ ‡±nªÉÉ (1), ½ É´ÉcÉ(1), +½¨Én ɤÉÉn (1), {ÉÖhÉä(1), MÉɇVɪÉɤÉÉn( 1), +Éè® ¤ÉbÉän ®É (1) ¨Éä ºlÉɇ{ÉiÉ ‡E ªÉä MÉB ½ é * BäºÉä ½Ò +Éè® Eä xp ºlÉɇ{ÉiÉ E ®xÉä Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 71
Slide 72: Section -1 (Hindi Article : Climate Change) E Ò ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ ½è, ‡VÉxÉEä +ÉÆE cä, =ºÉÒ ºÉ¨ÉªÉ ´Éä¤ÉºÉÉ<] {É® b É±É ‡n ªÉä VÉÉBÆMÉä * MªÉÉ®½ ´ÉÓ ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ Eä nÉè®ÉxÉ ºÉÒ{ÉÒºÉÒ¤ÉÒ uÉ®É ‡Sɇ¼xÉiÉ MÉÆ¦ÉÒ® ° {É ºÉä |Én Ú‡¹ÉiÉ IÉäjÉÉå +Éè® 59 ¨Éä] ÅÉä „É½ ®Éå +Éè® ®ÉVªÉÉå E Ò ®ÉVÉvÉɇxɪÉÉå ¨Éå ºÉÒBBCªÉÚB¨ÉBºÉ ºlÉɇ{ÉiÉ E ®xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB E n ¨É =` ɪÉÉ VÉÉxÉÉ |ɺiÉɇ´ÉiÉ ½è * ´ÉɪÉÖ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ E ®xÉä ´ÉɱÉä iÉÉ{É ‡´ÉtÖiÉ ºÉÆªÉÆjÉÉå, º{ÉÆVÉ ±ÉÉè½ ºÉÆªÉÆjÉÉå, º] ¨xÉ G „ɺÉÇ, <È] ¦É_Éå, E ÉäªÉ±ÉÉ ¤ÉxÉÉxÉä ´ÉɱÉÒ ¦É‡^ªÉÉå (E ÉäE +Éä´ÉxÉ {±ÉÉÆ]ºÉ), ±ÉÉè½ ‡¨É¸É vÉÉiÉÖ ºÉÆªÉÆjÉÉå (¡ä ®É-B±ÉÉìªÉ {±ÉÉÄ] ºÉ) +ɇn ¨Éä =iºÉVÉÇxÉ Eä ¨ÉÉxÉE Éå E É |ɦÉÉ´ÉÒ f ÆMÉ ºÉä E ɪÉÉÇx´ÉªÉxÉ E É |ɺiÉÉ´É ¦ÉÒ ½ è * <ºÉÒ ºÉÆn ¦ÉÇ ¨Éå, ±ÉPÉÖ ºiÉ® {É® ´ÉɪÉÖ |ÉnÚ¹ÉhÉ ¡è ±ÉÉxÉä ´ÉɱÉä =tÉäMÉÉå (º] ÉäxÉ G „ɺÉÇ, <È] ¦É] ` ä, ‡®-®Éä˱ÉMÉ ‡¨É±ºÉ +ɇn ) ¨Éå ¦ÉÒ ¨ÉÉxÉE Éå E É +xÉÖ{ÉɱÉxÉ ºÉÖ‡xɇ„SÉiÉ E ®ÉxÉä {É® ‡´É„Éä¹É vªÉÉxÉ ‡n ªÉÉ VÉÉ ®½ É ½è * JÉiÉ®xÉÉE ´ÉɪÉÖ |Én Ú¹ÉE Éå Eä ‡xÉªÉÆjÉhÉ (BSÉB{ÉÒ) Eä E ɪÉÇ ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ Eä ‡G ªÉÉx´ÉªÉxÉ E Ò |ɦÉÉ´ÉÉäi{ÉÉnE iÉÉ Eä ¨ÉÚ±ªÉÉÆE xÉ E É ¦ÉÒ |ɺiÉÉ´É ½è * ´ÉɪÉÖ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ ‡xÉªÉÆjÉhÉ E Ò E ɪÉǪÉÉäVÉxÉɪÉå ´ÉɪÉ֍ɯb ±É E Ò MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ ¨Éå ºÉÖvÉÉ® E Ò E ɪÉÇ ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉBÆ iÉèªÉÉ® E ®xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB 16 xÉMÉ®Éå E Ò {ɽ SÉÉxÉ E Ò MÉ<Ç ½ é * <xɨÉå ºÉä ºÉÉiÉ xÉMÉ®Éå+½¨Én ɤÉÉn , E ÉxÉ{ÉÖ®, ºÉÉä±ÉÉ{ÉÖ®, ±ÉJÉxÉ> , ¤ÉÆMɱÉÖ° , SÉäzÉ<Ç +Éè® ½èn ®É¤ÉÉn E Ò E ɪÉǪÉÉäVÉxÉÉ+ÉäÆ E Ò {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ (‡xÉ´ÉÉ®hÉ B´ÉÆ ‡xÉªÉÆjÉhÉ) |ÉɇvÉE ®hÉ (<Ç{ÉÒºÉÒB) uÉ®É ºÉ¨ÉÒIÉÉ E Ò VÉÉ ®½ Ò ½ è * E Éä±ÉE ÉiÉÉ +Éè® ¨ÉÖ¨¤É<Ç E Ò E ɪÉǪÉÉäVÉxÉÉ+ÉäÆ E É ºÉ¨¤ÉƇvÉiÉ =SSÉ xªÉɪÉɱɪÉÉå®ÉVªÉ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ ‡xÉªÉÆjÉhÉ ¤ÉÉäb ÉÃç uÉ®É ºÉ¨ÉÒIÉÉ E Ò VÉÉ ®½Ò ½ è * „Éä¹É ºÉÉiÉ xÉMÉ®Éå--+ÉMÉ®É, Zɇ®ªÉÉ, ´ÉÉ®ÉhɺÉÒ, ¡ ®Òn ɤÉÉn , {É] xÉÉ, VÉÉävÉ{ÉÖ® +Éè® {ÉÖhÉä E Ò E ɪÉǪÉÉäVÉxÉÉ+ÉäÆ E Ò ºÉ¨ÉÒIÉÉ {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ +Éè® ´ÉxÉ ¨ÉÆjÉÉ±ÉªÉ E ® ®½ É ½è * ºÉÒ{ÉÒºÉÒ¤ÉÒ xÉä ´ÉɪÉ֍ɯb±É E Ò MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ E Ò ‡xÉMÉ®ÉxÉÒ Eä ‡±ÉB ‡n„ÉÉ-‡xÉn æ„É |ÉE ɇ„ÉiÉ ‡E B ½ é * ‡n „ÉÉ-‡xÉn æ„ÉÉå ¨Éå ´ÉɪÉÖ |ÉnÚ¹ÉE Éå E Éä ¨ÉÉ{ÉxÉä E Ò ‡´É‡vɪÉÉÆ, ºlÉ±É (±ÉÉäEä „ÉxÉ) ‡xÉMÉ®ÉxÉÒ Eä xpÉå Eä ‡±ÉB {Ér‡iɪÉÉå E É ‡´É´É®hÉ ‡n ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è * ‡xÉMÉ®ÉxÉÒ |ÉhÉɱÉÒ ¨Éå BE ° {ÉiÉÉ ¤ÉxÉÉB ®JÉxÉä ½äiÉÖ ºÉ¦ÉÒ ‡xÉMÉ®ÉxÉÒ BVÉ出ɪÉÉå E Éä ‡n „ÉÉ-‡xÉn æ„É VÉÉ®Ò ‡E B MÉB ½é * ºÉÉäºÉÇ B{ÉÉä„ÉÇxɨÉå] º] b Ò »ÉÉäiÉ |ɦÉÉVÉxÉ +vªÉªÉxÉ (ºÉÉäºÉÇ B{ÉÉä„ÉÇxɨÉå] º]b Ò) iÉÆjÉ Eä =q䄪ÉÉå ¨Éå =iºÉVÉÇxÉ iÉɇ±ÉE É, =iºÉVÉÇxÉ E Ò ° {É®äJÉÉ, ´ÉɪÉ֍ɯb ±É MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ E Ò ‡xÉMÉ®ÉxÉÒ, +ÉÆE b Éå E É ¨ÉÚ±ªÉÆE xÉ +Éè® =xÉE Ò |ÉɨÉɇhÉE iÉÉ ‡ºÉr E ®xÉÉ iÉlÉÉ PÉ]E ‡´É„±Éä¹ÉhÉ +Éè® +‡vÉOÉÉ½Ò |ÉÉn „ÉÇ E É <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É E ®iÉä ½ÖB ¤ÉÉ®ÒE {ÉÚhÉÇ+É®BºÉ{ÉÒB¨É E É »ÉÉäiÉ |ɦÉÉVÉxÉ ºÉ‡¨¨É‡±ÉiÉ ½ è * +vªÉªÉxÉ ¨Éå ®ÉºÉɪɇxÉE {ɇ®¨ÉÉhÉ ºÉÆiÉÖ±ÉxÉ, +‡¦ÉOÉɽ Ò |ÉÉn„ÉÇ +Éè® +É<ÇBºÉºÉÒ ‡´ÉºÉVÉÇxÉ |ÉÉn„ÉÇ Eä ={ɪÉÉäMÉ E Éä ¦ÉÒ „Éɇ¨É±É ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è * ªÉ½ +vªÉªÉxÉ ºÉÆ¤ÉÆ‡vÉiÉ xÉMÉ®Éå Eä ‡±ÉB ={ɪÉÖH ´ÉɪÉÖ MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ |ɤɯvÉxÉ E Ò iÉE xÉÒE ‡xÉvÉÉLJ®iÉ E ®äMÉÉ +Éè® ®É¹] ÅÒªÉ ´ÉɪÉÖMÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ |ɤɯvÉxÉ xÉÒ‡iÉ E Éä ¤ÉxÉÉxÉä ¨Éå ‡n„ÉÉ-‡xÉn æ„É E É +ÉvÉÉ® iÉèªÉÉ® E ®äMÉÉ * E ɤÉLJxÉE ®ºÉɪÉxÉ Eä E hÉÒªÉ {ÉnÉlÉÉç Eä Sɇ®jÉ-‡SÉjÉhÉ Eä ‡±ÉB BE +vªÉªÉxÉ +±ÉMÉ ºÉä ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉ ®½ É ½è * <ºÉEä ºÉÉlÉ-ºÉÉlÉ, ´ÉɪÉ֍ɯb±É ¨Éå E hÉÒªÉ {ÉnÉlÉÉç Eä ‡´É‡¦ÉzÉ »ÉÉäiÉÉå Eä ªÉÉäMÉnÉxÉ Eä |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ E É {ÉiÉÉ ±ÉMÉÉxÉä 6 „ɽ ®Éå Eä ´ÉɪÉ֍ɯb±É ¨Éå ¨ÉÉèVÉÚn ¤ÉÉ®ÒE E hÉÒªÉ {Én ÉlÉÉç Eä »ÉÉäiÉ |ɦÉÉVÉxÉ (BºÉB) E É ‡´ÉºiÉÞiÉ +vªÉªÉxÉ ¦ÉÒ „ÉÖ° ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è * ´ÉɪÉÖ MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ ¨Éå ‡´É‡¦ÉzÉ »ÉÉäiÉÉå Eä ªÉÉäMÉn ÉxÉ E É ¨ÉÚ±ªÉÉÆE xÉ E ®xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB +MɺiÉ, 2003 ¨Éå iÉä±É E Æ{ɇxɪÉÉå xÉä »ÉÉäiÉ |ɦÉÉVÉxÉ +vªÉªÉxÉ E Ò {ɽ ±É E Ò lÉÒ * <ºÉEä ‡±ÉB ¦ÉÉ®iÉÒªÉ iÉä±É ‡xÉMÉ¨É (+É<Ç+ÉäºÉÒ) +Éè® ®É¹] ÅÒªÉ {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ +‡¦ÉªÉÉÆ‡jÉE Ò +xÉÖºÉÆvÉÉxÉ ºÉƺlÉÉxÉ (BxÉ<Ç<Ç+É®+É<Ç-xÉ®Ò) Eä ¤ÉÒSÉ ‡n ±±ÉÒ ¨Éå +vªÉªÉxÉ Eä ‡±ÉB BE ºÉ¨ÉZÉÉèiÉÉ YÉÉ{ÉxÉ {É® ½ºiÉÉIÉ® ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ lÉÉ * ¤ÉÉn ¨Éå <ºÉE É ‡´ÉºiÉÉ® E ® <ºÉ¨Éå ‡´É‡¦ÉzÉ ºÉƺlÉÉ+ÉäÆ Eä ºÉÉlÉ U ½ +Éè® „ɽ ®Éå E Éä ¦ÉÒ „Éɇ¨É±É E ® ‡±ÉªÉÉ MɪÉÉ * <ºÉ ºÉ¨ÉÚSÉä E ɪÉÇ {É® 20 E ®Éäc ¯ {ɪÉä JÉSÉÇ ½ÉäxÉä lÉä * <ºÉ +vªÉªÉxÉ E É ºÉ¨Éx´ÉªÉ Eä xpÒªÉ {Én Ú¹ÉhÉ ‡xÉªÉÆjÉhÉ ¤ÉÉäb Ç (úÉÒ{ÉÒºÉÒ¤ÉÒ) E ® ®½ É ½è * Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 72
Slide 73: Section -1 (Hindi Article : Climate Change) PÉ]xÉÉ+ÉäÆ-VÉèºÉä ±ÉÚ SɱÉxÉä +Éè® ¦ÉÉ®Ò ´É¹ÉÉÇ ½ ÉäxÉä, E Ò +É´ÉÞ‡iiÉ, +´É‡vÉ +Éè® iÉÒµÉiÉÉ ¨ÉäÆ ¤Én ±ÉÉ´É +ÉB ½é* VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ ºÉä ¨ÉÉxÉ´É º´ÉɺlªÉ E Éä ®ÉäMÉ´Éɽ E ÉäÆ (¨ÉSU ® +ɇn ) ºÉä ¡è ±ÉxÉä ´ÉɱÉÒ ¤ÉÒ¨Éɇ®ªÉÉäÆ E É JÉiÉ®É ¦ÉÒ ¤Ég VÉÉBMÉÉ* VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ E É ‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É n ä„ÉÉäÆ {É® ‡´É¹É¨ÉiÉÉ{ÉÚhÉÇ n Ö¹|ɦÉÉ´É {ÉcäMÉÉ +Éè® <ºÉºÉä º´ÉɺlªÉ IÉäjÉ, ¦ÉÉäVÉxÉ, º´ÉSU VÉ±É +Éè® +xªÉ ºÉƺÉÉvÉxÉÉäÆ iÉE {ɽ ÖÆSÉ Eä ¨ÉɨɱÉä ¨ÉäÆ {ɽ ±Éä ºÉä VÉÉ®Ò +ºÉ¨ÉÉxÉiÉÉBÆ +Éè® ¦ÉÒ ¤Ég VÉɪÉäÆMÉÒ* ¦ÉÉ®iÉ VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ Eä ¨ÉɨɱÉä ¨ÉäÆ ‡´É„Éä¹É iÉÉè® {É® MÉÆÆ¦ÉÒ® ° {É ºÉä ‡SÉÆ‡iÉiÉ ½ è CªÉÉ䯇E ´É½ VɱɴÉɪÉÖ E Ò o ‡¹] ºÉä +ÉVÉÒ‡´ÉE É Eä ‡±ÉB EÞ ‡¹É B´ÉÆ ¨ÉɇxÉE Ò VÉèºÉä IÉäjÉÉäÆ {É® ‡xɦÉÇ® ½ è, VÉÉä VɱɴÉɪÉÖ E Ò o‡¹] ºÉä +iªÉÆiÉ ºÉÆ´Éän xÉ„ÉÒ±É ½ è* +vªÉªÉxÉ Eä nÉè®ÉxÉ ¨ÉÚ±ªÉÉÆE xÉ +Éè® ‡nMn „ÉÇxÉ Eä ‡±ÉB ºÉ‡SÉ´É, ´ÉxÉ B´ÉÆ {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ (<ÇBÆbB¡ ) E Ò +vªÉIÉiÉÉ ¨Éå ®É¹]ÅÒªÉ ºiÉ® E Ò ºÉÆSÉɱÉxÉ ºÉ‡¨É‡iÉ E É MÉ` xÉ ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è * iÉE xÉÒE Ò VÉÉxÉE É®Ò |ÉnÉxÉ E ®xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB ºÉÒ{ÉÒºÉÒ¤ÉÒ Eä +vªÉIÉ E Ò +vªÉIÉiÉÉ ¨Éå BE iÉE xÉÒE Ò ºÉ‡¨É‡iÉ E É MÉ` xÉ ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è * <ºÉEä ºÉnºªÉÉå ¨Éå ‡´É‡¦ÉzÉ iÉE xÉÒE Ò ºÉƺlÉÉ+ÉäÆ +Éè® ºÉÆMÉ` xÉÉå Eä ‡´É„Éä¹ÉYÉÉå E Éä „Éɇ¨É±É ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è * iÉE xÉÒE Ò ºÉ‡¨É‡iÉ xÉä ‡´É‡¦ÉzÉ +vªÉªÉxÉÉå, ºÉ´ÉæIÉhÉÉå, o ‡¹]E ÉähÉ, E ɪÉLJ´É‡vÉ, E ɪÉÇ ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ +Éè® +xªÉ +É´É„ªÉE |ÉhÉɇ±ÉªÉÉå Eä ‡±ÉB „ÉiÉÉç E É +xÉÖ¨ÉÉänxÉ E ® ‡nªÉÉ ½è * ºÉÒ{ÉÒºÉÒ¤ÉÒ xÉä ¨ÉÖ¨¤É<Ç, SÉäzÉ<Ç +Éè® E ÉxÉ{ÉÖ® Eä »ÉÉäiÉ |ɦÉÉVÉxÉ +vªÉªÉxÉ Eä ‡±ÉB G ¨É„É: xÉÒ®Ò (BxÉ<Ç<Ç+É®+É<Ç), +É<Ç+É<Ç] Ò-¨ÉÖ¨¤É<Ç +Éè® +É<Ç+É<Ç]Ò E ÉxÉ{ÉÖ® Eä ºÉÉlÉ ºÉ½ ªÉÉäMÉ Eä ºÉ¨ÉZÉÉèiÉä (B¨É+ÉäºÉÒ) {É® ½ºiÉÉIÉ® E ®xÉä Eä ºÉÉlÉ ½Ò ´Éɽ xÉÉå Eä +±ÉÉ´ÉÉ +xªÉ »ÉÉäiÉÉå E Ò ºÉÉäºÉÇ |ÉÉä¡ É<˱ÉMÉ Eä ‡±ÉB +É<Ç+É<Ç]Ò ¨ÉÖ¨¤É<Ç Eä ºÉÉlÉ ºÉ¨ÉZÉÉèiÉÉ ‡E ªÉÉ ½ è * ¦ÉÉ®iÉÒªÉ ´Éɽ xÉ +xÉÖºÉÆvÉÉxÉ BºÉÉ䇺ɪÉä„ÉxÉ (B+É®B+É<Ç), {ÉÖhÉä xÉä +vªÉªÉxÉ ¨Éå +É´É„ªÉE VÉÉxÉE É®Ò Eä iÉÉè® {É® ´ÉɽxÉÉå Eä ‡±ÉB =iºÉVÉÇxÉ E É®E Éå {É® +vªÉªÉxÉ ‡E ªÉÉ ½è * <ºÉ +vªÉªÉxÉ ºÉä |ÉÉ{iÉ ‡xɹE ¹ÉÉç E É ¨ÉÚ±ªÉÉÆE xÉ iÉE xÉÒE Ò ºÉ‡¨É‡iÉ E ®äMÉÒ +Éè® +xiÉ®®É¹] ÅÒªÉ ºiÉ® E Ò ºÉ¨ÉE IÉ ºÉ‡¨É‡iÉ ºÉä <ºÉE Ò ºÉ¨ÉÒIÉÉ E ®ÉªÉä VÉÉxÉä E É |ɺiÉÉ´É ½è * <xÉ ={ÉɪÉÉå E É |ɺiÉÉ´É <ºÉ‡±ÉB ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½è CªÉÉå‡E <ºÉ iÉ®½ E É »ÉÉäiÉ |ɦÉÉVÉxÉ +vªÉªÉxÉ ¦ÉÉ®iÉ ¨Éå {ɽ±ÉÒ ¤ÉÉ® ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è +Éè® <ºÉ +vªÉªÉxÉ E É ‡xɹE ¹ÉÇ ¦ÉÉ´ÉÒ xÉÒ‡iÉMÉiÉ ‡xÉhÉǪÉÉå E É +ÉvÉÉ® iÉèªÉÉ® E ®äMÉÉ * ´ÉɽxÉ-<ÈvÉxÉ xÉÒ‡iÉ {Éä] ÅÉä‡±ÉªÉ¨É +Éè® |ÉÉEÞ ‡iÉE MÉèºÉ ¨ÉÆjÉÉ±ÉªÉ xÉä BE ´Éɽ xÉ <ÈvÉxÉ xÉÒ‡iÉ (+É] Éä {É> ªÉÚ±É {Éɇ±ÉºÉÒ) E É |ɇiÉ{ÉÉnxÉ ‡E ªÉÉ ½è, ‡VɺÉE É =qä„ªÉ ´Éɽ xÉ ºÉÆ¤ÉÆvÉÒ =iºÉVÉÇxÉÉå, ´Éɽ xÉ |ÉÉètÉä‡MɇE ªÉÉå +Éè® ´ÉɽxÉ <ÈvÉxÉ MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ E Ò ºÉ¨ÉºªÉÉ+ÉäÆ E É E ¨É JÉSÉÇ {É® ´ªÉÉ{ÉE +Éè® ºÉ¨ÉOÉ ° {É ºÉä +vªÉªÉxÉ E ®xÉä Eä ºÉÉlÉ-ºÉÉlÉ <ÈvÉxÉ +É{ÉÚ‡iÉÇ E Ò ºÉÖ®IÉÉ ºÉÖ‡xɇ„SÉiÉ E ®xÉÉ ½ è* xÉÒ‡iÉ Eä =q䄪ÉÉå ¨Éå <ÈvÉxÉ E Ò ºlÉɪÉÒ, ºÉÖ®‡IÉiÉ, E ¨É JÉSÉÔ±ÉÒ +Éè® ‡xɤÉÉÇvÉ +É{ÉÚ‡iÉÇ ºÉÖ‡xɇ„SÉiÉ E ®xÉÉ, E SSÉä iÉä±É +Éè® E SSÉä iÉä±É Eä =i{ÉÉnÉå Eä +ɪÉÉiÉ E Ò ºÉÆ®SÉxÉÉ E É +‡vÉE iÉ¨É ={ɪÉÉäMÉ, |ÉºÉÆºE ®hÉ +Éè® =i{ÉÉn xÉ, ¦ÉÆb É®hÉ +Éè® {ɇ®´É½xÉ, ºÉÉ´ÉÇVɇxÉE º´ÉɺlªÉ E Ò o ‡¹] ºÉä =iºÉVÉÇxÉ +Éè® ´ÉɪÉÖ MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ +É´É„ªÉE iÉÉ+ÉäÆ E Ò ¦ÉÉ´ÉÒ |É´ÉÞ‡kɪÉÉå E É +ÉE ±ÉxÉ iÉlÉÉ ´ÉɽxÉ =iºÉVÉÇxÉ Eä BäºÉä ¨ÉÉxÉE Éå E Éä +{ÉxÉÉxÉÉ „Éɇ¨É±É ½è, VÉÉä ´ÉɪÉÖ MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ {É® ‡xÉhÉÉǪÉE |ɦÉÉ´É bÉ±É ºÉEå * xÉÒ‡iÉ ¨Éå xÉB ´Éɽ xÉÉå Eä ‡±ÉB =iºÉVÉÇxÉ ¨Éå E ¨ÉÒ ±ÉÉxÉä Eä ºÉÉlÉ-ºÉÉlÉ <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ½ Éä ®½ ä ´ÉɽxÉÉå Eä =iºÉVÉÇxÉ ¨Éå ¦ÉÒ E ¨ÉÒ ±ÉÉxÉä E Ò ° {É®äJÉÉ n Ò MÉ<Ç ½è* <ºÉ¨Éå <ÈvÉxÉ E Ò MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ +Éè® +xªÉ ={ÉE ®hÉÉå Eä ‡±ÉB ¦ÉÒ ¨ÉÉxÉE ‡xÉvÉÉLJ®iÉ ‡E ªÉä MÉB ½é * ¦ÉÚ‡´ÉYÉÉxÉ ¡ Éä® ¨É ¦ÉÉ®iÉ ¨ÉäÆ VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ {É® ‡´É‡´ÉvÉ ‡½ iÉvÉÉ®E ÉäÆ Eä ¤ÉÒSÉ ºÉÚSÉxÉÉ E É ´ÉÉiÉÉ´É®hÉ ¤ÉxÉÉxÉä Eä ‡±ÉB +Éè® ‡´É‡´ÉvÉ |ɇiɇxɇvɪÉÉäÆ E Éä ºÉ´ÉÉækÉÉ¨É |ɇG ªÉÉ+ÉäÆ E Éä +É{ÉºÉ ¨ÉäÆ ¤ÉÉÆ] E ® B´ÉÆ BE -n ںɮä iÉE {ɽ ÖÄSÉÉE ® BE ºÉÉlÉ E É¨É E ®xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB |ÉÉäiºÉɇ½ iÉ E ®xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB ‡´ÉYÉÉxÉ B´ÉÆ |ÉÉètÉä‡MÉE Ò ¨ÉÆjÉÉ±ÉªÉ +Éè® ¦ÉÚ‡´ÉYÉÉxÉ ¨ÉÆjÉÉ±ÉªÉ +Éè® BSÉ.BºÉ.¤ÉÒ.ºÉÒ. <Ƈb ªÉÉ xÉä "¦ÉÚ‡´ÉYÉÉxÉ ¡ É䮨É' Eä xÉÉ¨É ºÉä YÉÉiÉ BE ¡ Éä®¨É E É ‡xɨÉÉÇhÉ E ®iÉä ½ÖB ‡n±±ÉÒ ¨ÉäÆ BE ºÉ½ ¨É‡iÉ {ÉjÉ {É® ½ ºiÉÉIÉ® ‡E ªÉÉ ½ è*<ºÉ ¡ Éä®¨É Eä iɽ iÉ VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ xÉäiÉÞi´É {ɇ®¹Én VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ E É E ÉäºÉÇ ¤ÉxÉÉxÉä Eä ‡±ÉB BE ´É¹ÉÇ ¨ÉäÆ E ¨É ºÉä E ¨É n Éä ¤ÉÉ® ‡¨É±ÉäMÉÉ +Éè® <ºÉ¨ÉäÆ =tÉäMÉ, ºÉ®E É®, ‡„ÉIÉÉ +Éè® MÉè® ºÉ®E É®Ò ºÉÆMÉ`xÉÉäÆ Eä Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 73
Slide 74: Section -1 (Hindi Article : Climate Change) |ɇiɇxɇvÉ „Éɇ¨É±É ½ ÉäÆMÉä* „ɽ ®ÉäÆ ¨ÉäÆ ºÉɴɇvÉE =tÉäMÉ ‡´É‡„ɹ] VÉÉxÉE É®Ò E ɪÉÇ„ÉɱÉÉBÆ +ɪÉÉä‡VÉiÉ E Ò VÉÉBÆMÉÒ +Éè® ¨ÉÖJªÉ ±ÉIªÉ =iE ¹ÉÇhÉ =tÉäMÉ (iÉä±É, JÉxÉxÉ), ‡®ªÉ±É <º] ä], ºÉÚSÉxÉÉ |ÉÉètÉä‡MÉE Ò +Éè® B¡ .B¨É.ºÉÒ.VÉÒ. VÉèºÉä E ɤÉÇxÉ <Æ]Æä‡ºÉ´É =tÉäMÉ ½ÉäÆMÉä*ªÉ½ ¡ Éä®¨É VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ xÉäiÉÞi´É {ɇ®¹Én E Ò E ɮǴÉÉ<ªÉÉäÆ, +xÉÖºÉÆvÉÉxÉ |ɤɯvÉÉäÆ, =tÉäMÉ ‡´É‡„ɹ] ‡xɨxÉ E ɤÉÇxÉ ®hÉxÉÒ‡iɪÉÉÆ, ‡´É¹ÉªÉ ´ÉºiÉÖ {ÉjÉÉäÆ +Éè® n ä„É E Ò VɱɴÉɪÉÖ ‡®{ÉÉä] Éç E É |ɺÉÉ® E ®äMÉÉ* <ºÉEä +‡iɇ®H ªÉ½ ¡ Éä®¨É +É¨É VÉxÉiÉÉ, ¤ÉSSÉÉäÆ B´ÉÆ ªÉÖ´ÉÉ+ÉäÆ Eä ¤ÉÒSÉ VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ {É® VÉÉMɯ E iÉÉ ±ÉÉxÉä Eä ‡±ÉB ¤ÉÉiÉSÉÒiÉ E É ´ÉÉiÉÉ´É®hÉ iÉèªÉÉ® E ®äMÉÉ* VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ ºÉÆ¤ÉÆvÉÒ +xÉÖ¨ÉÉxÉÉäÆ ºÉä ºÉÆEä iÉ ‡¨É±ÉiÉÉ ½ è ‡E ‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É n ä„ÉÉäÆ {É® E <Ç iÉ®½ Eä n Ö¹|ɦÉÉ´É {Éc ®½ ä ½ é, ‡VÉxɨÉäÆ +‡iÉ´ÉÉn Ò º´ÉSU ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ ´ªÉ´ÉºlÉÉ ºÉƪÉÖCiÉ ®É¹]Å VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ £ä ¨É´ÉEÇ E x´É䯄ÉxÉ (ªÉÚBxÉB¡ ºÉÒºÉÒºÉÒ) ºÉä ºÉÆ¤Ér CªÉÉä] Éä |ÉÉä]ÉäE Éä±É Eä +ÆiÉMÉÇiÉ º´ÉSU ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ ´ªÉ´ÉºlÉÉ (ºÉÒb ÒB¨É) ±ÉSÉÒ±Éä |ɤɯvÉÉäÆ ¨ÉäÆ ºÉä BE ½ è* <ºÉ¨ÉäÆ ‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É nä„ÉÉäÆ ¨ÉäÆ ºlÉɪÉÒ +Éè® {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ +xÉÖEÚ ±É |ÉÉètÉä‡MɇE ªÉÉäÆ Eä E ɪÉÉÇx´ÉªÉxÉ E É ºÉ¨ÉlÉÇxÉ ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è, +Éè® +ÉètÉä‡MÉE ®É¹] ÅÉäÆ ºÉä =¨¨ÉÒn E Ò MɪÉÒ ½ è ‡E ´Éä ±ÉÉMÉiÉ ¨ÉäÆ ‡E ¡ ɪÉiÉ Eä ={ÉÉªÉ E ®iÉä ½ ÖB =iºÉVÉÇxÉ ¨ÉäÆ E ¨ÉÒ ±ÉÉxÉä Eä +{ÉxÉä nɇªÉi´ÉÉäÆ E Éä {ÉÚ®É E ®äÆMÉä* ¦ÉÉ®iÉ E Ò º´ÉSU ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ ´ªÉ´ÉºlÉÉ (ºÉÒb ÒB¨É) IɨÉiÉÉ ´É臄´ÉE ºÉÒb ÒB¨É ¤ÉÉVÉÉ® E É BE ¨É½kÉ´É{ÉÚhÉÇ PÉ] E ½ è* 23 ¨É<Ç 2007 E Éä ºÉÒbÒB¨É E ɪÉÇE É®Ò ¤ÉÉäb Ç uÉ®É {ÉÆVÉÒEÞ iÉ EÖ ±É 674 {ɇ®ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ+ÉäÆ ¨ÉäÆ ºÉä 235 ¦ÉÉ®iÉ ºÉä ºÉÆ¤Ér ½é* ªÉ½ ºÉÆJªÉÉ ‡´É„´É Eä ‡E ºÉÒ ¦ÉÒ +xªÉ nä„É E Ò ºÉÒbÒB¨É {ɇ®ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ+ÉäÆ ºÉä +‡vÉE ½ è* xÉä„ÉxÉ±É ºÉÒb ÒB¨É +ÉìlÉÉ䇮] Ò +¦ÉÒ iÉE 615 {ɇ®ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ+ÉäÆ E Éä ¨ÉÆVÉÚ®Ò n ä SÉÖE É ½è, ‡VÉxÉ {É® 54,536 E ®Éäc ¯ {ɪÉä ‡xÉ´Éä„É ‡E B VÉɪÉäÆMÉä* ªÉä {ɇ®ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉBÆ > VÉÉÇ Eä ‡E ¡ ɪÉiÉÒ <ºiÉä¨ÉɱÉ, <ÈvÉxÉ ¨ÉäÆ ¤Én ±ÉÉ´É, +ÉètÉä‡MÉE |ɇG ªÉÉ+ÉäÆ, „ɽ ® Eä ` ÉäºÉ E SÉ®ä +Éè® +IÉªÉ > VÉÉÇ »ÉÉäiÉÉäÆ ºÉä ºÉÆ¤Ér ½è* +Æiɮɹ] ÅÒªÉ ºÉ½ªÉÉäMÉ VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ {É® ºÉƪÉÖH ®É¹]Å ={ÉºÉÆ‡vÉ Eä +ÆiÉMÉÇiÉ +Æiɮɹ]ÅÒªÉ ºÉ¨ÉÖn ÉªÉ ºÉä ªÉ½ +{ÉäIÉÉ E Ò VÉÉiÉÒ ½è ‡E ´É½ ®É¹]ÅÒªÉ E ɪÉǪÉÉäVÉxÉÉ E Éä ¦É®{ÉÚ® ºÉ½ ªÉÉäMÉ n äMÉÉ* <ºÉ E ɪÉǪÉÉäVÉxÉÉ Eä iɽ iÉ ¦ÉÉ®iÉ +{ÉxÉÒ |ɇiɤÉriÉÉ nÉä½ ®ÉiÉÉ ½ è ‡E ´É½ "ºÉÉZÉÉ {É®ÆiÉÖ ´ÉMÉÔEÞ iÉ n ɇªÉi´ÉÉå ´É +{ÉxÉÒ +{ÉxÉÒ IɨÉiÉÉ+ÉäÆ" Eä ‡ºÉrÉÆiÉ Eä +ÉvÉÉ® {É® VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ ºÉä ‡xÉ{É] xÉä Eä ¤É½ ÖºiÉ®ÒªÉ ºÉ½ ªÉÉäMÉ ¨Éå +{ÉxÉÒ ¦ÉÚ‡¨ÉE É ‡xɦÉÉxÉä Eä ‡±ÉB iÉèªÉÉ® ½è* E ɪÉǪÉÉäVÉxÉÉ ¨Éå ªÉ½ º´ÉÒE É® ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½è ‡E ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ E Ò n Éèc ¨Éå VÉÉä +lÉÇ´ªÉ´ÉºlÉÉBÆ VªÉÉn É E ɤÉÇxÉ E É =iºÉVÉÇxÉ E ®iÉÒ ½ é =ºÉä E ¨É E ®xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB |ÉÉètÉä‡MÉE Ò E Ò +½¨É ¦ÉÚ‡¨ÉE É ½ è* <ºÉEä ‡±ÉB BäºÉä iÉÉè® iÉ®ÒE Éå +Éè® ®ÉºiÉÉå E Éä JÉÉäVÉxÉÉ ½ ÉäMÉÉ ‡VÉxÉEä Vɇ®B |ÉÉètÉä‡MÉE Ò BE ½ ÉlÉ ºÉä nÚºÉ®ä ½ ÉlÉ ¨Éå VÉÉ ºÉEä * <ºÉEä ‡±ÉB =‡SÉiÉ vÉxÉ ´ªÉ´ÉºlÉÉ E Ò Vɰ ®iÉ ½ è* <ºÉEä +±ÉÉ´ÉÉ {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ E Éä ºÉÉ¡ ®JÉxÉä Eä ={ÉÉªÉ E ®xÉä ½ ÉåMÉä +Éè® ‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É n ä„É E Ò +´É„ÉÉä¹ÉÒ IɨÉiÉÉ ¤Éf ÉÃxÉÒ ½ ÉäMÉÒ* E ɤÉÇxÉ Eä ¤ÉÉVÉÉ® ¨Éå EÖ U ºÉÖvÉÉ® E ®xÉä ½ ÉåMÉä VÉèºÉä ¤ÉÆb ˱ÉMÉ ´É |ÉÉäOÉɨÉè‡]E ºÉÒb ÒB¨É E Éä n Ö¯ ºiÉ E ®xÉÉ ¦ÉÒ Vɰ ®Ò ½ è +Éè® <ºÉä ¤É½ ÖºiÉ® {É® ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉxÉÉ ½ÉäMÉÉ* ={ɪÉÖH +xÉÖEÚ ±ÉxÉ ={ÉɪÉÉå Eä Vɇ®B VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ Eä xÉE É®Éi¨ÉE |ɦÉÉ´ÉÉå E Éä E ¨É E ®xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB ªÉÚBxÉB¡ ºÉÒºÉÒºÉÒ Eä E ɪÉÉÇx´ÉªÉxÉ ¨Éå iÉäVÉÒ ±ÉÉxÉä Eä ´ÉɺiÉä +ÆiÉ®Éǹ] ÅÒªÉ ºÉ½ªÉÉäMÉ E Éä |ɪÉÉºÉ E ®xÉÉ SÉɇ½B* ªÉä |ɪÉÉºÉ E ɮǴÉÉ<ǪÉÉå ´É ={ÉɪÉÉå Eä ºÉÆn¦ÉÇ ¨Éå <ǨÉÉxÉn É®ÉxÉÉ ´É ¤É®É¤É®Ò Eä +ÉvÉÉ® {É® ½ ÉäxÉä SÉɇ½ B* <ºÉEä ‡±ÉB ‡´ÉE ‡ºÉiÉ n ä„ÉÉå E Éä ‡´ÉkÉÒªÉ ¨Én n ¤É®É¤É® n äxÉÉ SÉɇ½B +Éè® +xªÉ n ä„ÉÉå E Éä |ÉÉètÉä‡MɇE ªÉÉÄ ºÉºiÉÒ n®Éå {É® ={ɱɤvÉ E ®ÉxÉÒ SÉɇ½B*¦ÉÉ®iÉ E Ò VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ ºÉÆ¤ÉÆvÉÒ ®É¹] ÅÒªÉ E ɪÉǪÉÉäVÉxÉÉ ´ÉèYÉɇxÉE ´É iÉE xÉÒE Ò Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 74
Slide 75: Section -1 (Hindi Article : Climate Change) YÉÉxÉ {É® +ÉvÉɇ®iÉ ½ ÉäMÉÒ* ªÉ½ ¤É½ ÖºiÉ®ÒªÉ VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ ‡xɪɨÉÉå Eä +xÉÖ° {É ½ ÉäMÉÒ ‡VɺɨÉå +ÆiÉ®Éǹ]ÅÒªÉ ºÉ½ ªÉÉäMÉ E Ò ¤ÉÉiÉ ¦ÉÒ „Éɇ¨É±É ½ è* M±ÉÉä¤É±É ´Éɇ¨ÉÈMÉ ´ÉèYÉɇxÉE Éå Eä +xÉÖºÉÉ® ´ÉÉiÉÉ´É®hÉ ¨Éå ¨ÉÉèVÉÚn OÉÒxɽÉ=ºÉ MÉèºÉå ±ÉÉè] xÉä ´ÉɱÉÒ +‡iɇ®H =¹¨ÉÉ E Éä ºÉÉäJÉ ®½ Ò ½ è, ‡VɺɺÉä vÉ®iÉÒ E Ò ºÉiɽ E É iÉÉ{ɨÉÉxÉ ¤Éf ®Ã½ É ½ è * BäºÉÒ +ɄɯE É ½è ‡E 21´ÉÓ ºÉnÒ Eä ¤ÉÒiÉiÉä-¤ÉÒiÉiÉä {ÉÞl´ÉÒ Eä +ÉèºÉiÉ iÉÉ{ɨÉÉxÉ ¨Éå 1.1 ºÉä 6.4 ‡bOÉÒ ºÉå] ÒOÉäb E Ò ¤Éf ÉÃäiÉ®Ò ½ Éä VÉÉBMÉÒ * ¦ÉÉ®iÉ ¨Éå ¤ÉÆMÉÉ±É E Ò JÉÉcÒ Eä +ɺÉ{ÉÉºÉ ªÉ½ ´ÉÞ‡r 2 ‡b OÉÒ iÉE ½ ÉäMÉÒ, VɤɇE ‡½ ¨ÉɱɪÉÒ IÉäjÉÉå ¨Éå {ÉÉ®É 4 ‡bOÉÒ iÉE SÉf VÉÃÉBMÉÉ * ºÉÚJÉÉ, +‡iÉ´ÉÞ‡¹] , SÉG ´ÉÉiÉ +Éè® ºÉ¨ÉÖpÒ ½ ±ÉSɱÉÉå E Éä ´ÉèYÉɇxÉE iÉÉ{ɨÉÉxÉ ´ÉÞ‡r E É xÉiÉÒVÉÉ ¤ÉiÉÉiÉä ½ é * ´ÉèYÉɇxÉE Éå Eä +xÉÖºÉÉ® iÉÉ{ɨÉÉxÉ ´ÉÞ‡r Eä E É®hÉ ºÉ¨ÉÖp ºiÉ® ¨Éå VÉÉä ´ÉÞ‡r ½ ÉäMÉÒ ´É½ nÖ‡xɪÉÉ Eä iÉ] ÒªÉ <±ÉÉE Éå ¨Éå E ½ ® ¤É®{ÉÉ n äMÉÒ * B‡„ɪÉÉ ¨É½ ÉuÒ{É <ºÉ‡±ÉB ºÉ´ÉÉLJvÉE |ɦÉɇ´ÉiÉ ½ ÉäMÉÉ ‡E <ºÉ ¨É½ ÉuÒ{É ¨Éå iÉ]ÒªÉ <±ÉÉE Éå ¨Éå ®½ xÉä ´ÉɱÉä ±ÉÉäMÉÉå E Ò ºÉÆJªÉÉ ¤É½ÖiÉ +‡vÉE ½è* SÉÒxÉ, ¦ÉÉ®iÉ, ¤ÉÉÆM±ÉÉnä„É, ‡´ÉªÉiÉxÉɨÉ, <ÆbÉäxÉ䇄ɪÉÉ +Éè® VÉÉ{ÉÉxÉ ¨Éå ºÉ´ÉÉLJvÉE VÉxÉ-vÉxÉ E Ò ½É‡xÉ ½ ÉäMÉÒ* iÉ] ÒªÉ IÉäjÉÉå ºÉ‡½ iÉ ‡´É‡¦ÉzÉ IÉäjÉÉå {É® VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ®´ÉiÉÇxÉ Eä |ɦÉÉ´ÉÉå {É® {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ B´ÉÆ ´ÉxÉ ¨ÉÆjÉÉ±ÉªÉ uÉ®É E ®ÉB MÉB BE +vªÉªÉxÉ Eä +xÉÖºÉÉ® ºÉ¨ÉÖp-ºiÉ® ¨Éå BE ¨ÉÒ]® ´ÉÞ‡r ºÉä ¦ÉÉ®iÉ Eä 5764 ´ÉMÉÇ ‡E ±ÉÉä¨ÉÒ] ® iÉ] ÒªÉ IÉäjÉ b Ú¤ÉxÉä E Ò ºÉƦÉÉ´ÉxÉÉ ½è,‡VɺɺÉä +xÉÖ¨ÉÉxÉiÉ: 7.1 ‡¨É‡±ÉªÉxÉ ±ÉÉäMÉ ‡´ÉºlÉɇ{ÉiÉ ½ ÉåMÉä * M±ÉÉä¤É±É ´Éɇ¨ÉÈMÉ Eä ¤Éf iÉÃä JÉiÉ®ä ºÉä ‡xÉ{É] xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB ¤ÉéE ÉìE ¨Éå 120 nä„ÉÉå E Ò ¤Éè` E ½ Ö<Ç * <Æ] ®MÉ´ÉxÉǨÉå] ±É {ÉèxÉ±É +ÉìxÉ C±ÉÉ<¨Éä] SÉåVÉ (+É<Ç{ÉÒºÉÒºÉÒ) E Ò ‡®{ÉÉä] Ç Eä +xÉÖºÉÉ® +MÉ® n Ö‡xɪÉÉ E Ò EÖ ±É +ɨÉn xÉÒ E É iÉÒxÉ |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ ‡½ ººÉÉ ¦ÉÒ M±ÉÉä¤É±É ´Éɇ¨ÉÈMÉ ºÉä ‡xÉ{É]xÉä {É® JÉSÉÇ ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉB iÉÉä 2030 iÉE iÉÉ{ɨÉÉxÉ ´ÉÞ‡r E Éä n Éä ‡b OÉÒ ºÉ䇱ºÉªÉºÉ iÉE ºÉÒ‡¨ÉiÉ ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉ ºÉE iÉÉ ½è* ¨ÉÒ‡bªÉÉ E Ò ¦ÉÚ‡¨ÉE É <ºÉ vÉ®iÉÒ {É® +¤É iÉE xÉ VÉÉxÉä ‡E iÉxÉÒ ½ Ò ºÉ¦ªÉiÉÉBÆ =‡n iÉ +Éè® xɹ] ½ Ö<Ç,<ºÉE É ¤ªÉÉè®É ¦ÉÒ +¦ÉÒ iÉE ¨ÉxÉÖ¹ªÉ xÉ½Ó f ÚÆf {ÉɪÉÉ ½è* ½ ¨É =xÉ ºÉ¦ªÉiÉÉ+ÉäÆ E Éä f ÚÆfiÉä-fÚÆfiÉä º´ÉªÉÆ ¦ÉÒ =ºÉÒ ®ÉºiÉä {É® SÉ±É ®½ ä ½é* {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ ºÉÆ®IÉhÉ, {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ |ɤɯvÉxÉ, {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉÒªÉ VÉÉMɯ E iÉÉ, {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ ‡„ÉIÉÉ ¨Éå ´ªÉÉ{ÉE SÉäiÉxÉÉ ±ÉÉxÉä ¨Éå ¨ÉÒ‡bªÉÉ ¦ÉÒ =±±ÉäJÉxÉÒªÉ ¦ÉÚ‡¨ÉE É ‡xɦÉÉ ºÉE iÉÉ ½ è * {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉÒªÉ xÉÒ‡iɪÉÉå Eä ‡xÉvÉÉÇ®hÉ +Éè® ‡xɪÉÉäVÉxÉ ¨Éå VÉxɺÉɨÉÉxªÉ E Ò ºÉ½ ¦ÉɇMÉiÉÉ iɦÉÒ |ɦÉÉ´ÉÒ ½Éä ºÉE iÉÒ ½ è VÉ¤É =x½å {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉÒªÉ ¨ÉÖqÉå E Ò {ɪÉÉÇ{iÉ ºÉÚSÉxÉÉ B´ÉÆ VÉÉxÉE É®Ò ºÉ¨ÉªÉ-ºÉ¨ÉªÉ {É® nÒ VÉÉB * ¨ÉÒ‡b ªÉÉ ºÉä +{ÉäIÉÉ E Ò VÉÉiÉÒ ½ è ‡E ´Éä ´É臄´ÉE , IÉäjÉÒªÉ B´ÉÆ ®É¹]ÅÒªÉ ºiÉ® {É® ºÉ¨{ÉzÉ ½ ÉäxÉä ´ÉɱÉÒ {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉÒªÉ PÉ] xÉÉ+ÉäÆ, ºÉ¨ÉÉSÉÉ®Éå +Éè® ºÉÚSÉxÉÉ+ÉäÆ E Éä VÉxɺÉɨÉÉxªÉ iÉE <ºÉ fÆMÉ ºÉä {ɽ֯SÉÉB ‡E ´Éä iÉlªÉÉå E É ºÉ½ Ò ‡´É„±Éä¹ÉhÉ E ® +{ÉxÉÒ ®ÉªÉ ¤ÉxÉÉ ºÉEå * ¨ÉÒ‡b ªÉÉ E É ±ÉIªÉ {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉÒªÉ ºÉ¨ÉºªÉÉ+ÉäÆ Eä ‡xÉ®ÉE ®hÉ Eä =qä„ªÉ ºÉä ´ªÉ‡H E Éä ºÉ¨ÉZÉ, ‡´É´ÉäE , ´ªÉɴɽ ɇ®E -YÉÉxÉ, E Éè„É±É |Én ÉxÉ E ®xÉÉ ½ ÉäxÉÉ SÉɇ½ B * ´ªÉ‡H , ºÉ¨ÉÉVÉ, n ä„É B´ÉÆ ®É¹]Å ¨Éå {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ Eä |ɇiÉ xÉ Eä ´É±É VÉÉMɯ E iÉÉ, SÉäiÉxÉÉ B´ÉÆ ¯ ‡SÉ VÉÉMÉÞiÉ E ®xÉÉ ½ÉäxÉÉ SÉɇ½ B ¤É‡±E {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ ºÉÆ®IÉhÉ Eä |ɇiÉ |É䇮iÉ E ®xÉÉ ¦ÉÒ ½ÉäxÉÉ SÉɇ½B * Ë|É] ¨ÉÒ‡b ªÉÉ E Ò ¦ÉÚ‡¨ÉE É: Ë|É] ¨ÉÒ‡b ªÉÉ (¨ÉÖ‡piÉ ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É) {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉÒªÉ VÉxÉºÉÆSÉÉ® E É BE ºÉ„ÉH +Éè® ´ªÉÉ{ÉE ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ½ è * ¦ÉÉ®iÉ ¨Éå 19 |ɨÉÖJÉ ¦ÉɹÉÉ+ÉäÆ ºÉ‡½iÉ 100 ºÉä +‡vÉE ¦ÉɹÉÉ+ÉäÆ +Éè® ¤ÉÉ䇱ɪÉÉå ¨Éå ºÉ¨ÉÉSÉÉ®{ÉjÉ-{ɇjÉE ÉBÆ |ÉE ɇ„ÉiÉ ½ Éä ®½Ò ½ é * ªÉ½ ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ±ÉÉäE iÉÉÆ‡jÉE ´ªÉ´ÉºlÉÉ Eä +xÉÖ° {É ºÉ´ÉÉLJvÉE VÉÒ´ÉxiÉ ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ½è* {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ ºÉÆ®IÉhÉ ¨Éå <xÉE Ò ¦ÉÚ‡¨ÉE É ¨É½ i´É{ÉÚhÉÇ ½Éä ºÉE iÉÒ ½ é ¤É„ÉiÉæ ‡E ¨ÉÒ‡b ªÉÉE ¨ÉÔ =q䄪É{É®E o ‡¹] E ÉähÉ +{ÉxÉÉBÆ * <ºÉ ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É Eä uÉ®É {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉÒªÉ ºÉÚSÉxÉÉ |ɺÉÉ®hÉ, {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ ºÉÆ®IÉhÉ ½äiÉÖ +xÉÖEÚ ±É ´ÉÉiÉÉ´É®hÉ E É ‡xɨÉÉÇhÉ, {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉÒªÉ ºÉ¨ÉÉSÉÉ®Éå, E ɪÉÇG ¨ÉÉå, ±ÉäJÉÉå, ¡ ÒSÉ®Éå, ºÉÉIÉÉiE É®Éå E É |ÉE É„ÉxÉ VÉxɨÉiÉ ‡xɨÉÉÇhÉ E ®xÉä ¨Éå ºÉ½ ɪÉE ‡ºÉr ½ ÉäiÉÒ ½é* {ÉÉäº]®Éå +Éè® ‡SÉjÉÉå Eä ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ºÉä {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ ºÉÆ®IÉhÉ, ½ ¨ÉÉ®É {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ, {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ ¤ÉSÉÉ+Éä, {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ Eä |ɇiÉ |Éä¨É, {Éäc Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 75
Slide 76: Section -1 (Hindi Article : Climate Change) ±ÉMÉÉ+Éä, {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ +Éè® |ÉnÚ¹ÉhÉ +ɇn ºÉä ºÉÆ¤ÉƇvÉiÉ ºÉƇIÉ{iÉ ‡E xiÉÖ |ɦÉÉ´É„ÉɱÉÒ ºÉÆn ä„ÉÉå E Éä VÉxɺÉɨÉÉxªÉ Eä ¨ÉvªÉ ºÉ¨|É䇹ÉiÉ ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉ ºÉE iÉÉ ½è * <±ÉäC] ÅɇxÉE ¨ÉÒ‡bªÉÉ E Ò ¦ÉÚ‡¨ÉE É: <±ÉäC] ÅɇxÉE ¨ÉÒ‡b ªÉÉ Eä +ÆiÉMÉÇiÉ ®ä‡bªÉÉä, ] ä±ÉÒ‡´ÉVÉxÉ, ‡¡ ±¨É, ¨É±] Ò ¨ÉÒ‡bªÉÉ +Éè® +Éì‡b ªÉÉä-´ÉÒ‡b ªÉÉä, º±ÉÉ<b , ‡xÉ+ÉäxÉ ºÉÉ<xÉ +ÉiÉä ½é * ®ä‡b ªÉÉä Eä ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ºÉä ‡„ÉIÉÉ, ºÉÚSÉxÉÉ +Éè® ¨ÉxÉÉ䮯VÉxÉ ºÉ¨|É䇹ÉiÉ ½ÉäiÉÉ ½ è* <ºÉ ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ºÉä ºÉɨÉÉxªÉ VÉxÉ iÉE {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ, {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ ºÉÆ®IÉhÉ, {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ, {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ ‡„ÉIÉÉ, ´ÉxªÉ VÉÒ´É ºÉÖ®IÉÉ B´ÉÆ ºÉÆ®IÉhÉ, {Éäc ±ÉMÉÉ+Éä +‡¦ÉªÉÉxÉ E ɪÉÇG ¨ÉÉå ºÉä ºÉÆ¤ÉƇvÉiÉ VÉÉxÉE É®Ò +ɺÉÉxÉÒ ºÉä ¦ÉäVÉÒ VÉÉ ºÉE iÉÒ ½é * ¦ÉÉ®iÉ ¨Éå ¨ÉÖ¨¤É<Ç ¨Éå ®ä‡bªÉÉä C±É¤É uÉ®É VÉÚxÉ, 1923 ¨Éå |ÉlÉ¨É ¤ÉÉ® |ɺÉÉ®hÉ ½ Ö+É lÉÉ * +ÉE ɄɴÉÉhÉÒ ºÉä ‡´É‡´ÉvÉ |ÉE É® Eä |ɺÉÉ®hÉ ‡E B VÉÉiÉä ½ é, ‡VÉxɨÉå ºÉÚSÉxÉÉ, ‡„ÉIÉÉ, ¨ÉxÉÉ䮯VÉxÉ B´ÉÆ ´ªÉÉ{Éɇ®E ‡´ÉYÉÉ{ÉxÉ +ɇn ¨ÉÖJªÉ ½ è * ½ ‡®iÉ G ÉÆ‡iÉ E Éä +ÉMÉä ¤ÉfÉÃxÉä ¨Éå ®ä‡bªÉÉä |ɺÉÉ®hÉÉå xÉä ¨É½ i´ÉÚhÉÇ ¦ÉÚ‡¨ÉE É ‡xɦÉÉ<Ç lÉÒ * {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ ºÉÆ®IÉhÉ ºÉÆ¤ÉÆvÉÒ ®É¹]ÅÒªÉ xÉÒ‡iɪÉÉå B´ÉÆ E ɪÉÇG ¨ÉÉå, |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ ‡xÉ´ÉÉ®hÉ Eä ={ÉɪÉÉå, EÞ ‡¹É +Éè® +ÉètÉä‡MÉE ‡´ÉE ɺÉ, ºÉiÉiÉ ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ +Éè® {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉÒªÉ VÉÉMɯ E iÉÉ B´ÉÆ ‡„ÉIÉÉ E ɪÉÇ +ɇn ºÉä ºÉÆ¤ÉƇvÉiÉ ºÉÆn ä„ÉÉå E Éä VÉxÉ-VÉxÉ iÉE {ɽ ÖÆSÉÉxÉä ¨Éå ®ä‡bªÉÉä E Ò +{ÉxÉÒ ºÉ„ÉH ¦ÉÚ‡¨ÉE É ½è * n Ú®n „ÉÇxÉ E É ¦ÉÉ®iÉ ¨Éå 15 ‡ºÉiɨ¤É®, 1959 E Éä „ÉèIɇhÉE =q䄪ÉÉå Eä ºÉÉlÉ +É®Æ¦É ½ Ö+É * nÚ®n „ÉÇxÉ VÉxÉiÉÉ Eä ¤É½ ÖiÉ E ®Ò¤É ½è * {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉÒªÉ ºÉ¨ÉºªÉÉ+ÉäÆ E Éä E ¨É E ®xÉä ¨Éå <ºÉE Ò ¦ÉÚ‡¨ÉE É E É¡ Ò ½ n iÉE ºÉ½ ɪÉE ½Éä ºÉE iÉÒ ½ è * E SÉ®ä B´ÉÆ +{ɇ„ɹ] E É |ɤɯvÉxÉ, |ÉnÚ¹ÉhÉ ‡xÉªÉÆjÉhÉ, ºÉɨÉɇVÉE ´ÉɇxÉE Ò, ´ÉxªÉ VÉÒ´ÉxÉ ºÉÆ®IÉhÉ, EÞ ‡¹É ‡´ÉE ɺÉ, VÉ±É +Éè® ¦ÉÚ‡¨É Eä ºÉÆ®IÉhÉ iÉlÉÉ {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ ºÉÆ®IÉhÉ Eä E ÉxÉÚxÉÉå E É n Ú®n „ÉÇxÉ B´ÉÆ +xªÉ ] ä±ÉÒ‡´ÉVÉxÉ SÉèxɱÉÉå Eä ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ºÉä |ɺÉÉ®hÉ uÉ®É ¨É½ i´É{ÉÚhÉÇ ¦ÉÚ‡¨ÉE É ‡xɦÉÉ<Ç VÉÉ ºÉE iÉÒ ½è * M±ÉÉä¤É±É ´Éɇ¨ÉÈMÉ +ÉVÉ BE SÉÖxÉÉèiÉÒ Eä ° {É ¨Éå ¨ÉxÉÖ¹ªÉ Eä ºÉ¨¨ÉÖJÉ JÉcÒ ½ è* <ºÉ SÉÖxÉÉèiÉÒ E Éä º´ÉÒE É® E ®iÉä ½ÖB ¨ÉÒ‡b ªÉÉ +É¨É VÉxÉ ¨Éå VÉÉMɯ iÉÉ {ÉènÉ E ®xÉä E É |ɪÉÉºÉ E ® ®½ É ½è * ‡¡ ±¨É VÉMÉiÉ E Ò ¦ÉÚ‡¨ÉE É ‡¡ ±¨É =tÉäMÉÉå E É <‡iɽ ÉºÉ 100 ´É¹ÉÇ {ÉÖ®ÉxÉÉ ½ è* ‡¡ ±¨Éå VÉxɺÉɨÉÉxªÉ E Éä ‡„ÉIÉÉ, ºÉÚSÉxÉÉ +Éè® ¨ÉxÉÉ䮯VÉxÉ |ÉnÉxÉ E ®xÉä E É BE +SU É ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ½ è * ‡¡ ±¨É +Éè® SɱɇSÉjÉ Eä ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ºÉä {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ, {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ, ½ ¨ÉÉ®ä {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ, ´ÉxÉ B´ÉÆ ´ÉxªÉ VÉÒ´É ºÉÆ®IÉhÉ +ɇn E Ò VÉÉxÉE É®Ò +ɺÉÉxÉÒ ºÉä n Ò VÉÉ ºÉE iÉÒ ½ è * {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ {É® b ÉìCªÉÚ¨Éå] ÅÒ B´ÉÆ ¡ ÒSÉ® ‡¡ ±¨Éå ¦ÉÒ ¤ÉxÉÉ<Ç VÉÉiÉÒ ½ é * {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ ºÉÆ®IÉhÉ, {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ, ´ÉxªÉ VÉÒ´É ºÉÆ®IÉhÉ +ɇn ‡´É¹ÉªÉÉå ºÉä ºÉÆ¤ÉƇvÉiÉ +‡vÉE ºÉä +‡vÉE ‡¡ ±¨ÉÉå Eä ‡xɨÉÉÇhÉ E Ò +É´É„ªÉE iÉÉ ½è iÉɇE VÉxɺÉɨÉÉxªÉ E Éä ºÉÉlÉÇE VÉÉxÉE É®Ò B´ÉÆ YÉÉxÉ |Én ÉxÉ ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉ ºÉEä * ºÉÚSÉxÉÉ |ÉÉètÉä‡MÉE Ò E Ò ¦ÉÚ‡¨ÉE É ¦ÉÉ®iÉ ¨Éå <Æ]®xÉä] E É VÉx¨É 15 +MɺiÉ, 1995 ¨Éå ½Ö+É lÉÉ * iÉ¤É ºÉä ±ÉäE ® ={ɪÉÉäMÉE iÉÉÇ+ÉäÆ E Ò ºÉÆJªÉÉ ¨Éå ‡xÉ®ÆiÉ® ´ÉÞ‡r ½ Éä ®½ Ò ½ è * {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ |ɤɯvÉxÉ Eä IÉäjÉ ¨Éå <Æ] ®xÉä] E É ={ɪÉÉäMÉ ‡´É„´É´ªÉÉ{ÉÒ iÉlªÉÉi¨ÉE VÉÉxÉE É®Ò |Én ÉxÉ E ®xÉä E Ò o‡¹] ºÉä ={ɪÉÉäMÉÒ ½ è * {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ Eä ‡´É‡´ÉvÉ {ÉIÉÉå E Ò VÉÉxÉE É®Ò B´ÉÆ +ÉÆE cä <x] ®xÉä] {É® +ɺÉÉxÉÒ ºÉä |ÉÉ{iÉ ‡E B VÉÉ ºÉE iÉä ½ é * {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉÒªÉ +xÉÖºÉÆvÉÉxÉ, ‡xɪÉÉäVÉxÉ +Éè® |ɤɯvÉxÉ ¨Éå <ºÉºÉä |ÉÉ{iÉ VÉÉxÉE É®Ò +iªÉÆiÉ ={ɪÉÉäMÉÒ ‡ºÉr ½ ÉäMÉÒ* ºÉÚSÉxÉÉ |ÉÉètÉä‡MÉE Ò E É BE xɪÉÉ IÉäjÉ ¨É±] Ò¨ÉÒ‡b ªÉÉ ½ è * <ºÉ¨Éå ±ÉäJÉxÉ ºÉɨÉOÉÒ, v´É‡xÉ, ´ÉÒ‡bªÉÉä, ‡u+ɪÉɨÉÒ ªÉÉ ‡jÉ+ɪÉɨÉÒ OÉɇ¡ CºÉ +Éè® Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 76
Slide 77: Section -1 (Hindi Article : Climate Change) BxÉÒ¨Éä„ÉxÉ „Éɇ¨É±É ½ é * <ºÉE É =qä„ªÉ ±ÉÉäMÉÉå E Éä BE ‡xÉªÉÆ‡jÉiÉ f ÆMÉ ºÉä VÉÉxÉE É®Ò, ‡„ÉIÉÉ +Éè® ¨ÉxÉÉ䮯VÉxÉ |Én ÉxÉ E ®xÉÉ ½ è * <ºÉEä ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ºÉä VÉè´É ‡´É‡´ÉvÉiÉÉ B´ÉÆ ´ÉxªÉ VÉÒ´ÉxÉ {É® VÉÉxÉE É®Ò ¨ÉxÉÉ䮯VÉE Eä ºÉÉlÉ ºÉÉlÉ ‡„ÉIÉÉ|Én ¦ÉÒ ¤ÉxÉ VÉÉiÉÒ ½ è * <ºÉEä ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ºÉä ªÉ½ ±ÉÉ¦É ½ ÉäiÉÉ ½è ‡E ªÉ‡n ´Éɺiɇ´ÉE o „ªÉÉå {É® ‡¡ ±¨É ¤ÉxÉÉ<Ç VÉÉB iÉÉä ±ÉÉMÉiÉ E <Ç MÉÖxÉÉ +ÉiÉÒ ½è, VɤɇE ¨É±] Ò¨ÉÒ‡bªÉÉ ºÉä ªÉ½ E ɪÉÇ ºÉºiÉä ¨Éå B´ÉÆ ºÉ®±ÉiÉÉ ºÉä ºÉ¨{ÉzÉ ½Éä VÉÉiÉÉ ½è * {É® ¨{É® ÉMÉiÉ ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨ÉÉå E Ò ¦ÉÚ‡¨ÉE É {É®¨{É®ÉMÉiÉ ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ªÉÉ ±ÉÉäE ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨ÉÉå E Ò VÉcå OÉɨÉÒhÉ B´ÉÆ +ɇn´ÉɺÉÒ IÉäjÉÉå ¨Éå Mɽ®Ò {Éè` Ò ½ é * <xÉEä ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ºÉä xÉ Eä ´É±É OÉɨÉÒhÉ VÉxÉ VÉÒ´ÉxÉ E Ò ºÉɨÉɇVÉE -ºÉÉÆºEÞ ‡iÉE +‡¦É´ªÉ‡H ½ ÉäiÉÒ ½ è ¤É‡±E ªÉä ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ ºÉÆ®IÉhÉ +Éè® {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉÒªÉ SÉäiÉxÉÉ Eä |ɺÉÉ® ¨Éå ¦ÉÒ ºÉ½ÉªÉE ½ Éä ºÉE iÉä ½ é* ±ÉÉäE MÉÒiÉ, ±ÉÉäE ºÉÆMÉÒiÉ, ±ÉÉäE xÉÞiªÉ, xÉÉè]ÆE Ò, E ` {ÉÖiɱÉÒ +ɇn ±ÉÉäE ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É Eä ºÉÉvÉxÉ ½ é * ªÉä ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ¸ÉÉäiÉÉ+ÉäÆ ºÉä ºÉÒvÉÉ ºÉ¨{ÉEÇ ¤ÉxÉÉiÉä ½ é +iÉ: <xÉEä ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ºÉä {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉÒªÉ ºÉÚSÉxÉÉ +Éè® ºÉÆn ä„É |ɦÉÉ´ÉÒ f ÆMÉ ºÉä ºÉ¨|É䇹ÉiÉ ½Éä VÉÉiÉä ½ é* <xÉE É ={ɪÉÉäMÉ xÉMÉ®Éå E Ò +{ÉäIÉÉ MÉÉÆ´ÉÉå ¨Éå +ɺÉÉxÉÒ ºÉä ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉ ºÉE iÉÉ ½è CªÉÉå ‡E ªÉä =xÉE Ò {É®¨{É®ÉMÉiÉ ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ±ÉÉäE ºÉƺEÞ ‡iÉ E Ò +‡¦É´ªÉ‡H Eä ºÉ„ÉH ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ½ ÉäiÉä ½é * {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ ºÉÆ®IÉhÉ Eä |ɇiÉ ºÉ¨ÉªÉ-ºÉ¨ÉªÉ {É® ‡E B MÉB |ɪÉɺÉÉå Eä ¡ ±Éº´É° {É ‡{ÉU ±Éä ´É¹ÉÉç ¨Éå ¦ÉÉ®iÉ ¨Éå E <Ç {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉÒªÉ +ÉÆn Éä±ÉxÉÉå E É VÉx¨É ½ Ö+É * ¨ÉÒ‡b ªÉÉ xÉä <xÉ +ÉÆn Éä±ÉxÉÉå E Éä ´ªÉÉ{ÉE ºlÉÉxÉ ‡n ªÉÉ +Éè® <xÉEä =q䄪ÉÉå ºÉä VÉxÉiÉÉ E Éä +´ÉMÉiÉ E ®ÉªÉÉ * ªÉä +ÉÆn Éä±ÉxÉ ½ é - ‡SÉ{ÉE Éä +ÉÆn Éä±ÉxÉ, xɨÉÇnÉ ¤ÉSÉÉ+Éä +ÉÆn Éä±ÉxÉ, ] ä½®Ò ¤ÉÉÆvÉ ‡´É®ÉävÉÒ +ÉÆn Éä±ÉxÉ, ¨ÉÚE PÉÉ]Ò, B‡{{ÉE Éä +ÉÆn Éä±ÉxÉ, ¦ÉÉä{ÉÉ±É MÉèºÉ jÉɺÉn Ò, ‡´É¹hÉÖ |ɪÉÉMÉ ¤ÉÉÆvÉ, ‡Sɇ±ÉE É +ÉÆn Éä±ÉxÉ B´ÉÆ {ÉÉxÉÒ ¤ÉSÉÉ+Éä +ÉÆn Éä±ÉxÉ +Éè® ‡n ±±ÉÒ E É ´ÉɪÉÖ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ ‡xÉªÉÆjÉhÉ +ɇn * ¨ÉÒ‡bªÉÉ E Éä ªÉ½ ¤ÉÉiÉ vªÉÉxÉ ¨Éå ®JÉxÉÒ ½ ÉäMÉÒ ‡E ´Éä +{ÉxÉÒ ¤ÉÉiÉ ºÉ¨ÉÉVÉ Eä ‡E ºÉ ´ÉMÉÇ E Éä ‡E ºÉ ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É Eä Vɇ®B {ɽ ÖÆSÉÉ ®½ ä ½é * =x½ å Vɽ ÉÆ {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ ºÉÆ®IÉhÉ Eä ‡±ÉB ¤ÉxÉÉB MÉB ‡xɪɨÉÉå E Ò +´É½ ä±ÉxÉÉ E ®xÉä ´ÉɱÉÒ PÉ]xÉÉ+ÉäÆ E Éä ºÉɨÉxÉä ±ÉÉxÉÉ ½ ÉäMÉÉ, ´É½Ó VÉÉä ºÉÆºlÉÉBÆ {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ ºÉÆ®IÉhÉ Eä ‡±ÉB +SU É E É¨É E ® ®½Ò ½ é =xÉEä E ɪÉÉç E Éä ¦ÉÒ =VÉÉMÉ® E ®xÉÉ ½ ÉäMÉÉ * ªÉ½ ‡xɇ´ÉÇ´ÉÉn ºÉiªÉ ½ è ‡E E ÉxÉÚxÉ, ={Én ä„É +Éè® n ¤ÉÉ´É E Ò iÉÖ±ÉxÉÉ ¨Éå ¨ÉÒ‡b ªÉÉ {ɪÉÉÇ´É®hÉ ºÉÆ¤ÉÆvÉÒ VÉxÉSÉäiÉxÉÉ VÉMÉÉxÉä E Ò o‡¹] ºÉä E É¡ Ò E É®MÉ® ‡ºÉr ½ Éä ºÉE iÉÉ ½è * Advertise your Business Here Contact Us Online: http://upscportal.com/store/contact Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 77
Slide 78: Take Online Quiz and get results instantly http://upscportal.com/civilservices/QUIZ Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 78
Slide 79: Section -2 (Hot Topics : Arihant Class Submarine) Indian Navy’s Advanced Technology Vessel The Arihant class submarines are nuclear-powered ballistic missile submarines of the Indian navy. The lead vessel of the class, INS Arihant, was launched on July 26, 2009. The Arihant Class of submarines may carry the Sagarika submarine-launched ballistic missile (SLBM) or the BrahMos supersonic cruise missile. The Arihant class vessels were designed as a part of the Advanced Technology Vessel project, India's US$2.9 billion project to design and build nuclear-powered submarines. The Arihant class is India's first indigenously designed and built submarine. 3 submarines of the class are expected to be in commission with the Indian navy by 2015. Evolution The Arihant class submarines were designed and constructed as a part of the Indian navy's Advanced Technology Vessel (ATV) project. The ATV project started with the intent to design nuclear-powered fast attack submarines, though over time the project was re-aligned towards the design of a ballistic missile submarine in order to complete India's nuclear triad. The vessels are powered by an 80 MW pressurized water reactor (PWR) with enriched uranium fuel. The initial design of the miniaturized naval-version of the reactor developed by the Bhabha atomic research centre (BARC) had technical challenges, after which Russian help was sought to resolve the design glitches. The final production version of the reactor was built at the Indira Gandhi center for atomic research (IGCAR) at Kalpakkam. The hulls for this class are built by L&T’s Hazira shipbuilding facility. Tata power built the control systems for the submarine. The systems for the steam turbine integrated with the PWR were supplied by Walchandnagar Industries. Reports have suggested that the hulls for two more vessels were completed at the L&T facility at Hazira and will be transported to Visakhapatnam as INS Arihant has been moved from the dry dock. Arihant Class Submarine Inside Information The Arihant class may possibly be armed with the 750 km Sagarika, submarine-launched ballistic missile and Agni-3(missile), an SLBM under development. The Arihant class hull features twin flank-array sonars. Although it was widely speculated, the submarine does not sport either a "bulb" like towed array sonar, or a low blended sail. This lays rest to the assumption that the design was inspired by the Russian Akula (NATO) subs. The glimpses of the submarine provided to the media seems to indicate a design closer to the Charlie I class, with a blended hump behind the sail for the vertical launchers. The class also features a broadband expendable anti-torpedo countermeasures developed by RAFAEL of Israel. It is likely that the vertical launchers, 4 in number, will be fitted with 3 K-15 missiles each, making the submarine capable of carrying a total of 12 weapons. The larger and longer ranged Agni III SLBM is under development, of which the Arihant will carry 4. Description A nuclear-powered submarine is a much more complex platform than any other vessel and India building one on its own is a great achievement. What enhances the scale of the achievement is that INS Arihant, India’s nuclear-powered submarine, will be fitted with India’s own K-15 ballistic missiles that can be launched from under water. The K-15 missiles, which are already under production, can carry both conventional and nuclear warheads. They have a range of 700 km. They are 10.4 metres tall and weigh 6.3 tonnes each. Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 79
Slide 80: Section -2 (Hot Topics : Arihant Class Submarine) Indian Current Capabilities It means India can launch missiles with nuclear warheads from ground, drop nuclear bombs from air and also fire them now from under water.A nuclear-powered submarine bestowed on India the status of a nation possessing a blue-water navy because the boat can travel far and wide. While the Navy designed INS Arihant, the Bhabha Atomic Research Centre (BARC) built the mini-nuclear reactor that powers the submarine, the DRDO developed the K-15 missiles. The K-15 missiles have been test-fired several times from submerged pontoons off the coast of Visakhapatnam. A missile emerging from the water without losing its fire was a technology in itself. A distinct advantage of a nuclear-powered submarine is that while it can remain under water for a long duration, a diesel-fired submarine has to rise to the surface every day for ejecting the carbon-dioxide produced by the diesel-generator. Otherwise, the boat’s crew will face problem. In a nuclear-energy system used in a submarine, there is no emission of carbon-dioxide. It is a clean form of energy. The turbine operating on enriched uranium in INS Arihant is a clean system. But a dieselgenerator emits carbon-dioxide. It is can not discharge it into the water. So the submarine has to be brought up to the surface every day to eject the carbon-dioxide into the atmosphere. India, now joined a select group of five countries, which possess the capability to build a nuclear-powered submarine. That the construction of a submarine was a highly demanding task in itself was known, but for a country to develop its first nuclear submarine was a special achievement. The formal launch for sea trials of the platform called a cryptic ‘S2’ lifted the secrecy around the Advanced Technology Vessel Project cleared for implementation by Indira Gandhi in 1984 and whose first step in steel cutting commenced in 1998. To date the project is estimated to have cost Rs. 30,000 crore. The Indian Navy currently deploys 16 submarines, which are based at Vishakhapatnam on the east coast and Mumbai on the west coast. A third base is being built on the west coast at Karwar as well. The most modern vessels are four Shishumar-class Type 209/ 1500 units designed by Howaldtswerke-Deutsche Werft(HWD). Ten Sindhugosh-class Type 877EM vessels form the backbone of the submarine force and are being upgraded to launch Klub/3M-54E Alfa cruise missiles. Two aging Foxtrot-class boats are in the process of being decommissioned and will be replaced with six Scorpène-class boats. India expects to float a tender on six more diesel submarines in 2009. For the past two decades, India has also been working on the development of an indigenous nuclearpropelled submarine, referred to as the advanced technology vessel (ATV). The ATV submarine, work on which began in the 1970s, is a complex project that has faced multiple difficulties. Although there have been few signs of progress as of late, one vessel is reportedly now under construction at Mazagon Docks Ltd., with sea trials expected in 2009.Some sources indicate that construction of as many as five nuclear submarines is planned. For the time being, it remains unclear whether the ATV will be fitted with ballistic or cruise missiles; India’s submarine-launched missile program includes development of both. The Indian Navy's area of operation includes the Arabian Sea, the Indian Ocean, and the Bay of Bengal. These waters include numerous sea lines of communication (SLOC) chokepoints, such as the Strait of Hormuz, Bab El Mandeb, and the Malacca Straits. Almost 97% of India's foreign trade by volume and 60% of the world's sea-borne trade and energy resources are transported through these strategic bottlenecks. This share of critical global trade is likely to be amplified by the growing energy demands and industrial exports of East and Southeast Asia. Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 80
Slide 81: Section -2 (Hot Topics : Arihant Class Submarine) Consequently, one of the Indian Navy's fundamental tasks involves the establishment of sea control to protect its vital SLOCs. It has traditionally paid particular attention to Pakistani Navy developments, as India and Pakistan have had numerous hot and cold conflicts over the years. Gradually, though, the focus of the Indian Navy is shifting to the Chinese Navy, as acknowledged in the recently publicized Indian Maritime Doctrine. This document reiterates earlier calls for a stronger deterrent capability against foreign intervention by non-littoral navies. With this in mind, India has been modernizing its fleet and has been continually interested in procuring nuclear attack and diesel submarines, establishing two aircraft carrier groups, and developing new cruise missiles. Indian officials have repeatedly indicated their concerns over China’s progress on nuclear submarine construction. Deterrence against non-littoral navies is not limited to China, however. The recent and planned acquisitions of naval vessels by a number of ASEAN nations are also mentioned in the doctrine. In addition, the deployment of a US carrier task force to the Bay of Bengal during the 1971 Indo-Pakistani war is unlikely to have been forgotten. As such, the continued US presence at Diego Garcia and Bahrain may represent a concern to the Indian Navy as well. Aside from sea control and denial roles, the Indian Navy executes counter-terrorism, anti-drug trafficking, and anti-piracy operations within its area of interest. These roles are complicated not only by the great amount of shipping traffic, but also by the size of India's exclusive economic zone of 2.02 million square kilometers, to which 1.5 million square kilometers will be added in 2004 in accordance with international treaties. The aforementioned choke points, in particular, represent attractive targets for potential terrorist attacks. India's ambitions for a sea-based nuclear deterrent were acknowledged in 1998. After executing a number of nuclear tests, the government declared that its future minimum nuclear deterrent (MND) would be based on a triad: a combination of airborne, naval, and land-based platforms. The recently released maritime doctrine clarifies this still further, calling specifically for the establishment of a submarine-based MND. The triad could be completed with the suc- cessful conclusion of India's ATV program, with a lease of nuclear submarines, or perhaps, to a lesser extent, with the acquisition of air-independent propulsion (AIP) submarines. India has had experience leasing a nuclear-powered submarine: from 1988 to 1991 it leased a Project 670 Skat (NATO name Charlie I) class nuclear-powered cruise missile submarine from the Soviet Union, the K-43 (renamed Chakra while in Indian service). The reactors were operated by a Soviet crew and the vessel was returned to the Soviet Union. Press reports have indicated since 1999 that Russia and India have been negotiating lease of a Project 971 Shchuka B (NATO name Akula II) submarine, likely the K-152 Nerpa, as a follow-on to the K-43 lease. Given the various tasks and increasing role assigned to the Indian Navy, an earlier strategic review and Project 75, a 30-year procurement plan, have allegedly called for the procurement of 24 submarines to "maintain adequate operational force levels." These boats should be comprised of two locally built submarine classes. On October 6, 2005, India signed a contract with France's Armaris (a joint venture between France's DCN and Spain's Navantia, formerly Izar) for six Scorpène-class vessels with an option for an additional six units, to be constructed at the Mazagon Shipyard in Mumbai. The first boat is to be delivered in 2012, with the rest following over the course of five years. India is reportedly considering the installation of MESMA, the French AIP system, beginning with the third boat/It has been suggested that the second main production line could be a version of the Russian Amur-class; six to eight Amur-1650s are on the Indian Navy's list of prospective acquisitions as part of its 30-year submarine procurement plan. Types of Submarines Diesel Submarines: The Indian Navy currently maintains a fleet of 16 diesel powered submarines. These are primarily of Russian and German origin. India signed a deal for six Scorpene submarines with MESMA air-independent propulsion, and construction has begun. These submarines will join the Indian Navy from 2010-11 onwards. The Indian Navy Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 81
Slide 82: Section -2 (Hot Topics : Arihant Class Submarine) may arm its Kilo class submarine fleet with the BrahMos cruise missiles after successfully completing test launches from the submarine. India will issue request for proposals for another six submarines in financial year 2008-09. Unmanned Submarines: The National Institute of Oceanography has developed the Autonomous Underwater Vehicle(AUV) that has applications in the field of Oceanographic research. Also an Autonomous Surface Vehicle (ASV) has been developed. Nuclear Powered Submarines: In January 1988 India leased for three years an ex-Soviet Charlie class nuclear powered guided missile submarine with eight Ametist (SS-N-7 Starbright) anti-shipping missile launchers. In the Indian Navy, the ship was christened INS Chakra, and the submarine was manned by an Indian crew. Upon expiration of the ship leasing term in 1991, the submarine was returned to Russia and joined the Pacific Fleet of the Russian Navy. India's indigenously designed and built nuclearpowered ballistic missile submarines of the Arihant class are expected to be commissioned starting in 2011. Planned Acquisitions The Navy is in negotiations with Russia to acquire the Kiev class aircraft carrier Admiral Gorshkov(INS Vikrmaditya), however negotiations are stalled due to escalating price demands from Russia. the Indian Navy is also negotiating with Russia for the acquisition of an Negotiations are also underway for the acquisition of an updated version of Talwar class frigates, and the Scorpène class submarines. India started a program in 1985 to develop indigenous technologies for building a nuclear-powered submarine, known as the Advanced Technology Vessel (ATV) project .The first Advanced Technology Vessel is called INS Arihant, was launched on July 26, 2009. The hull for the vessel has been built by Larsen& Toubro at its A naval version of a nuclear reactor has been developed at the Indira Gandhi Centre For Atomic Research , Kalpakkam, and will be deployed on the submarine's hull after miniaturization. The Prototype Testing Centre (PTC) will be used to test the submarine's turbines and propellers. A similar facility is operational at Vishakhapatnam to test the main turbines and gear box. Once the vessel is completed, it may be equipped with Sagarika/Agni-3 ballistic missiles and advanced Indian made sonar systems. According to defense sources, the ATV is expected to be launched in 2009 and commissioned in 2010. Each unit will cost one billion U.S. dollars. Government has given approval for constructing the follow on SSBN's which will be larger than the Arihant class submarines. Approval has also been given for the construction of SSN's which will escort the SSBN's. India is reportedly paying two billion dollars for the completion of two Akula-2 class submarines which were 40-60% completed. Three hundred Indian Navy personnel are being trained in Russia for the operation of these submarines. India has finalized a deal with Russia, in which at the end of the lease of these submarines, it has an option to buy them. According to report, the first submarine will be commissioned into the Indian Navy in September, 2009. The first submarine will be named INS Chakra, it is currently undergoing trials in the Pacific ocean. Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 82
Slide 83: Section -2 (Hot Topics : Economy Special) Terminology and Concept Bank Statement: A record, usually sent to the account holder once per month, summarizing all transactions in an account during the time from the previous statement to the current statement. The opening balance from the prior month combined with the net of all transactions during the period should result in the closing balance for the current statement. Consumers should carefully review their bank statements and retain them for their own records. In reconciling their own record of transactio ns with the bank's records, account holders should be on the lookout for incorrect or transposed numbers as well as unaut ho r iz ed transactions. Discrepancies should be reported as soon as possible, in writing if possible. Bankruptcy: A legal proceeding involving a person or business that is unable to repay outstanding debts. The bankruptcy process begins with a petition filed by the debtor (most common) or on behalf of creditors (less common). All of the debtor's assets are measured and evaluated, whereupon the assets are used to repay a portion of outstanding debt. Upon the successful completion of bankruptcy proceedings, the debtor is relieved of the debt obligations incurred prior to filing for bankruptcy. Banknote: A negotiable promissory note issued by a bank and payable to the bearer on demand. The amount payable is stated on the face of the note. Banknotes are considered legal tender, and, along with coins, make up the bearer forms of all modern money. Also known as a "bill" or a "note." Originally, objects such as gold and silver were used to pay for goods and services. Eventually, they were replaced by paper money and coins that were backed by precious metals. Currently, banknotes are backed only by the government. Although in earlier times commercial banks could issue banknotes, the Federal Reserve Bank is now the only bank in the United States that can create banknotes. Promissory Note: A written, dated and signed two-party instrument containing an unconditional promise by the maker to pay a definite sum of money to a payee on demand or at a specified future date. The only difference between a promissory note and a bill of exchange is that the maker of a note pays the payee personally, rather than ordering a third party to do so. When a bank is the maker promising to repay money it has received plus interest, the promissory note is called a certificate of deposit (CD). Treasury Note: A marketable U.S. government debt security with a fixed interest rate and a maturity between one and 10 years. Treasury notes can be bought either directly from the U.S. government or through a bank. When buying Treasury notes from the government, you can either put in a competitive or noncompetitive bid. With a competitive bid, you specify the yield you want; however, this does not mean that your bid will be approved. With a noncompetitive bid, you accept whatever yield is determined at auction. Treasury notes are extremely popular investments as there is a large secondary market that adds to their liquidity. Interest payments on the notes are made every six months until maturity. The income for interest payments is not taxable on a municipal or state level but is federally taxed. Economy Special Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 83
Slide 84: Section -2 (Hot Topics : Economy Special) Hard Currency: A currency, usually from a highly industrialized country, that is widely accepted around the world as a form of payment for goods and services. A hard currency is expected to remain relatively stable through a short period of time, and to be highly liquid in the forex market. Another criterion for a hard currency is that the currency must come from a politically and economically stable country. The U.S. dollar and the British pound are good examples of hard currencies. Hard Loan: A foreign loan that must be paid in the currency of a nation that has stability and a reputation abroad for economic strength (a hard currency). For example, a loan agreement between a Brazilian company and an Argentinean company where the debt is to be paid in U.S. dollars. Hard Money: 1. Funding by a government or organization that is repetitive, rather than a one-time grant. Examples include ongoing government daycare subsidies or firms that pay annual scholarships to post-secondary students. 2. Describes gold/silver/platinum (bullion) coins. A government that uses a hard money policy backs the value of the currency it uses with a hard, tangible and lasting material that will retain its relative value over time. Governments and organizations prefer hard money because it provides a predictable stream of funds. For example, in the early 1900s, the U.S. dollar was backed by the value of gold. Today, most countries use fiat money, which is made legal tender by government decree but has no intrinsic value of its own. Gold Standard: A monetary system in which a country's government allows its currency unit to be freely converted into fixed amounts of gold and vice versa. The exchange rate under the gold standard monetary system is determined by the economic difference for an ounce of gold between two currencies. The gold standard was mainly used from 1875 to 1914 and also during the interwar years. The use of the gold standard would mark the first use of formalized exchange rates in history. However, the system was flawed because countries needed to hold large gold reserves in order to keep up with the volatile nature of supply and demand for currency. After World War II, a modified version of the gold standard monetary system, the Bretton Woods monetary system, was created as its successor. This successor system was initially successful, but because it also depended heavily on gold reserves, it was abandoned in 1971 when U.S president Nixon "closed the gold window". Bullion: Gold and silver that is officially recognized as high quality (at least 99.5% pure), and is in the form of bars rather than coins. Traditionally, bullion has been a good hedge against inflation. Inflation: The rate at which the general level of prices for goods and services is rising, and, subsequently, purchasing power is falling. Central banks attempt to stop severe inflation, along with severe deflation, in an attempt to keep the excessive growth of prices to a minimum. As inflation rises, every dollar will buy a smaller percentage of a good. For example, if the inflation rate is 2%, then a $1 pack of gum will cost $1.02 in a year. Most countries' central banks will try to sustain an inflation rate of 2-3%. Consumer Price Index – CPI:A measure that examines the weighted average of prices of a basket of consumer goods and services, such as transportation, food and medical care. The CPI is calculated by taking price changes for each item in the predetermined basket of goods and averaging them; the goods are weighted according to their importance. Changes in CPI are used to assess price changes associated with the cost of living. Sometimes referred to as "headline inflation". The U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics measures two kinds of CPI statistics: CPI for urban wage earners and clerical workers (CPI-W), and the chained CPI for all urban consumers (C-CPI-U). Of the two types Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 84
Slide 85: Section -2 (Hot Topics : Economy Special) of CPI, the C-CPI-U is a better representation of the general public, because it accounts for about 87% of the population. CPI is one of the most frequently used statistics for identifying periods of inflation or deflation. This is because large rises in CPI during a short period of time typically denote periods of inflation and large drops in CPI during a short period of time usually mark periods of deflation. Consumer Price Index For All Urban Consumers (CPI-U): A measure that examines the changes in the price of a basket of goods and services purchased by urban consumers. The urban consumer population is deemed by many as a better representative measure of the general public because most of the country's population lives in highly populated areas, which represent close to 90% of the total population. CPI is the most frequently used statistic for identifying inflation or deflation. The CPI-U only considers the prices paid for goods and services by those that live in urban areas. Rising CPI-U figures means that the prices of goods/services within the urban population are becoming more expensive and can be a sign of rising inflation. All variants of the CPI are similar to cost of living indexes as they assess prices in the market based on the goods and services needed to achieve a given standard of living. Different measures of CPI differ from cost of living indexes because they do not account for changes in other facets of standard of living, such as changes in environmental factors. The decline in prices of assets, is often known as Asset Deflation. Declining prices, if they persist, generally create a vicious spiral of negatives such as falling profits, closing factories, shrinking employment and incomes, and increasing defaults on loans by companies and individuals. To counter deflation, the Federal Reserve (the Fed) can use monetary policy to increase the money supply and deliberately induce rising prices, causing inflation. Rising prices provide an essential lubricant for any sustained recovery because businesses increase profits and take some of the depressive pressures off wages and debtors of every kind. Deflationary periods can be both short or long, relatively speaking. Japan, for example, had a period of deflation lasting decades starting in the early 1990's. The Japanese government lowered interest rates to try and stimulate inflation, to no avail. Zero interest rate policy was ended in July of 2006. Disinflation: A slowing in the rate of price inflation. Disinflation is used to describe instances when the inflation rate has reduced marginally over the short term. Although it is used to describe periods of slowing inflation, disinflation should not be confused with deflation. Disinflation is commonly used by the Federal Reserve to describe situations of slowing inflation. Instances of disinflation are not uncommon and are viewed as normal during healthy economic times. Although sometimes confused with deflation, disinflation is not considered to be as problematic because prices do not act ually drop and disinflation does not usually signal the onset of a slowing economy. Reflation: A fiscal or monetary policy, designed to expand a country's output and curb the effects of deflation. Reflation policies can include reducing taxes, changing the money supply and lowering interest rates. The term "reflation" is also used to describe the first phase of economic recovery after a period of contraction. Reflation policy has been used by American governments, to try and restart failed business expansions since the early 1600s. Although almost Deflation: A general decline in prices, often caused by a reduction in the supply of money or credit. Deflation can be caused also by a decrease in government, personal or investment spending. The opposite of inflation, deflation has the side effect of increased unemployment since there is a lower level of demand in the economy, which can lead to an economic depression. Central banks attempt to stop severe deflation, along with severe inflation, in an attempt to keep the excessive drop in prices to a minimum. Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 85
Slide 86: Section -2 (Hot Topics : Economy Special) every government tries in some form or another to avoid the collapse of an economy after a recent boom, none have ever succeeded in being able to avoid the contraction phase of the business cycle. Many academics actually believe government agitation only delays the recovery and worsens the effects. Price Inflation: An increase in the price of a standardized good/service or a basket of goods/services over a specific period of time (usually one year). Because the nominal amount of money available in an economy tends to grow larger every year relative to the supply of goods available for purchase, this overall demand pull tends to cause some degree of price inflation. Price inflation can also be seen in a slightly different form, where the price of a good is the same year over year, but the amount of the good received gradually decreases. For example, you may notice this in low-cost snack foods such as potato chips and chocolate bars, where the weight of the product gradually decreases, while the price remains the same. Reflation:A fiscal or monetary policy, designed to expand a country's output and curb the effects of deflation. Reflation policies can include reducing taxes, changing the money supply and lowering interest rates. The term "reflation" is also used to describe the first phase of economic recovery after a period of contraction. Reflation policy has been used by American governments, to try and restart failed business expansions since the early 1600s. Although almost every government tries in some form or another to avoid the collapse of an economy after a recent boom, none have ever succeeded in being able to avoid the contraction phase of the business cycle. Many academics actually believe government agitation only delays the recovery and worsens the effects. Stagflation: A condition of slow economic growth and relatively high unemployment - a time of stagnation - accompanied by a rise in prices, or inflation. Stagflation occurs when the economy isn't growing but prices are, which is not a good situation for a country to be in. This happened to a great extent during the 1970s, when world oil prices rose dramatically, fueling sharp inflation in developed countries. For these countries, including the U.S., stagnation increased the inflationary effects. Stagnation: A period of little or no growth in the economy. Economic growth of less than 2-3% is considered stagnation. Sometimes used to describe low trading volume or inactive trading in securities. A good example of stagnation was the U.S. economy in the 1970s. Acquisition Loan: A loan given to a company to purchase a specific asset or to be used for purposes that are laid out before the loan is granted. The acquisition loan is typically only able to be used for a short window of time, and only for specific purposes. Once repaid, funds available through an acquisition loan cannot be reborrowed as with a revolving line of credit at a bank. Acquisition loans are sought when a company wants to complete an acquisition for an asset but doesn't have enough liquid capital to do so. The company may be able to get more favorable terms on an acquisition loan because the assets being purchased have a tangible value, as opposed to capital being used to fund daily operations or release a new product line. Producer Price Index – PPI: A family of indexes that measures the average change in selling prices received by domestic producers of goods and services over time. PPIs measure price change from the perspective of the seller. The PPI looks at three areas of production: industry-based, commodity-based, and stage-of-processing-based companies. Hyperinflation: Extremely rapid or out of control inflation. There is no precise numerical definition to hyperinflation. Hyperinflation is a situation where the price increases are so out of control that, the When associated with depressions, hyperinflation often occurs when there is a large increase in the money supply not supported by gross domestic product (GDP) growth, resulting in an imbalance in the supply and demand for the money. Left unchecked this causes prices to increase, as the currency loses its value. Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 86
Slide 87: Section -2 (Hot Topics : Economy Special) When associated with wars, hyperinflation often occurs when there is a loss of confidence in a currency's ability to maintain its value in the aftermath. Because of this, sellers demand a risk premium to accept the currency, and they do this by raising their prices. One of the most famous examples of hyperinflation occurred in Germany between January 1922 and November 1923. By some estimates, the average price level increased by a factor of 20 billion, doubling every 28 hoursoncept of inflation is meaningless. Agflation: An increase in the price of food that occurs as a result of increased demand from human consumption and use as an alternative energy resource. While the competitive nature of retail supermarkets allows some of the effects of agflation to be absorbed, the price increases that agflation causes are largely passed on to the end consumer. The term is derived from a combination of the words "agriculture" and "inflation". Interest in alternative energies contributes to agflation. In order to produce biofuel (such as biodiesel and ethanol), manufacturers need to use food products such soybeans and corn. This creates more demand for these products, which causes their prices to increase. Unfortunately, these price increases spread to other non-fuel related grains (such as rice and wheat) as consumers switch to less expensive substitutes for consumption. Furthermore, agflation will also affect non-vegetative foods (eggs, meat and dairy) as the price increases for grain will make livestock feed more expensive as well. Retail Price Index – RPI: An index that gathers the prices of several retail goods in outlets across the United States in order to give an indication of the rate of inflation. This is similar to the CPI and PPI reports that are released each month. An index that measures and tracks the changes in price of goods in the stages before the retail level. Wholesale price indexes (WPIs) report monthly to show the average price changes of goods sold in bulk, and they are a group of the indicators that follow growth in the economy. Although some countries still use the WPIs as a measure of inflation, many countries, including the United States, use the producer price index (PPI) instead. Macroeconomics: The field of economics that studies the behavior of t he aggregate economy. Macroeconomics examines economy-wide phenomena such as changes in unemployment, national income, rate of growth, gross domestic product, inflation and price levels. Macroeconomics is focused on the movement and trends in the economy as a whole, while in microeconomics the focus is placed on factors that affect the decisions made by firms and individuals. The factors that are studied by macro and micro will often influence each other, such as the current level of unemployment in the economy as a whole will affect the supply of workers which an oil company can hire from, for example. Microeconomics: The branch of economics that analyzes the market behavior of individual consumers and firms in an attempt to understand the decisionmaking process of firms and households. It is concerned with the interaction between individual buyers and sellers and the factors that influence the choices made by buyers and sellers. In particular, microeconomics focuses on patterns of supply and demand and the determination of price and output in individual markets (e.g. coffee industry). Green Economics: A methodology of economics that supports the harmonious interaction between humans and nature and attempts to meet the needs of both simultaneously. The green economic theories encompass a wide range of ideas all dealing with the interconnected relationship between people and the environment. Green economists assert that the basis for all economic decisions should be in some way tied to the ecosystem. Green economists perceive nature as being extremely valuable and seek to maintain it. Supporters of this branch of economics are concerned with the envi- Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 87
Slide 88: Section -2 (Hot Topics : Economy Special) ronment and believe that actions should be taken to protect nature and encourage the positive co-existence of both humans and nature. Emphasis is placed on creating value through quality rather than on accumulating material items and money.The field of economics is broken down into two distinct areas of study: microeconomics and macroeconomics. Microeconomics looks at the smaller picture and focuses more on basic theories of supply and demand and how individual businesses decide how much of something to produce and how much to charge for it. People who have any desire to start their own business or who want to learn the rationale behind the pricing of particular products and services would be more interested in this area. Macroeconomics, on the other hand, looks at the big picture (hence "macro"). It focuses on the national economy as a whole and provides a basic knowledge of how things work in the business world. For example, people who study this branch of economics would be able to interpret the latest Gross Domestic Product figures or explain why a 6% rate of unemployment is not necessarily a bad thing. Thus, for an overall perspective of how the entire economy works, you need to have an understanding of economics at both the micro and macro levels. Gross Domestic Product – GDP: The monetary value of all the finished goods and services produced within a country's borders in a specific time period, though GDP is usually calculated on an annual basis. It includes all of private and public consumption, government outlays, investments and exports less imports that occur within a defined territory. GDP = C + G + I + NX where: "C" is equal to all private consumption, or consumer spending, in a nation's economy "G" is the sum of government spending "I" is the sum of all the country's businesses spending on capital "NX" is the nation's total net exports, calculated as total exports minus total imports. (NX = Exports Imports). GDP is commonly used as an indicator of the economic health of a country, as well as to gauge a country's standard of living. Critics of using GDP as an economic measure say the statistic does not take into account the underground economy - transactions that, for whatever reason, are not reported to the government. Others say that GDP is not intended to gauge material well-being, but serves as a measure of a nation's productivity, which is unrelated. Gross National Product – GNP: An economic statistic that includes GDP, plus any income earned by residents from overseas investments, minus income earned within the domestic economy by overseas residents. GNP is a measure of a country's economic performance, or what its citizens produced (i.e. goods and services) and whether they produced these items within its border. Black Market : A type of economic activity that takes place outside of government-sanctioned channels. Black-market transactions typically occur as a way for participants to avoid government price controls or taxes, conducting transactions 'under the table'. The black market is also the means by which illegal substances or products - such as illicit drugs, firearms or stolen goods - are bought and sold. While the black market is commonly associated with criminal activities involving drugs or weapons, it also has a financial component: black currencyexchange markets almost always appear when government controls on exchange rates prevent the use of natural exchange rates in the global marketplace. Gross National Product – GNP: An economic statistic that includes GDP, plus any income earned by residents from overseas investments, minus income earned within the domestic economy by overseas residents. GNP is a measure of a country's economic performance, or what its citizens produced (i.e. goods and services) and whether they produced these items within its borders. Real Economic Growth Rate: A measure Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 88
Slide 89: Section -2 (Hot Topics : Economy Special) of economic growth from one period to another expressed as a percentage and adjusted for inflation (i.e. expressed in real as opposed to nominal terms). The real economic growth rate is a measure of the rate of change that a nation's gross domestic product (GDP) experiences from one year to another. Gross national product (GNP) can also be used if a nation's economy is heavily dependent on foreign earnings. The real economic growth rate builds onto the economic growth rate by taking into account the effect that inflation has on the economy. The real economic growth rate is a "constant dollar" and is therefore a more accurate look at the rate of economic growth because it is not distorted by the effects of extreme inflation or deflation. Real Gross Domestic Product (GDP): This inflation-adjusted measure that reflects the value of all goods and services produced in a given year, expressed in base-year prices. Often referred to as "constant-price", "inflation-corrected" GDP or "constant dollar GDP". Unlike nominal GDP, real GDP can account for changes in the price level, and provide a more accurate figure.Let's consider an example. Say in 2004, nominal GDP is $200 billion. However, due to an increase in the level of prices from 2000 (the base year) to 2004, real GDP is actually $170 billion. The lower real GDP reflects the price changes while nominal does not. Nominal GDP: A gross domestic product (GDP) figure that has not been adjusted for inflation. Also known as "current dollar GDP" or "chained dollar GDP". It can be misleading when inflation is not accounted for in the GDP figure because the GDP will appear higher than it actually is. The same concept that applies to return on investment (ROI) applies here. If you have a 10% ROI and inflation for the year has been 3%, your real rate of return would be 7%. Similarly, if the nominal GDP figure has shot up 8% but inflation has been 4%, the real GDP has only increased 4%. Nominal Interest Rate: The interest rate unadjusted for inflation. Not taking into account inflation gives a less realistic number. Real Interest Rate: An interest rate that has been adjusted to remove the effects of inflation to reflect the real cost of funds to the borrower, and the real yield to the lender. The real interest rate of an investment is calculated as the amount by which the nominal interest rate is higher than the inflation rate. Real Interest Rate = Nominal Interest Rate - Inflation (Expected or Actual).The real interest rate is the growth rate of purchasing power derived from an investment. By adjusting the nominal interest rate to compensate for inflation, you are keeping the purchasing power of a given level of capital constant over time. Blended Rate: 1. An interest rate charged on a loan, which is in between a previous rate and the new rate. Blended rates are usually offered through the refinancing of previous loans, and charge a rate that is higher than the old loan's rate but lower than the rate on a new loan. 2. A rate that is calculated for accounting purposes to better understand the debt obligation for several loans with different rates or the revenue from streams of interest income. The blended rate is used to calculate the pooled cost of funds. Banks use a blended rate to retain customers and increase loan amounts to proven, creditworthy clients. For example, if a customer currently holds a 7% interest, $75,000 mortgage and wishes to refinance, and the current rate is 9%, the bank might offer a blended rate of 8%. The borrower could then decide to refinance for $145,000 with a blended rate of 8%. He or she would still pay 7% on the initial $75,000, but only 8% on the additional $70,000. The blended rate is used in cost-of-funds accounting to quantify liabilities or investment income on a balance sheet. Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 89
Slide 90: Section -2 (Hot Topics : Economy Special) For example, if a company had two loans, one for $1,000 at 5% and the other for $3,000 at 6% and paid the interest off every month, the $1,000 loan would charge $50 after one year and the $3,000 loan would charge $180. The blended rate would therefore be (50+180)/4000 or 5.75%. Refinance: 1. When a business or person revises a payment schedule for repaying debt. 2. Replacing an older loan with a new loan offering better terms. When a business refinances, it typically extends the maturity date. When individuals change their monthly payments or modify the rate of interest on their loans, it usually involves a penalty fee. GDP Gap: The forfeited output of a country's economy resulting from the failure to create sufficient jobs for all those willing to work. A GDP gap denotes the amount of production that is irretrievably lost. The potential for higher production levels is wasted because there aren't enough jobs supplied. Frictional Unemployment :Unemployment that is always present in the economy, resulting from temporary transitions made by workers and employers or from workers and employers having inconsistent or incomplete information. For example, a first-time job seeker may lack the resources or efficiency for finding the company that has the job that is available and suitable for him or her. As a result this person does not take other work, temporarily holding out for the better-paying job. Another example of when frictional employment occurs is when a company abstains from hiring because it believes there are not enough qualified individuals available for the job, when in actuality there is. Natural Unemployment :The lowest rate of unemployment that an economy can sustain over the long run. Keynesians believe that a government can lower the rate of unemployment (i.e. employ more people) if it were willing to accept a higher level of inflation (the idea behind the Phillips Curve). However, critics of this say that the effect is temporary and that unemployment would bounce back up but inflation would stay high. Thus, the natural, or equilibrium, rate is the lowest level of unemployment at which inflation remains stable. Also known as the "nonaccelerating inflation rate of unemployment" (NAIRU). When the economy is said to be at full employment, it is at its natural rate of unemployment. Economists debate how the natural rate might change. For example, some economists think that increasing labormarket flexibility will reduce the natural rate. Other economists dispute the existence of a natural rate altogether! Okun's Law :A relationship between an economy's GDP gap and the actual unemployment rate. The relationship is represented by a ratio of 1 to 2.5. Thus, for every 1% excess of the natural unemployment rate, a 2.5% GDP gap is predicted. Phillips Curve :An economic concept developed by A. W. Phillips stating that inflation and unemployment have a stable and inverse relationship. According to the Phillips curve, the lower an economy's rate of unemployment, the more rapidly wages paid to labor increase in that economy. The theory states that with economic growth comes inflation, which in turn should lead to more jobs and less unemployment. However, the original concept has been somewhat disproven empirically due to the occurrence of stagflation in the 1970s, when there were high levels of both inflation and unemployment. Structural Unemployment :Unemployment resulting from changes in the basic composition of the economy. These changes simultaneously open new positions for trained workers. An example of structural unemployment is the technological revolution. Computers may have eliminated jobs, but they also opened up new positions for those who have the skills to operate the computers. Cyclical Unemployment :A factor of overall unemployment that relates to the cyclical trends in growth and production that occur within the busi- Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 90
Slide 91: Section -2 (Hot Topics : Economy Special) ness cycle. When business cycles are at their peak, cyclical unemployment will be low because total economic output is being maximized. When economic output falls, as measured by the gross domestic product (GDP), the business cycle is low and cyclical unemployment will rise. Economists describe cyclical unemployment as the result of businesses not having enough demand for labor to employ all those who are looking for work. The lack of employer demand comes from a lack of spending and consumpt ion in t he overall economy. Cyclical unemployment is one of five classes of unemployment as recognized by economists. Other types include structural, frictional, classical and Marxian. In most cases, several types of unemployment exist at the same time. With the exception of cyclical unemployment, the other classes can be occurring even at the peak ranges of business cycles, when the economy is said to be at or near “full employment”. Coincident Indicator :An economic factor that varies directly and simultaneously with the business cycle, thus indicating the current state of the economy. Some examples include nonagricultural employment, personal income and industrial production. Lagging Indicator :1. A measurable economic factor that changes after the economy has already begun to follow a particular pattern or trend. 2. A technical indicator that trails the price action of an underlying asset and is used by traders to generate transaction signals or to confirm the strength of a given trend. Since these indicators lag the price of the asset, a significant move will generally occur before the indicator is able to provide a signal. Lagging indicators confirm long-term trends, but they do not predict them. Some examples are unemployment, corporate profits and labor cost per unit of output. Interest rates are another good lagging indicator; rates change after severe market changes. An example of a lagging indicator is a moving aver- age crossover, because it occurs after a certain price move has already happened. Technical traders use a short-term average crossing above a long-term average as confirmation when placing buy orders since it suggests an increase in momentum. The drawback of using this method is that a significant move may have already occurred, resulting in the trader entering a position too late. Leading Indicator :A measurable economic factor that changes before the economy starts to follow a particular pattern or trend. Leading indicators are used to predict changes in the economy, but are not always accurate. Bond yields are typically a good leading indicator of the market because traders anticipate and speculate trends in the economy. Business Cycle :The recurring and fluctuating levels of economic activity that an economy experiences over a long period of time. The five stages of the business cycle are growth (expansion), peak, recession (contraction), trough and recovery. At one time, business cycles were thought to be extremely regular, with predictable durations, but today they are widely believed to be irregular, varying in frequency, magnitude and duration. Since the World War II, most business cycles have lasted three to five years from peak to peak. The average duration of an expansion is 44.8 months and the average duration of a recession is 11 months. As a comparison, the Great Depression - which saw a decline in economic activity from 1929 to 1933 lasted 43 months. Hard Landing :A term used to describe an economy going into recession as the government attempts to slow down inflation. The Fed will try to avoid a hard landing by raising interest rates only enough to slow the economy down without putting it into recession (a soft landing). Overheated Economy :When a prolonged period of good economic growth and activity causes high levels of inflation (from increased consumer wealth) and inefficient supply allocations as producers overproduce and create excess production capacity in an attempt to capitalize on the high levels of wealth. Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 91
Slide 92: Section -2 (Hot Topics : Economy Special) Unfortunately, these inefficiencies and inflation will eventually hinder the economy's growth and cause a recession. Rising rates of inflation are typically one of the first signs that an economy is overheating. As a result, governments and central banks will usually raise interest rates in an attempt to lower the amount of spending and borrowing. Between June 2004 and June 2006, the Federal Reserve Board increased the interest rate 17 times as a gradual means of slowing America's overheated economy. Full Employment :A situation in which all available labor resources are being used in the most economically efficient way. Full employment embodies the highest amount of skilled and unskilled labor that could be employed within an economy at any given time. The remaining unemployment is frictional. Frictional unemployment is the amount of unemployment that results from workers who are in between jobs, but are still in the labor force. Full employment is attainable within any economy, but may result in an inflationary period. The inflation would result from workers, as a whole, having more disposable income, which would drive prices upward. Many economists have estimated the amount of frictional unemployment, with the number ranging from 2-7% of the labor force. Cyclical Unemployment : A factor of overall unemployment that relates to the cyclical trends in growth and production that occur within the business cycle. When business cycles are at their peak, cyclical unemployment will be low because total economic output is being maximized. When economic output falls, as measured by the gross domestic product (GDP), the business cycle is low and cyclical unemployment will rise. Economists describe cyclical unemployment as the result of businesses not having enough demand for labor to employ all those who are looking for work. The lack of employer demand comes from a lack of spending and consumpt ion in t he overall economy. Cyclical unemployment is one of five classes of unemployment as recognized by econo- mists. Other types include structural, frictional, classical and Marxian. In most cases, several types of unemployment exist at the same time. With the exception of cyclical unemployment, the other classes can be occurring even at the peak ranges of business cycles, when the economy is said to be at or near “full employment”. Pale Recession : A phrase used in May 2008 by former Federal Reserve Board Chairman Alan Greenspan to describe an economic environment in which recession has not yet hit all the areas of the economy. In particular, Greenspan was speaking of the U.S. employment numbers at the time, which had not yet seen as significant of a decline as would be expected in a full recessionary environment, which is generally marked by a broad decline in economic activity across the economy. Greenspan used this term in a television interview with Bloomberg on May 4, 2008. When asked whether the U.S. was in a recession he responded, "We're in a recession ... but this is an awfully pale recession at the moment. The declines in employment have not been as big as you'd expect to see." Fiscal Policy :Government spending policies that influence macroeconomic conditions. These policies affect tax rates, interest rates and government spending, in an effort to control the economy. Since the 1980s, most western countries have held a "tight" policy, limiting public expenditure. Money Supply :The entire quantity of bills, coins, loans, credit and other liquid instruments in a country's economy. Money supply is divided into multiple categories - M0, M1, M2 and M3 - according to the type and size of account in which the instrument is kept. The money supply is important to economists trying to understand how policies will affect interest rates and growth. Discount Rate : 1. The interest rate that an eligible depository institution is charged to borrow shortterm funds directly from a Federal Reserve Bank. 2. The interest rate used in determining the present Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 92
Slide 93: Section -2 (Hot Topics : Economy Special) value of future cash flows. This type o f bo rrowing from the Fed is fairly limited. Institutions will often seek other means of meeting short-term liquidity needs. Prime Rate : The interest rate that commercial banks charge their mo st credit-worthy customers. Generally a bank's best customers consist of large corporations. Default risk is the main determiner of the interest rate a bank will charge a borrower. Because a bank's best customers have little chance of defaulting, the bank can charge them a rate that is lower than the rate that would be charged to a customer who has a higher likelihood of defaulting on a loan. constantly in a state of flux as the bears and their optimistic counterparts, "bulls", are trying to take control, do remember that over the last 100 years or so the U.S. stock market has increased an average 11% a year. This means that every single long-term market bear has lost money. Bull Market : A financial market of a group of securities in which prices are rising or are expected to rise. The term "bull market" is most often used to refer to the stock market, but can be applied to anything that is traded, such as bonds, currencies and commodities. Bull markets are characterized by optimism, investor confidence and expectations that strong results will continue. It's difficult to predict consistently when the trends in the market will change. Part of the difficulty is that psychological effects and speculation may sometimes play a large role in the markets. The use of "bull" and "bear" t o describe markets comes from the way the animals attack their opponents. A bull thrusts its horns up into the air while a bear swipes its paws down. These actions are metaphors for the movement of a market. If the trend is up, it's a bull market. If the trend is down, it's a bear market. Bear Market: A market condition in which the prices of securities are falling, and widespread pessimism causes the negative sentiment to be self-sustaining. As investors anticipate losses in a bear market and selling continues, pessimism only grows. Although figures can vary, for many, a downturn of 20% or more in multiple broad market indexes, such as the Dow Jones Industrial Average (DJIA) or Standard & Poor's 500 Index (S&P 500), over at least a twomonth period, is considered an entry into a bear market. A bear market should not be confused with a correction, which is a short -term trend that has a duration of less than two months. While corrections are often a great place for a value investor to find an entry point, bear markets rarely provide great entry Bull :An investor who thinks the market, a specific security or an industry will rise. Bulls are optimistic investors who are presently predicting good things for the market, and are attempting to profit from this upward movement. For example if you are bullish on the S&P 500 you will attempt to profit from a rise in the index by going long on it. Bulls are the exact opposite of the market's bears, who are pessimistic and believe that a particular security, commodity or entity will suffer a decline in price. Bullishness does not necessarily apply only to the stock market; you could for example be bullish on just about anything, including commodities like soy beans, crude oil or even peanuts. Bear : An investor who believes that a particular security or market is headed downward. Bears attempt to profit from a decline in prices. Bears are generally pessimistic about the state of a given market. For example, if an investor were bearish on the S&P 500 they would attempt to profit from a decline in the broad market index. Bearish sentiment can be applied to all types of markets including commodity markets, stock markets and the bond market. Although you often hear that the stock market is Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 93
Slide 94: Section -2 (Hot Topics : Economy Special) points, as timing the bottom is very difficult to do. Fighting back can be extremely dangerous because it is quite difficult for an investor to make stellar gains during a bear market unless he or she is a short seller. Recession: A significant decline in activity across the economy, lasting longer than a few months. It is visible in industrial production, employment, real income and wholesale-retail trade. The technical indicator of a recession is two consecutive quarters of negative economic growth as measured by a country's gross domestic product (GDP); although the National Bureau of Economic Research (NBER) does not necessarily need to see this occur to call a recession. Recession is a normal (albeit unpleasant) part of the business cycle; however, one-time crisis events can often trigger the onset of a recession. A recession generally lasts from six to 18 months, and interest rates usually fall in during these months to stimulate the economy by offering cheap rates at which to borrow money. Boom: A period of time during which sales or business activity increases rapidly. In the stock market, booms are associated with bull markets. Conversely, busts are associated with bear markets. The cyclical nature of the market and the economy in general suggests that every bull market in history has been followed by a bear market. The internet technologies boom in the late '90s was one of the largest booms in history (followed by one of the biggest busts in history). Public-Private Investment Program – PPIP: A plan designed to value and remove troubled assets from the balance sheet of troubled financial institutions in the U.S. Essentially, the Public-Private Investment Program's goal is to create partnerships with private investors to buy toxic assets. The program is designed to increase liquidity in the market and to serve as a price-discovery tool for valuing troubled assets. Zero-Investment Portfolio: A group of investments which, when combined, create a zero net value. Zero-investment portfolios can be achieved by simultaneously purchasing securities and selling equivalent securities. This will achieve lower risk/ gains compared to only purchasing or selling the same securities. Arbitrage: The simultaneous purchase and sale of an asset in order to profit from a difference in the price. It is a trade that profits by exploiting price differences of identical or similar financial instruments, on different markets or in different forms. Arbitrage exists as a result of market inefficiencies; it provides a mechanism to ensure prices do not deviate substantially from fair value for long periods of time. Asset Allocation: An investment strategy that aims to balance risk and reward by apportioning a portfolio's assets according to an individual's goals, risk tolerance and investment horizon. The three main asset classes - equities, fixed-income, and cash and equivalents - have different levels of risk and return, so each will behave differently over time. Portfolio: A grouping of financial assets such as stocks, bonds and cash equivalents, as well as their mutual, exchange-traded and closed-fund counterparts. Portfolios are held directly by investors and/ or managed by financial professional Security: An instrument representing ownership (stocks), a debt agreement (bonds) or the rights to ownership (derivatives). Corporation: A legal entity that is separate and distinct from its owners. Corporations enjoy most of the rights and responsibilities that an individual possesses; that is, a corporation has the right to enter into contracts, loan and borrow money, sue and be sued, hire employees, own assets and pay taxes. The most important aspect of a corporation is limited liability. That is, shareholders have the right to participate in the profits, through dividends and/or the appreciation of stock, but are not held personally liable for the company's debts. Corporations are often called "C Corporations". Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 94
Slide 95: Section -2 (Hot Topics : Economy Special) Fortune 500: An annual list of the 500 largest companies in the United States. The list is compiled using the most recent figures for revenue. Index: A statistical measure of change in an economy or a securities market. In the case of financial markets, an index is an imaginary portfolio of securities representing a particular market or a portion of it. Each index has its own calculation methodology and is usually expressed in terms of a change from a base value. Thus, the percentage change is more important than the actual numeric value. Stock and bond market indexes are used to construct index mutual funds and exchange-traded funds (ETFs) whose portfolios mirror the components of the index. in hedge funds are illiquid as they often require investors keep their money in the fund for at least one year. Short Selling: The selling of a security that the seller does not own, or any sale that is completed by the delivery of a security borrowed by the seller. Short sellers assume that they will be able to buy the stock at a lower amount than the price at which they sold short. Buyback: The repurchase of outstanding shares (repurchase) by a company in order to reduce the number of shares on the market. Companies will buy back shares either to increase the value of shares still available (reducing supply), or to eliminate any threats by shareholders who may be looking for a controlling stake. Short Covering: Purchasing securities in order to close an open short position. This is done by buying the same type and number of securities that were sold short. Most often, traders cover their shorts whenever they speculate that the securities will rise. In order to make a profit, a short seller must cover the shorts by purchasing the security below the original selling price. Also referred to as "buy to cover" or "buyback". Nasdaq: A computerized system that facilitates trading and provides price quotations on more than 5,000 of the more actively traded over the counter stocks. Created in 1971, the Nasdaq was the world's first electronic stock market. Stocks on the Nasdaq are traditionally listed under four or five letter ticker symbols. If the company is a transfer from the New York Stock Exchange, the symbol may be comprised of three letters. Over-The-Counter – OTC: A security traded in some context other than on a formal exchange such as the NYSE, TSX, AMEX, etc. The phrase "over-the-counter" can be used to refer to stocks that trade via a dealer network as opposed to on a centralized exchange. It also refers to debt securities and other financial instruments such as Market Capitalization: The total dollar market value of all o f a company's outst anding shares. Market capitalization is calculated by multiplying a company's shares outstanding by the current market price of one share. The investment community uses this figure to determining a company's size, as opposed to sales or total asset figures. Frequently referred to as "market cap". Hedge: Making an investment to reduce the risk of adverse price movements in an asset. Normally, a hedge consists of taking an offsetting position in a related security, such as a futures contract. Hedge Fund :An aggressively managed portfolio of investments that uses advanced investment strategies such as leveraged, long, short and derivative positions in both domestic and international markets with the goal of generating high returns (either in an absolute sense or over a specified market benchmark). Legally, hedge funds are most often set up as private investment partnerships that are open to a limited number of investors and require a very large initial minimum investment. Investments Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 95
Slide 96: Section -2 (Hot Topics : Economy Special) derivatives, which are traded through a dealer network. Derivative: A security whose price is dependent upon or derived from one or more underlying assets. The derivative itself is merely a contract between two or more parties. Its value is determined by fluctuations in the underlying asset. The most common underlying assets include stocks, bonds, commodities, currencies, interest rates and market indexes. Most derivatives are characterized by high leverage. Penny Stock: A stock that trades at a relatively low price and market capitalization, usually outside of the major market exchanges. These types of stocks are generally considered to be highly speculative and high risk because of their lack of liquidity, large bidask spreads, small capitalization and limited following and disclosure. They will often trade over the counter through the OTCBB and pink sheets. Automated Clearing House - ACH :An electronic funds-transfer system run by the National Automated Clearing House Association. This payment system deals with payroll, direct deposit, tax refunds, consumer bills, tax payment, and many more payment services. Commercial Bank: A financial institution that provides services such as a accepting deposits and giving business loans. Commercial banking activities are different than those of investment banking, which include underwriting, acting as an intermediary between an issuer of securities and the investing public, facilitating mergers and other corporate reorganizations, and also acting as a broker for institutional clients. Electronic Check: A form of payment made via the internet that is designed to perform the same function as a conventional paper check. Because the check is in an electronic format, it can be processed in fewer steps and has more security features than a standard paper check. Security features provided by electronic checks include authentication, public key cryptography, digital signatures and encryption, among others. Also referred to as an "echeck". Wire Transfer: An electronic transfer of funds across a network administered by hundreds of banks around the world. Wire transfers allow people in different geographic locations to easily transfer money. Outside of North America, wire transfers are sometimes referred to as a 'telegraphic transfer' or t/t. Clearing: The procedure by which an organization acts as an intermediary and assumes the role of a buyer and seller for transactions in order to reconcile orders between transacting parties. Clearing is necessary for the matching of all buy and sell orders in the market. It provides smoother and more efficient markets, as parties can make transfers to the clearing corporation, rather than to each individual party with whom they have transacted. Clearing House: An agency or separate corporation of a futures exchange responsible for settling trading accounts, clearing trades, collecting and maintaining margin monies, regulating delivery and reporting trading data. Clearing houses act as third parties to all futures and options contracts - as a buyer to every clearing member seller and a seller to every clearing member buyer. Cash Market: The market for a cash commodity or actual, as opposed to the market for its futures contract. A cash market may take the following forms: self-regulated centralized markets, such as commodity exchanges; decentralized over-the-counter markets where private transactions may occur; or localized community organizations, such as grain elevators. At these locations, you can purchase the actual physical commodity rather than just the futures contract. Buyer's Market: A market condition characterized by an abundance of goods available for sale. When a buyer's market exists in commodities, the buyer is able to be selective in purchasing contracts, as there are many individuals wishing to sell. Furthermore, these buyers will generally be able to purchase con- Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 96
Slide 97: Section -2 (Hot Topics : Economy Special) tracts at lower prices than those that were previously prevalent. Forward Contract :A cash market transaction in which delivery of the commodity is deferred until after the contract has been made. Although the delivery is made in the future, the price is determined on the initial trade date. Most forward contracts don't have standards and aren't traded on exchanges. A farmer would use a forward contract to "lock-in" a price for his grain for the upcoming fall harvest. Hybrid Security: A security that combines two or more different financial instruments. Hybrid securities generally combine both debt and equity characteristics. The most common example is a convertible bond that has features of an ordinary bond, but is heavily influenced by the price movements of the stock into which it is convertible. Often referred to as "hybrids".New types of hybrid securities are being introduced all the time to meet the needs of sophisticated investors. Some of these securities get so complicated that it's tough to define them as either debt or equity. Commodity: 1. A basic good used in commerce that is interchangeable with other commodities of the same type. Commodities are most often used as inputs in the production of other goods or services. The quality of a given commodity may differ slightly, but it is essentially uniform across producers. When they are traded on an exchange, commodities must also meet specified minimum standards, also known as a basis grade. 2. Any good exchanged during commerce, which includes goods traded on a commodity exchange. The basic idea is that there is little differentiation between a commodity coming from one producer and the same commodity from another producer - a barrel of oil is basically the same product, regardless of the producer. Compare this to, say, electronics, where the quality and features of a given product will be completely different depending on the producer. Some traditional examples of commodities include grains, gold, beef, oil and natural gas. More recently, the definition has expanded to include financial prod- ucts such as foreign currencies and indexes. Technological advances have also led to new types of commodities being exchanged in the marketplace: for example, cell phone minutes and bandwidth. The sale and purchase of commodities is usually carried out through futures contracts on exchanges that standardize the quantity and minimum quality of the commodity being traded. For example, the Chicago Board of Trade stipulates that one wheat contract is for 5,000 bushels and also states what grades of wheat (e.g. No. 2 Northern Spring) can be used to satisfy the contract. Diversification: A risk management technique that mixes a wide variety of investments within a portfolio. The rationale behind this technique contends that a portfolio of different kinds of investments will, on average, yield higher returns and pose a lower risk than any individual investment found within the portfolio. Diversification strives to smooth out unsystematic risk events in a portfolio so t hat the positive performance of some investments will neutralize the negative performance of others. Therefore, the benefits of diversification will hold only if the securities in the portfolio are not perfectly correlated. Active Bond :A term used to describe fixed-income securities that trade frequently on the floor of the NYSE.These are typically corporate debt instruments and convertible bonds issued by well established companies on the NYSE. Maturity: 1. The length of time until the principal amount of a bond must be repaid. 2. The end of the life of a security. In other words, the maturity is the date the borrower must pay back the money he or she borrowed through the issue of a bond. Government Security: A government debt obligation (local or national) backed by the credit and tax- Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 97
Slide 98: Section -2 (Hot Topics : Economy Special) ing power of a country with very little risk of default. This includes short-term Treasury bills, medium-term Treasury notes, and long-term Treasury bonds. Sovereign Bond: A debt security issued by a national government within a given country and denominated in a foreign currency. The foreign currency used will most likely be a hard currency, and may represent significantly more risk to the bondholder. ADVERTISEMENT NEW BOOK Arrivals Geography : A Comprehensive Study for Pre and Main Exams by Mahesh Kumar Barnwal About The Author : The author is successful candidate of civil services 1997 batch and has the experience of teaching geography at Cosmos IAS Academy Delhi for the last 11 years. Book Description : The present book 'Geography : A Comprehensive Study' is the english edition of his very popular book in Hindi 'Bhugol : A Samagra Addhyan' among the civil services aspirants. The book is emprenated with all relevant concepts and information needed for the general studies as well as Geography optional. Author : Mahesh Kumar Barnwal Medium : English Publisher: Cosmos Publication No. of Pages : 388 ISBN : 819081741 - 8 Price: 225.00 Rs. BUY ONLINE: http://upscportal.com/store/Book/Cosmos-Publication/Geography/Geography-A-Comprehensive-Study-for-Pre-and-main-Exams-of-Union-and-State-PSC Advertise your Business Here Contact Us Online: http://upscportal.com/store/contact Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 98
Slide 99: WHY REGISTER? at www.upscportal.com UPSCPORTAL Provides following content free of cost to all its members : - Daily GS Dose - Study Material - Previous Year Papers - Current Affairs - Topper Interviews - Online Forum - Tips & Tricks - Books Information - Exams Syllabus - Online Results - Free Downloads - Coaching Center Information - Live Community Chat and much much more... Register Online Now! Http://upscportal.com Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 99
Slide 100: Section -3 (Current Relevant Facts) Current Affairs » Farah Pandith has appointed to head the new Office of the United States Special Representative to Muslim Communities. Special Representative Farah Pandith and her staff (S/SRMC) will be responsible for executing t he Administration’s efforts to engage with Muslims around the world on a people-to-people and organizational level.Pandith was the senior adviser on Muslim engagement in the European and Eurasian region at the State Department. The position was created for the first time in the US history. Prior to the State Department, she served on the National Security Council at the White House where she worked on Muslim engagement and combating extremism. She worked at the U.S. Agency for International Development in the early 1990s and again in 2003. She also served in Kabul, Afghanistan in 2004. Pandith, a Muslim, immigrated to the United States with her parents from Srinagar, India. She grew up in Massachusetts with a diversity of faiths, ethnicities and perspectives. » Gangubai was the recipient of several prestigious awards like the Karnataka Sangeet Nritya Academy Award, in the year 1962, the Padma Bhushan in 1971, Padma Vibhushan in 2002 and the Sangeet Natak Akademi Award in the year 1973. » Renowned Hindustani classical vocalist Gangubai Hangal died at the Lifeline Emergency Care Centre in Hubli, Karnataka on July 21, 2009. She was 97year-old. She was born in 1913 at Dharwad to Chikkurao Nadiger, an agriculturist and Ambabai, a celebrated vocalist of Carnatic music. Her family shifted to Hubli in 1928. Initially, she learned classical music from Krishnacharya and Dattopant Desai before studying under Sawai Gandharva. She started performing in local celebrations and Ganeshotsavas in Mumbai as a teenager. She is probably the last of the titans to be representing the purity of Hindustani classical music. » The journalist-turned-politician Jadranka Kosor became Croatia's first woman prime minister on July 6, 2009 vowing to revive the country's bid to join the European Union and tackle the economic crisis.Her centre-right cabinet were approved by 83 deputies in a vote in the 153-member parliament. Forty-five voted against, no one abstained while the remaining were not present.She succeeded Ivo Sanader who, after holding Croatia's most powerful political position for the past six years, shocked the nation by resigning in June last pushing the country into political turmoil. The 56-year-old Jadranka Kosor took up the mantle amid deep economic woes that have the country facing its worst crisis since its war of independence from the former communist Yugoslavia in the early 1990s.Her appointment is seen as controversial, but she pledged to tackle Croatia's economic struggles and its stalled bid to become the European Union's 28th member by 2011. » Mauritania's former military ruler Gen. Mohamed Ould Abdel Aziz took oath of office as the nation's new civilian president on August 6, 2009. His political opponents are still challenging the outcome of last month's election. Earlier he was declared the victor in the presidential election with more than 50 percent of the vote following a well-organized campaign that portrayed him as the "President of the Poor" on July 19, 2009. Former general Mohamed Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 100
Slide 101: Section -3 (Current Relevant Facts) Ould Abdel Aziz was sworn in as president a year after taking power in a military coup that toppled the nation's first freely-elected leader. » He encouraged greater cooperation between Mauritania and Mali in the fight against terrorism. Al-Qaeda's North Africa affiliate has been active in the area, attacking government troops and kidnapping foreign tourists. While Mauritania's leading political opponents say they will not cooperate with the new Aziz government, members of the International Crisis Group are hoping there will eventually be some reconciliation. African Union Ambassador to Belgium Mohamed Sale Nadif was part of the International Crisis Group that negotiated the transitional government that led to last month's vote. ing from cancer. Bhaskar Chandavarkar blended Indian classical and Western music in his work. He was a disciple of Pandit Ravi Shankar. He composed the musical scores for about 40 films in Hindi, Marathi, and Malayalam. He won acclaim for the innovative music he composed for the landmark Marathi play Ghashiram Kotwal, written by Vijay Tendulkar and directed by Jabbar Patel in the early 1970s. He also taught music at the Film and Television Institute of India (FTII) for 15 years. A recipient of the Sangeet Natak Akademi Award in 1988, Chandavarkar also scored the music in many offbeat films like Amol Palekar’s Aakrit and Jabbar Patel’s Saamna and Sinhasan. His other films include Thodasa Rumaani Ho Jaye, Kairi, Raosaheb, and Mati Mai. » Music director and sitarist Bhaskar Chandavarkar » Syed Abdullah Bukhari, the grand old Shahi Imam of Delhi's historic Jama Masjid and for long one of India's most outspoken Muslim leaders, died in New Delhi on July 8, 2009 after a long illness. He was 87. The elderly Bukhari, who anointed his son Syed Ahmed Bukhari as the Shahi Imam in 2000 but continued to retain the title was named the Naib Shahi Imam in 1946, a year before India's independence. Belonging to a family originally hailing from Central Asia, the Bukharis were invited to Delhi by Mughal emperors to preside over the Jama Masjid. Abdullah Bukhari, born in Rajasthan and educated in Delhi, was the 12th Shahi Imam. Bukhari took keen interest in the social and economic issues linked to Muslims.He took to the streets following communal violence in Delhi's Kishanganj area in 1974, leading to his jailing for 18 days in early 1975. The event triggered widespread protests. He rose to national prominence in March 1977 when he joined national politicians in mobilising people to vote out the Congress government of Indira Gandhi, accusing it of displacing the poor from their homes and forcing their menfolk to undergo vasectomy. The senior Bukhari also played an active role in support of the Babri Masjid in Ayodhya but his appeal started to wane after mobs destroyed the mosque in 1992, creating the worst Hindu-Muslim fissures since 1947. died at age of 73 early this morning. He was suffering from cancer. Bhaskar Chandavarkar blended Indian classical and Western music in his work. He was a disciple of Pandit Ravi Shankar. He composed the musical scores for about 40 films in Hindi, Marathi, and Malayalam. He won acclaim for the innovative music he composed for the landmark Marathi play Ghashiram Kotwal, written by Vijay Tendulkar and directed by Jabbar Patel in the early 1970s. He also taught music at the Film and Television Institute of India (FTII) for 15 years. A recipient of the Sangeet Natak Akademi Award in 1988, Chandavarkar also scored the music in many offbeat films like Amol Palekar’s Aakrit and Jabbar Patel’s Saamna and Sinhasan. His other films include Thodasa Rumaani Ho Jaye, Kairi, Raosaheb, and Mati Mai. » Formerly the Rajmata of Jaipur and one of the last of India's surviving royalty, Maharani Gayatri Devi died Wednesday, July 29, after a ten-day illness. She was 90 years old. Born in 1919 into the royal family of Cooch Behar, in 1939 Devi married Maharaja Sawai Man Singh II of Jaipur, becoming his third wife. She ran for parliament in 1962 as a member of the Swatantra Party, winning her constituency with a then-record 78% of the vote. Gayatri Devi won reelection twice, but she ran afoul of tax laws after the abolition of privy purses in 1971 and was jailed for five months. After her release from prison, she withdrew from politics and published an autobiog- » Music director and sitarist Bhaskar Chandavarkar died at age of 73 early this morning. He was suffer- Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 101
Slide 102: Section -3 (Current Relevant Facts) raphy, A Princess Remembers, in 1976; the 1997 film Mémoires d'une princesse des Indes (Memoirs of a Hindu Princess) was based around her life. » Famous painter Tyeb Mehta died in his house at Mumbai on july 2,2009. He was 84. He is survived by wife and two children. » Mr. Mehta who was born in 1925 in Gujarat, started his career in the film industry. In 1952, he obtained a diploma from the JJ College of Arts. He hit the headlines in t he art world when his painting ‘Celebration&rsquo; was sold for a whopping Rs. 1.5 crores. In 2005, his picture ‘Kali’ was sold for Rs. 1 crore. In 2007, his picture ‘Christine' was sold in an auction for 2 billion dollars.In 2007, Indian government honoured him with Padmasri. its version of Google Earth on august 12,2009. Minister of State in the PMO Prithviraj Chavan launched the beta version of the geoportal www.bhuvan.nrsc.gov.in at a day-long workshop of the Astronautical Society of India on "21st Century Challenges in Space -- Indian Context."The new webbased tool allows users to have a closer look at any part of the subcontinent barring sensitive locations such as military and nuclear installations. » The degree of resolution showcased is based on points of interest and popularity, but most of the Indian terrain is covered upto at least six meters of resolution with the least spatial resolution being 55 meters. » Bhuvan uses images taken at least a year ago by ISRO's seven remote sensing satellites, including Cartosat-1 and Cartosat-2. These eyes in the sky can capture images of objects as small as a car on the road to build three-dimensional map of the world. » Hawaii was chosen as the site for the world's biggest telescope, a device so powerful that it will allow scientists to see some 13 billion light years away and get a glimpse into the early years of the universe on july 20,2009. » The pictures are expected to be sharper than those on Google Earth as Bhuvan uses 10 meter resolution images as against 200 meter resolution photos offered by others.Unlike in Google Earth, users will not be able to download images from Bhuvan and will be able to browse content like on any website. » The telescope's mirror stretching almost 100 feet in diameter, or nearly the length of a Boeing 737's wingspan, will be so large that it should be able to gather light that will have spent 13 billion years traveling to earth. This means astronomers looking into the telescope will be able to see images of the first stars and galaxies forming - some 400 million years after the Big Bang. (IMP) Get UPSCPORTAL , Jobs, Results, Notification Alerts on Email. Step-1: Fill Your Email address in form below. you will get a confirmation email within 10 min. Step-2: Varify your email by clicking on the link in the email. (check Inbox and Spam folders) Step-3: Done! Now you will regular Alerts on your email. » The telescope, expected to be completed by 2018, will be located atop a dormant volcano that is popular with astronomers because its summit sits well above the clouds at 13,796 feet, offering a clear view of the sky above for 300 days a year.Hawaii's isolated position in the middle of the Pacific Ocean also means the area is relatively free of air pollution. Few cities on the Big Island mean there aren't a lot of man-made lights around to disrupt observations.The other finalist candidate site for the Thirty Meter Telescope was Chile's Cerro Armazones mountain. The common man can now view sharper pictures of any part of the world on their personal computer using satellite images with ISRO unveiling 'Bhuvan', Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 102
Slide 103: Useful Links UPSC Papers: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/PAPERS UPSC Tips: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/TIPS FREE CHAT: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/CHAT UPSC Toppers: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/TOPPERS UPSC Interviews: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/interviews UPSC QUIZ: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/QUIZ Current Affairs: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/current-affairs Online Forum: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/forum UPSC Books: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/BOOKS Free NCERT Books: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/ncert_books UPSC Syllabus: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/Syllabus UPSC Results: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/Results UPSC Coaching: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/coaching/civil-services-coaching-center-list GOVT Jobs: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/JOBS Notification: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/tag/ias-civil-services-india/notifications Civil Services IAS: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/IAS IES: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/IES IPS: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/IPS IFS: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/tag/upsc-services/IFS NDA: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/tag/upsc-services/nda-national-defence-academy-naval-academyexamination CDS: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/tag/upsc-services/cds-combined-defence-services-examination SSC: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/tag/upsc-services/ssc SCRA: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/tag/upsc-services/scra-special-class-railway-apprentices-examination RRB: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/tag/upsc-services/rrb Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 103
Slide 104: Section -4 (SPORTS) SPORTS Asian Carrom Championship: India retained the men and women team titles in the third Asian Carrom Championship in Pune on August 12, 2009.Defending champion India blanked Sri Lanka by identical 3-0 margin in both Men and Women's team finals.In the women's section, Parimala Devi defeated Roshita Joseph 25-8, 25-24. World Champion I Illavazhaki faced tough challenge from Yashika Rahubadde of Sri Lanka when she lost the first game 16-25 but recovered quickly to win the next two games 25-0, 25-3. Reigning Asian Champion Rashmi Kumari out-pointed Nayana Wickramasinghe at 25-6, 25-2. Women's Singles: In the fourth all-Williams final at Wimbledon, Serena beat her sister Venus 7-6 (3), 62 on July 4, 2009 and won her third title and 11th Grand Slam championship. Serena beat Venus in the 2002 and '03 finals, before Venus prevailed in 2008 championship match. Venus was trying to become the first woman since Steffi Graf in 1991-93 to win Wimbledon three years in a row. Serena became the second player in the Open era to win the Wimbledon women's title after overcoming a match point, having done so in the semifinals against Elena Dementieva. The only other player to do it was Venus, who saved one in the 2005 final against Lindsay Davenport. Women's Doubles: Serena Williams and Venus Williams of US won women’s doubles title beating Rennae Stubbs and Samantha Stosur of Australia 76(4), 6-4 on July 5, 2009. Serena Williams won a pair of Grand Slam titles at Wimbledon, just like her sister Venus did in 2008.It was their fourth Wimbledon title together, part of their haul of nine Grand Slam women’s doubles championships. Men's Doubles: Daniel Nestor of Canada and Nenad Zimonjic of Serbia won their second straight Wimbledon men’s doubles title, beating top-seeded American twins Bob and Mike Bryan 7-6(7), 6-7(3), 7-6(3), 6-3. Mixed Doubles: Mark Knowles (BAH) and AnnaLena Groenefeld of GERmany won. Boys' Singles: Andrey Kuznetsov of Russia Girls' Singles: Noppawan Lertcheewakarn of Thailand Boys' Doubles: Kevin Krawietz (GER) and PierreHugues Herbert (FRA) Girls' Doubles: Noppawan Lertcheewakarn (THA) » In the men's section, National champion B Radhakrishnan routed Viraj Fernando 25-9, 25-2, while World Champion Yogesh Pardeshi was made to fight before emerging winner against Chamil Coorey 25-9, 14-25, 25-18. Hidyat Ansari defeated seasoned campaigner D Nishanta Fernando 25-16, 25-17. Wimbledon 2009 Men's Singles: Roger Federer of Switzerland won his Sixth Grand Slam in Wimbledon after defeating Andy Roddick on a tiresome 5 sets with 14-16 score on the last set in favor of Roger Federer. It was his record 15th Grand Slam title. It was the 6th Grand Slam of Roger Federer’s 7 consecutive final appearance while it was Andy Roddick’s 3rd finals appearance in Wimbledon which all of his 3 final appearance fall in the hands of Roger Federer. Rafael Nadal who won the 2008 Grand Slam in Wimbledon, who defeated Federer on 5 grueling sets did not play for the said tournament because of an injury. Roger Federer had 15 ‘major’ in his possession, one more than Pete Sampras.The Swiss reached his sixth title and regain the ‘number one’. Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 104
Slide 105: Section -4 (SPORTS) and Sally Peers (AUS). ITF Lexington Challenger Title: Second seeded Sania Mirza defeated top-seed Frenchwoman Julie Coin 7-6 (7/5), 6-4 to lift the International Tennis Federation (ITF) Lexington Challenger title. The 22year-old Hyderabadi girl clinched the victory winning the 50,000 dollar title. With this win, she climbed up three places in the latest WTA singles rankings. She now stands the 80th. Bangladesh- West Indies Test series: Bangladesh won the test series beating the West Indies in the second and final Test on July 21, 2009. The victory was Bangladesh's first Test series win away from home - admittedly against a weakened and inexperienced West Indies side after senior players boycotted the series over a pay dispute - and the first time they have won two successive Tests. Bangladeshi standin captain Shakib Al Hasan was given the man-ofthe-series award. Bangladesh- West Indies One-day series: Halfcenturies from Junaid Siddique and Mahmudullah led Bangladesh to a three-wicket victory, and a 3-0 cleansweep of the One-Day International series over West Indies. Siddique struck six fours in 55 from 73 balls, and Mahmudullah, who was named man-ofthe-match, hit two fours and one six in an unbeaten 51 from 70 balls to help Bangladesh overhaul a victory target of 249 in the third and final ODI at Warner Park. Bangladesh won the opening match in Dominica by 52 runs, and the second match at the same venue by three wickets. Their ODI series victory followed a cleansweep of the preceding twoTest series against a home side decimated by a player boycott. Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 105
Slide 106: Section -5 (AWARDS) Awards PATA Awards The tourism ministry of India was given two prestigious Pacific Asia Travel Association (PATA) gold awards for 2009 on August 3. It was declared the winner of two awards in the marketing media Travel Advertisement Broadcast Media and Travel Poster category. PATA aims to promote the sustainable development of tourism in the Asia Pacific region. Kerala Tourism was chosen for 2009 Pacific Asia Travel Association (PATA) Gold Award in the marketing destination category It was selected as "best in class" from amongst 236 entries worldwide. The award ceremony will take place Sep 25 during the PATA Travel Mart 2009 in Hangzhou, China. Kerala Tourism also won national recognition, bagging the CNBC awards for Best Travel Destination and Best State Tourism Board, based on a survey conducted across 12 cities in the country. UNESCO Literacy Prizes King Sejong Literacy Prizes: A newspaper produced entirely by women in rural India “Khabar Lahariya” was among the winners of year 2009 King Sejong Literacy Prizes awarded by the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) for innovative programs designed to teach marginalized populations how to read and write. One of two awards of the UNESCO King Sejong Literacy Prize, supported by the Republic of Korea, goes to Tin Tua’s Literacy and Non-Formal Education Programme in eastern Burkina Faso. The NGO’s name means “let’s help ourselves develop” in the Gulimancema language. It has achieved excellent results by using participants’ primary language, producing reading material locally, and focusing on gender and sustainable community development. The second award of the UNESCO King Sejong Literacy Prize goes to the NGO Nirantar’s project “Khabar Lahariya” - “news waves” - in Uttar Pradesh, northern India. It has created a rural fortnightly newspaper entirely produced and marketed by “low caste” women, distributed to more than 20,000 newly literate readers. Its well-structured method of training newly literate women as journalists and democratizing information production provides an easily replicated model of transformative education. The UNESCO Confucius Prize: The UNESCO Confucius Prize for Literacy, supported by the People’s Republic of China, also has two awards. The first was given to the Pashai Language Development Project implemented by SERVE Afghanistan, a British NGO. The community-owned initiative provides meaningful literacy, livelihood, public health and nutrition education to about 1,000 Pashai ethnic minority men and women annually. The second award of the UNESCO Confucius Prize for Literacy goes to the Municipal Literacy Coordinating Council, Municipality of Agoo, La Union, Philippines, for its Continuing Education and Lifelong Learning Programme, which makes available a vast array of education and training opportunities to the entire population, including the neediest. The municipal authority’s leadership in coordinating activities is a key factor in eliminating illiteracy and sustaining lifelong learning in the area’s 49 villages. The Jury commended the project’s joint funding by the government, NGOs, the private sector and international donors as exemplary. The UNESCO International Literacy Prizes are awarded every year in recognition of excellence and innovation in literacy throughout the world. Complying with the United Nations Literacy Decade Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 106
Slide 107: Section -5 (AWARDS) (UNLD) thematic calendar, the theme for year 2009 Prizes was “Literacy and Empowerment”. The award ceremony will take place at UNESCO in Paris on the occasion of the celebration of International Literacy Day, September 8. The King Sejong Literacy Prize was created in 1989 through the generosity of the Government of the Republic of Korea. Each laureate is awarded US $20,000. The UNESCO Confucius Prize for Literacy was established in 2005 through the generosity of the Government of the People’s Republic of China. Each laureate is awarded US $20,000. The Greg Urwin Awards Secretary General of the Pacific Islands Forum Secretariat Tuiloma Neroni Slade announced the names of the first five recipients of an award of talent in the region on August 5. The five award winners are from Fiji, Kiribati, Samoa, Tonga and Papua New Guinea. They are currently undertaking higher level academic studies as part of the Australian Leadership Awards scholarship program. The inaugural awards will support vocational placements in a range of areas including, heath policy, oncology, education, law and engineering. The award winners will begin taking up their placements in 2010. The Greg Urwin Awards were established in 2008 in memory of the late Secretary General of the Forum and are awarded to emerging Pacific Islander leaders in a range of fields by the Forum annually. Idea Filmfare Awards 2008 for the South 56th Idea Filmfare Awards 2008 for the South was held at Hyderabad International Convention Centre (HICC) on July 31st night in a grand manner. Recipients of important category are following: Tamil » Best Film- Subramaniapuram » Best Director- Sasikumar (Subramaniapuram) » Best Actor- Suriya (Vaaranam Aayiram) » Best Actress- Parvathy (Poo) » Best Music director- Harris Jayaraj (Vaaranam Aayiram) Telugu » Best Film: Gamyam » Best Director: Radha Krishna Jagarlamudi (Gamyam) » Best Actor (Male): Allu Arjun (Parugu) » Best Actor (Female): Swathi (Ashta Chemma) » Best Music: Micky J Mayor (Kotha Bangaru Lokam) Malayalam » Best Film: Thirakkatha » Best Director: Ranjith (Thirakkatha) » Best Actor (Male): Lal (Thalappavu) » Best Actor (Female): Priyamani (Thirakkatha) Kannada » Best Film: Moggina Manasu » Best Director: Shashank (Moggina Manasu) » Best Actor (Male): Ganesh (Gaalipata) » Best Actor (Female): Radhika Pandit (Moggina Manasu) » Best Music: Harikrishna (Gaalipata) »Life time achievement award: Veturi Sundararama murthy World Young Reader Prize Malayala Manorama, a leading newspaper from Kerala, won the World Young Reader Prize for its project SAVE (Serve as a Volunteer for Energy) which was aimed at reducing power consumption in Kerala through students' activities. The project was organised as a joint venture of Manorama and Kerala Power Department. The World Young Reader Prize was instituted by the World Association of Newspapers and News Publishing (WAN-IFRA). Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 107
Slide 108: Section -5 (AWARDS) World Press Photo Contest Prize Mexican photographer Carlos Cazalis was one of the winners in World Press Photo contest 2009. The photographer was given first prize in the Contemporary Issues section. Other winners from Latin America included Lissette Lemus of El Salvador, who won first prize for daily life with this image about gang violence in her country, and Luiz Vasconcelos of Brazil, who impressed the judges with this shot of a woman resisting a police eviction of squatters from private land near the city of Manaus, in the Brazilian state of Amazonas. The photo-of-the-year prize went to American photographer Anthony Suau. His winning image shows Det. Rashtriya Khel Puraskar 2009 Beijing Olympic Games bronze medal-winners Sushil Kumar and Vijender Singh along with Four-time world champion pugilist (woman boxer ) MC Mary Kom were chosen for coveted Rajiv Gandhi Khel Ratna award. Twice in the past the Khel Ratna award was shared, once for a team event (yachtsmen Homi Motiwala and P. K. Garg in 1994) and on another occasion between an athlete and a shooter (K.M. Beenamol and Anjali Bhagwat in 2002). But never before had the award been given to three sportspersons. These awards were announced by the Union Sports Ministry on July 29. Category wise award winner followings: Rajiv Gandhi Khel Ratna: M.C. Mary Kom (women’s boxing), Vijender Singh (boxing) and Sushil Kumar (wrestling). Arjuna Award: Mangal Singh Champia (archery), Sinimole Paulose (athletics), Saina Nehwal (badminton), L. Sarita Devi (women’s boxing), Tania Sachdev (chess), Gautam Gambhir (cricket), Ignace Tirkey (hockey), Surinder Kaur (women’s hockey), Pankaj Navnath Shirsat (kabaddi), Satish Joshi (rowing), Ronjan Sodhi (shooting), Poulomi Ghatak (table tennis), Yogeshwar Dutt (wrestling), Girdhari Lal Yadav (yachting) and Parul D. Parmar (badminton, dis- abled). Dronacharya Award: P. Gopi Chand (badminton), Jaydev Bisht (boxing), Baldev Singh (hockey) and Satpal (wrestling). Dhyan Chand Award: Ishar Singh Deol (athletics) and Satbir Singh Dahya (wrestling). Rashtriya Khel Protsahan Puraskar: Tata Steel Limited (two awards, community sports identification and nurturing of budding talent and establishment and management of sports academies); Railway Sports Promotion Board (employment of sportspersons and sports welfare measures). FACTS TO BE REMEMBERED » Each Khel Ratna awardee would receive Rs. 7.5 lakh, the enhanced cash component of the award, apart from a medal and a citation. » The Arjuna, Dronacharya and Dhyan Chand awardees will get Rs. 5 lakh each in year2009, enhanced from the previous Rs. 3 lakh, apart from statuettes and citations while the newly-introduced Rashtriya Khel Protsahan Puraskar winners will receive trophies and citations. » The awards will be presented by the President, Partibha Patil, at the Rashtrapati Bhawan, on August 29. From the year 2009 onwards the award would be known by the year in which it is awarded. Ramon Magsaysay Award 2009 » Six individuals from Burma, China, India, the Philippines, and Thailand were declared winners of Asia’s premier prize, the Ramon Magsaysay Award, for the year 2009. Established in 1957, the Ramon Magsaysay Award is Asia’s highest honor and is widely regarded as the region’s equivalent of the Nobel Prize. It celebrates the memory and leader- Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 108
Slide 109: Section -5 (AWARDS) ship example of the third Philippine President, and is given every year to individuals or organizations in Asia who manifest the same sense of selfless service that ruled the life of the late and beloved Filipino leader. The six 2009 Magsaysay awardees join 271 other laureates who have received Asia’s highest honor to date. This year’s Magsaysay Award winners will each receive a certificate, a medallion bearing the likeness of the late President, and a cash prize. They will be formally conferred the Magsaysay Award during the Presentation Ceremonies to be held on Aug. 31, 2009 at the Cultural Center of the Philippines, to which the public is cordially invited. Winners are Following: ing pragmatic, multisectoral, and collaborative efforts to ensure sustainable benefits for China’s environment and society.” » Ka Hsaw Wa, from Burma. He is being recognized for “his auntlessly pursuing non violent yet effective channels of redress, exposure, and education for the defense of human rights, the environment, and democracy in Burma.” » Krisana Kraisintu, from Thailand. She is being recognized for “her placing pharmaceutical rigor at the service of patients, through her untiring and fearless dedication to producing much-needed generic drugs in Thailand and elsewhere in the developing world.” » Deep Joshi, from India. He is being recognized for “his vision and leadership in bringing professionalism to the NGO movement in India, by effectively combining ‘head’ and ‘heart’ in the transformative development of rural communities.” » Yu Xiaogang, from China. He is being recognized for “his fusing the knowledge and tools of social science with a deep sense of social justice, in assisting dam-affected communities in China to shape the development projects that impact their natural environment and their lives.” » Antonio Oposa, Jr., from the Philippines. He is being recognized for “his pathbreaking and passionate crusade to engage Filipinos in acts of enlightened citizenship that maximize the power of law to protect and nurture the environment for themselves, their children, and generations still to come.” » Ma Jun, from China. He is being recognized for “his harnessing the technology and power of information to address China’s water crisis, and mobiliz- Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 109
Slide 110: ADVERTISEMENT Buy Jawahar Publisher Books at Online Store Jawahar Book Centre and Publishers 62/1, Ber Sarai, Opp. J.N.U. Old Campus New Delhi-110 016 http://upscportal.com/store/tag/jawahar-publishers 1. (General Studies) INDIAN POLITY, CONSTITUTION AND PARLIAMENT by Jawahar Publication 2. (Miscellaneous) PHYSICS (FOR PRELIMS) by Jawahar Publication 3. (Miscellaneous) SOUTH AFRICA : RETROSPECT & PROSPECT by Jawahar Publication 4. (Miscellaneous) MANDAL COMMISSION REVISITED by Jawahar Publication 5. (Miscellaneous) THE PUBLIC SERVICE IN CANADA & INDIA by Jawahar Publication 6. (Miscellaneous) OPEN & DISTANCE EDUCATION by Jawahar Publication 7. (Miscellaneous) BIOTECHNOLOGY ADMISSION GUIDE by Jawahar Publication 8. (Miscellaneous) DISASTER MANAGEMENT by Jawahar Publication 9. (Miscellaneous) KNOWLEDGE BOOK OF SCIENCE: WHAT, HOW & WHY by Jawahar Publication 10. (Miscellaneous) BUDDHA by Jawahar Publication 11. (Miscellaneous) COMMERCE (FOR PRELIMS) by Jawahar Publication 12. (Miscellaneous) THE INDIAN KALEIDOSCOPE by Jawahar Publication 13. (Miscellaneous) EMINENT MODERN INDIAN POLITICAL THINKERS by Jawahar Publication 14. (Miscellaneous) JAWAHAR GATE COMPUTER SCIENCE by Jawahar Publication 15. (Book) JAWAHAR'S UGC/NET/SLET - MADE SIMPLE by Jawahar Publication 16. (English) UGC NET ENGLISH: A CRITICAL HANDBOOK OF LITERATURE IN ENGLISH by Jawahar Publication 17. (Maths) UGC NET/SLET MATHEMATICAL SCIENCE by Jawahar Publication 18. (Book) UGC NET/SLET COMPUTER SCIENCE by Jawahar Publication 19. (General Studies) GENERAL SCIENCE: OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS by Jawahar Publication 20. (General Studies) CONCISE HANDBOOK OF SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY IN INDIA by Jawahar Publication 21. (General Studies) CONCISE HANDBOOK OF GENERAL STUDIES by Jawahar Publication 22. (General Studies) GENERAL STUDIES QUESTION BANK by Jawahar Publication 23. (Political Science) CONCISE HANDBOOK OF INDIAN POLITY by Jawahar Publication 24. (Political Science) ESSAYS ON INDIAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS: A Continuing Review 25. (Economics) LIBERALISATION & GLOBLISATION : WHEN & WHERE by Jawahar Publication 26. (Economics) INDIAN ECONOMY by Jawahar Publication 27. (Economics) CONCISE HANDBOOK OF INDIAN ECONOMY by Jawahar Publication 28. (Economics) THE URUGUAY ROUND by Jawahar Publication 29. (Sociology) A MASTER KEY SOCIOLOGY - PART TWO by Jawahar Publication 30. (Sociology) SOCIOLOGY: AN INTRODUCTION by Jawahar Publication 31. (Sociology) SOCIAL DEMOGRAPHY:A SYSTEMATIC EXPOSITION by Jawahar Publication 32. (Sociology) FUNDAMENTALS OF SOCIOLOGY by Jawahar Publication 33. (Sociology) STUDY OF INDIAN SOCIETY by Jawahar Publication 34. (Publicaion Administration) ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT by Jawahar Publication 35. (Public Administration) BETWEEN ANTHROPOLOGY & SOCIOLOGY by Jawahar Publication 36. (Public Administration) INTRODUCING SOCIAL-CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY by Jawahar Publication 37. (Public Administration) GENERAL ANTHROPOLOGY by Jawahar Publication 38. (Public Administration) INDIAN SOCIETY & CULTURE: CONTINUITY AND CHANGE by Jawahar Publication 39. (Public Administration) PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION QUESTION BANK by Jawahar Publication 40. (Public Administration) SOCIAL THEORY, DEVELOPMENT ADMINISTRATION & DEVELOPMENT ETHICS by Jawahar Publication 41. (Public Administration) RESTRUCTURING PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION: ESSAYS IN REHABILITATION by Jawahar Publication 42. (Public Administration) ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR by Jawahar Publication 43. (Public Administration) NEW HORIZONS OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 44. (Geography) EXPECTED QUESTIONS ON GEOGRAPHY 45. (Geography) GEOGRAPHY (FOR PRELIMS) 46. (Geography) PRACTICAL GEOGRAPHY 47. (Geography) POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY & GEOPOLITICS : A Bibliography 48. (Geography) ENVIRONMENTECOLOGY & NATURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 49. (Geography) OCEANOGRAPHY 50. (Geography) CLIMATOLOGY(General & Applied) 51. (Public Administration) RESTRUCTURING PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION: ESSAYS IN REHABILITATION by Jawahar Publication 52. (Public Administration) ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR by Jawahar Publication 53. (Public Administration) NEW HORIZONS OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 54. (Geography) EXPECTED QUESTIONS ON GEOGRAPHY 55. (Geography) GEOGRAPHY (FOR PRELIMS) 56. (Geography) PRACTICAL GEOGRAPHY 57. (Geography) POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY & GEOPOLITICS : A Bibliography 58. (Geography) ENVIRONMENTECOLOGY & NATURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 59. (Geography) OCEANOGRAPHY 60. (Geography) CLIMATOLOGY(General & Applied) http://upscportal.com/store/tag/jawahar-publishers Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 110
Slide 111: Section -6 (Model Test Paper) Civil Services (Main) Examination-2009 Solved Cum Study Notes Model Paper (General Studies) We are doing our best to provide you material for IAS main examination. With other topics, model paper cum study notes for GS second paper has been provided in this volume. Model paper cum study notes for GS first paper was already given to you in volume-4. Model cum study notes is new idea, which is more appropriate for understanding and keeping in mind for a long time and reproducing at the examination. In this process the our answers may be long and not followed the word limit. Its objective is to make easy to understand the whole issue and topic with associated facts. So read it carefully and do not forget to follow the word limit in examination hall… Time Allowed: Three Hours Maximum Marks: 300 INSTRUCTIONS: Candidates should attempt all question strictly in accordance with the instructions given under each questions. The number of marks carried by each question is indicated at the end of the question 1. Write notes on any two of the following (answer to each question should be in about 150 words): 2x30=60 (a) Where and when was the meeting between the Prime Ministers of India and Pakistan held in 2009? What were the main decisions taken and how much it important for initiating the dialogue process with Pakistan? Why opposition parties are against of it? (b) India-France relations (c) India and Chile 2. Write about the following (answer to each question should be in about 20 wordS): 2x5= I 0 (a) INS Arihant (b) Afghan President Karzai’s visit to India (c) Indo-Sri Lankan Economic Cooperation (d) Strategic Partnership between India and Kazakhstan (e) India and Nepal 3. Write about the following (answer to each question should be in about 20 words) : 2x5=10 (a) Mini Pravasi Bharatiya Divas (b) Global Indian Network of Knowledge (c) Overseas Indian Facilitation Center (OIFC) (d) Overseas Workers Resource Centre (OWRC) (e) Indian council of Overseas Employment (ICOE) (f) Indian Diaspora in Australia 4. Answer anyone of the following (in about 250 words): 30 (a) What steps IMF recently has taken to support low-income countries during crisis? (b) Discuss the situation of Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) equity inflows in India and government’s efforts. 5. Discuss any two of the following topics (answer each question in about 150 words) (a). A Challenge fund for Export Promotion Activities (b). India and Global Meltdown (c). India- MERCOSUR Preferential Trade Agreement 6. Write about the following (answer to each question in about 20 words) : 5x2 = 10 (a) Structural Adjustment Facility (SAF) (b) Rights Accumulation Program (RAP) (c) Green Box (d) NTMs (e). ICSID Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 111
Slide 112: Section -6 (Model Test Paper) 7. Write on any one of the following (answer in about 150 words): 15 (a) BRICS’ Joint Statement on Global Food Security (b) Ethnic Violence in Xinjiang 8. Briefly write about the following (in about 20 words each): 2x5 = 10 (a) G-5 and G-14 (b) Indo-Japan Mutual Trade (c) Second World Conference Against Racism (d) Lebanese Parliamentary Elections (e) India as a political Force in East Asia 9. Write about the following by expanding and explaining the objectives (in about 20 Words each): 2x5=10 (a) ESCAP (b) APEC (c) NAM (d) BIMSTEC (e) INTERPOL 10. Answer any one of the following in about 250 words: 30 (a). Give the brief account of India’s achievements in Space Programme in recent years. (b). What are the main uses of nanotechnology and its position in India? 11. Explain any three of the following (in about 150 words each) : 3x15=45 (a) Quantum Compute. (b) Virtually Engineering Power Plants (c) Param Sheersh Supercomputing facility (d) Tele-medicine facility for Rural India 12. Write brief notes on all the five (in about 20 words each) below: 5x2=10 (a) NAT (b) Robotic Therapy (c) Induced Pluripotent Stem Cell (d) WinZIP (e) H1N1 (IMP) Get UPSCPORTAL , Jobs, Results, Notification Alerts on Email. Step-1: Fill Your Email address in form below. you will get a confirmation email within 10 min. Step-2: Varify your email by clicking on the link in the email. (check Inbox and Spam folders) Step-3: Done! Now you will regular Alerts on your email. Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 112
Slide 113: ANSWERS Ans.1. (a) The Prime Minister of India Dr. Manmohan Singh and the Prime Minister of Pakistan Syed Yusuf Raza Gilani met on July 16, 2009 in the Egyptian resort city of Sharm-el-Sheikh, on the sidelines of the Non-Aligned Movement (NAM) Summit. The two Prime Ministers had a cordial and constructive meeting. They considered the entire gamut of bilateral relations with a view to charting the way forward in India - Pakistan relations. Both leaders agreed that terrorism is the main threat to both countries. Both leaders affirmed their resolve to fight terrorism and to cooperate with each other to this end. Indian Prime Minister reiterated the need to bring the perpetrators of the Mumbai attacks to justice. Prime Minister Gilani assured that Pakistan will do everything in its power in this regard. He said that Pakistan has provided an updated status dossier on the investigations of the Mumbai attacks and had sought additional information/evidence. Prime Minister Singh said that the dossier is being reviewed. Both leaders agreed that the two countries will share real time, credible and actionable information on any future terrorist threats. Prime Minister Gilani mentioned that Pakistan has some information on threats in Balochistan and other areas. Both Prime Ministers recognised that dialogue is the only way forward. Action on terrorism should not be linked to the Composite Dialogue process and these should not be bracketed. Prime Minister Singh said that India was ready to discuss all issues with Pakistan, including all outstanding issues. Dr Manmohan Singh reiterated India’s interest in a stable, democratic, Islamic Republic of Pakistan. Both leaders agreed that the real challenge is development and the elimination of poverty. They are resolved to eliminate those factors which prevent our countries from realizing their full potential. They agreed to work to create an atmosphere of mutual trust and confidence. Both leaders reaffirmed their intention to promote regional cooperation. Both Foreign Secretaries should meet as often as necessary and report to the two Foreign Ministers who will be meeting on the sidelines of the forthcoming UN General Assembly. The peace process started in September 2004 and came to a halt after four rounds of talks. Both sides claimed substantial progress on the eight subjects that came under the ambit of the composite dialogue, including Kashmir, Siachen Glacier, confidence-building measures, Sir Creek, Wullar Barrage and terrorism and related subjects. Both sides admit that the dialogue process, which came to a halt yet again, in November 2008, has helped make a lot of progress towards resolving the contentious issues of Sir Creek and Siachen. The two sides resumed the process, which had been suspended following the terror attacks on the Mumbai suburban train network in July 2006, after the Prime Minister met Pakistan’s President, Pervez Musharraf, at the NAM Summit in Havana. The joint statement in Havana agreed not to link terrorism concerns to other key issues that were part of the designated composite dialogue process. The statement also announced the creation of an India-Pakistan institutional anti-terror mechanism to identify and implement counter-terrorism measures and initiatives. While in Pakistan the joint statement was received as a diplomatic victory and Gilani was hailed as a hero, in India Prime Minister Manmohan Singh was blamed for capitulating to Pakistan and has received widespread criticism for the compromises. He came under flak for deviating from India’s stated position on terrorism and composite dialogue since Pakistan has not taken any “credible and visible” action against the perpetrators of the 26/11 Mumbai attack. But Dr. Manmohan Singh said few hours after the release of the statement, that the peace talks would remain on hold until Islamabad took action against the perpetrators of the Mumbai attacks. “If acts of terrorism continue to be perpetrated, there is no question of dialogue, let alone a composite dialogue,” Manmohan Singh told the Indian media in Sharm-el-Sheikh. For a proper evaluation of the Joint Statement, the issues involved have to be looked at in a balanced perspec- Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 113
Slide 114: Section -6 (Model Test Paper) tive. Actually India did not gave a diplomatic blank cheque to Pakistan either on the “delinking” issue or on the inclusion of Balochistan. Pakistan has already submitted a dossier on action–taken-so-far, howsoever inadequate and half-hearted, against the terrorists involved in the Mumbai attack. The use of Pakistani territory and the involvement of Pakistan nationals have been admitted; the role of the Lashkar-e-Taiba has been acknowledged; five Lashkar operatives have been arrested and would be charge-sheeted, including the commander of the Mumbai attack, Zakiur Rahman Lakhvi. The Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI) chief has been in consultation with Indian High Commission officials in Islamabad on the action being taken in relation to the Mumbai case. To proceed further, Pakistan is seeking more information from India. Delinking in no way means that the composite dialogue would continue irrespective of Pakistan not doing anything regarding the Mumbai case or allowing a similar attack on India again. The joint statement is a political document and not a legally binding, unconditional international commitment. The criticism from the non-Left opposition parties and the Congress party’s lukewarm reception to the joint statement do not bode well for an early resumption of the dialogue process. Senior Congress functionaries sniped at the Prime Minster for agreeing to sign on to the statement. While the Congress formally supported the Prime Minister’s statement in Parliament, “off-the-record” leaks by senior Congressmen were critical of the alleged concessions given to Pakistan. The Bharatiya Janata Party was strident in its criticism of the Sharm-el-Sheikh statement just as it was of the Havana statement. Leader of the Opposition L.K. Advani was among the most vociferous critics of the Sharmel-Sheikh statement. He led a walkout of BJP members in Parliament after describing the statement as “capitulation”. He later said the statement evoked “intense disquiet and concern among all thinking Indians, including sections of the Congress party”. He accused the Prime Minister of having surrendered India’s “diplomatic advantage over Pakistan” by delinking acts of terrorism from the composite dialogue process and the mention of the “Balochistan” issue. Ans 1 (b) Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh was chief guest on the occasion of Bastille Day march on July 14, 2009. On this day a detachment of 400 Indian soldiers proudly led the Bastille Day parade on the Champs-Elysées. ndian soldiers to participate in the Bastille Day march for the first time, French President Nicolas Sarkozy wanted to emphasize France's special relationship with India. Sarkozy is keen to help India elevate its role on the international scene by endorsing its candidacy to become a permanent member of the U.N. Security Council. He has bullishly asserted the need for expanding the G8 to the G14 by inviting emerging powers like India to join the elite club, and giving them a greater role in setting the global economic and geopolitical agenda. France enjoys a longstanding relationship with India. In the midst of the 18th century, the French Empire was close to conquering the entire subcontinent when Governor Dupleix was called back to France by the Compagnie des Indes (which had established a trade presence in India well ahead of its British rival, the East India Company). France is keen to have full civil nuclear cooperation, including transfer of enrichment and reprocessing technology, with India, notwithstanding the G-8 declaration which vows to curb sharing of such knowhow with nonNPT nations.India had raised the issue of the nuclear cooperation against the backdrop of G-8 resolution with French President Nicolas Sarkozy during his visit to Paris. The Group of 8 industrialised nations, which includes France, had in a declaration committed to curb transfer of ENR technology and items to countries that have not signed the Non-Proliferation Treaty. India is among the countries which have not signed NPT. Earlier India and Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 114
Slide 115: Section -6 (Model Test Paper) France had entered into an accord for supplying reactors and fuel consequent to the Undo-US nuclear deal, the 123 agreement and clearance by the NSG to enable New Delhi to have full-scale civil nuclear cooperation. As a first step, Department of Atomic Energy had entered into a contract with French Nuclear supplier AR EVA NC for the supply of 300 tonnes of uranium ore concentrate and 60 tonnes were released under the first consignment which has been received by the NFC. India has received the first consignment of 60 tonnes of uranium from France for use as fuel to power its nuclear reactors following a clearance by the 45-member Nuclear Suppliers Group (NSG). The uranium ore would now be processed at the Nuclear Fuel Complex (NFC) here for use in safeguarded pressurized heavy water reactors (Phews). France is a leading world exporter of civilian nuclear technology. Reports say the deal includes providing India with France's latest model of the European Pressurised Reactor as well as other civilian nuclear material. The deal was good news for India - which is desperately short of energy to fuel its booming economy - and places it firmly as a world nuclear power. The deal in effect ends a ban which prevented countries from engaging in civilian nuclear trade with Delhi. The ban was imposed in 1974 when India used its civilian programme to produce and successfully test an atomic bomb. France is the world's second largest producer of nuclear energy after the United States. France and India have instituted a high-level, Strategic Dialogue at the level of National Security Advisors which provides both sides an opportunity to review the evolution of the overall global security situation and emerging challenges in various parts of the world. The 20th round of Strategic Dialogue took place in New Delhi on17th January, 2009. Annual consultations between the two foreign ministries are held at the level of Foreign Secretaries. The Foreign Office Consultations took place in Paris on 5th February, 2009. A special Joint Working Group on Terrorism has been established to aid cooperation in the fight against terrorism. A High Level Committee for Defence at the level of Defence Secretaries, working through its three specialized sub-committees, deals with issues related to our defence cooperation. The last meeting was held in Paris on 25th – 26th November, 2008. A Joint Committee for Economic and Technical Cooperation at the level of Ministers of Commerce, deals with issues related to commerce and trade. The last meeting was held in New Delhi on 16th -17th September, 2008. The erstwhile Indo-French Forum brought together eminent personalities and opinion makers of two countries from the fields of art, culture & technology, business and academia. The 11th Plenary Session of the IFF was held in Paris on 27th October, 2006. The 5th Coordinators’ Meeting of the IFF was held in New Delhi on 2nd April, 2007. During President Sarkozy’s visit to India in January, 2008, it was decided to convert the IFF into the CEOs’ Forum. The list of members from both sides has been exchanged. The first preliminary session of the CEOs Forum is scheduled for 26th June, 2009 in Paris. Economic and Commercial Relations: France is the 6th largest economy of the world and an important member of the G-8. Its technological strengths make it the leader in sectors such as aviation, space, food processing, transport, railways and agricultural research. However, France’s business interaction with India is not mmensurate with its intrinsic economic capacity. France is ranked 5th in the list of India’s trading partners among EU countries (after the UK, Belgium, Germany and Italy). Indo-French bilateral trade has been growing over the years. Indo-French trade, at € 6.78 billion, is still below the potential.In the Joint Statement issued at the conclusion of President Sarkozy’s visit to India in January 2008, it was decided to double the two-way trade by 2012, i.e. to increase from the then level of € 6.14 billion to almost € 12 billion. This was reiterated during PM Manmohan Singh’s visit to France in September, 2008. 13. French exports to India comprise mainly of aeronautical & space construction products, iron & steel products, electrical equipment and apparatus, measuring and process control equipment, organic chemical products, mechanical products, etc. Indian exports to France consist of a wide range of goods and services spread over a large base of Indian companies, especially from the small and medium Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 115
Slide 116: Section -6 (Model Test Paper) sector. While traditional items such as garments & textiles constitute a major share of India's exports to France, a number of newly developed non-traditional items such as food products, organic chemicals, refined petroleum products, etc. are showing promising growth. Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) approved from France from 1991 to October, 2008 is of the order of US$ 1.9 billion out of which the actual inflow is of the order of US$ 103 billion. The number of technical and financial collaborations approved with France is 952. France is the 9th largest foreign investor in the period August 1991 to October, 2008. During President Sarkozy’s visit to India, French interlocutors indicated that investments by major French companies were planned in the energy, automobile, aerospace, food processing and other sectors. Indian investments in France have also been growing. Indian companies are active in IT, pharmaceuticals, plastic industry and auto-parts etc. in France. In 2007, Indian companies invested around € 0.42 billion in France. French companies have recorded interest of investment of Euros 10 billion during 2007-2012. France should capitalize on the Indian community that already lives on its own soil—much as the U.S. and Britain have done via organizations like Silicon Valley's TiE (The Indus Entrepreneurs). This French minority group boasts 60,000 bilingual Franco-Indians who can act as sociocultural intermediaries to forge tight, knowledge-rich economic ties between the 65 million French and 1.15 billion Indians. The result could lift both countries. Ans 1 (c) Michelle Bachelet, President of the Republic of Chile paid a state visit to India from 16-20 March 2009, at the invitation of the President of India.The visit assumes special significance as it coincides with the 60th Anniversary of the establishment of diplomatic relations between India and Chile. The anniversary was marked by the holding of a special concert in New Delhi on 16th March 2009 at which both Indian and Chilean artists performed in the presence of the Presidents of both countries. During this visit both sides reviewed the state of bilateral relations and expressed satisfaction at the pace at which mutually beneficial cooperation is progressing. As democratic nations, Chile and India share values such as, respect for human rights and fundamental freedoms including religious, rule of law and tolerance. Prime Minister Singh and President Bachelet underlined the importance of enhancing trade and economic relations. They noted that the Preferential Trade Agreement [PTA] between Chile and India, in force since August 2007, has facilitated the growth in bilateral trade which reached US$ 2.3 billion in 2008. They welcomed the growing and dynamic trade relations and agreed that the PTA has opened new avenues for cooperation and investment for Chilean and Indian companies. Both Leaders evinced interest in exploring the feasibility of entering into a Free Trade Agreement and expressed satisfaction that the process of broadening and deepening of the existing PTA has already been initiated. It was also agreed to enhance the periodic exchanges of business missions and participation in each other’s trade fairs to facilitate promotion of their respective countries’ products and services. Both sides agreed to endeavour to double bilateral trade in the next five years. The two Leaders expressed interest in strengthening cooperation in new areas such as Information Technology (IT) and bio-technology in which India is regarded as a pioneer amongst developing nations. Both countries welcomed the growing interest of Chilean and Indian educational institutions in establishing stronger ties. They welcomed the Memorandum of Understanding between the University of Madrás and the Universidad de Talca, to be signed on 20th March 2009. They also noted that the proposal for signing a Cooperation Agreement on Gender Equality between both countries is at an advanced stage of consideration. Chile strongly condemned the terrorist attacks on Mumbai on 26th November 2008. Pursuant to the attacks, the President of Chile had written to the Prime Minister of India condemning the “heinous and cowardly terrorist attacks as they constitute crimes against humanity and a threat to human safety on a global scale”. Both Leaders called for enhanced international cooperation and exchange of information through appropriate channels in order to enhance the ability of the governments to fight terrorism. In this regard, they reiterated that early conclusion of the Comprehensive Convention on International Terrorism Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 116
Slide 117: Section -6 (Model Test Paper) is imperative to consolidation of counter terrorism efforts within the UN. India and Chile reiterated their continued commitment to multilateralism and the principles enshrined in the United Nations Charter. Chile and India reaffirmed their support for a comprehensive reform of the United Nations, including expansion of the Security Council to make this body more representative, legitimate and effective. Both nations stressed and acknowledged the need for continued efforts by the Member States to ensure meaningful and result-oriented intergovernmental negotiations. Chile reiterated its support for India's permanent membership on an expanded UN Security Council. They also confirmed their reciprocal support for each other’s candidature for non-permanent membership of the UN Security Council for 2011-12 for India and 2014-15 for Chile. Both countries seek a development-oriented, ambitious and balanced outcome to the Doha Development Round at the earliest. India and Chile reaffirmed their commitment to continue negotiations within the framework of the Bali Plan of Action in order to reach an agreed outcome for the effective implementation of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC). This outcome must respect the provisions and principles of the UNFCCC, in particular, the principle of common but differentiated responsibilities and respective capabilities. Chile and India agreed on the importance of the promotion of joint initiatives on R&D on advanced clean technologies with the objective of finding concrete and innovative solutions to the issue of climate change. In this regard, they urged developed countries to establish a global fund to promote renewable energy and clean technologies, both in terms of application of existing technologies as well as R&D into new and innovative technologies. The two Leaders held in-depth discussions about the ongoing financial and economic crisis and agreed that it was important that the regulatory failure in developed countries leading to the crisis should be urgently addressed. Ans. 2 (a) INS Arihant (S-73) is the lead ship of India's Arihant class of nuclear-powered submarines. It was launched by Prime Minister Manmohan Singh and his wife Gursharan Kaur on July 26, 2009 to mark the anniversary of Vijay Diwas (Kargil War Victory Day). INS Arihant is expected to formally join the Indian Navy in 2012 after undergoing extensive sea-trials.The 6,000-tonne vessel was built under the Advanced Technology Vessel (ATV) project at the Ship Building Centre in Visakhapatnam at a cost of US$2.9 billion. With the launch of the submarine India will join the exclusive club of US, Russia, China, France and the UK with similar capabilities. Arihant's primary weapon is stealth as it can lurk in ocean depths of half a kilometre or more and fire its missiles from under the sea. The 6000-tonne submarine is powered by an 85 megawatt capacity nuclear reactor and can acquire surface speeds of 22 to 28 kmph (12-15 knots) and submerged speed upto 44 kmph (24 knots). It will be carrying a crew of 95 men and will be armed with torpedoes and missiles including 12 ballistic missiles. The Rs 30,000-crore secret nuclear submarine project was started in the 1980s though it was conceived by then Prime Minister Indira Gandhi in the 1970s. Ans 2 (b) At the invitation Dr. Manmohan Singh, Prime Minister of India, Mr. Hamid Karzai, President of Afghanistan visited India in January 2009. The visit was symbolic specially to express Afghanistan’s solidarity with the Government and people of India in the wake of the Mumbai terrorist attack. The deplorable incident shows that terrorism is a threat to the entire humanity. During the visit, a joint statement was issued on January 12, 2009. The leaders called for the full compliance with bilateral, multilateral and international obligations of States to prevent terrorism in any manner originating from territories under their control since terrorism emanates from Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 117
Slide 118: Section -6 (Model Test Paper) the sanctuaries and training camps and the sustenance and support received by the terrorist groups. While reviewing their robust, strategic partnership, the two leaders expressed satisfaction at the progress in bilateral development and reconstruction projects in all parts of Afghanistan. India conveyed to President Karzai that, following the completion of the road from Zaranj to Delaram in Southwestern Afghanistan, a second major infrastructure project, the Pul-e-Khumri to Kabul transmission line and the sub-station at Chimtala in Northern Afghanistan, will be handed over shortly to the Government of Afghanistan. The both leaders expressed their satisfaction that the construction of the Afghan Parliament, a symbol of the common commitment of both countries to pluralism and democracy, also began. India conveyed that it will gift Afghanistan 250000 metric tonnes of wheat. The shipment will be effected immediately, as soon as the Government of Afghanistan has worked out its transportation arrangements. President Karzai invited Prime Minister Dr. Singh for a State Visit to Afghanistan. The invitation was accepted with pleasure. Both countries reaffirmed the special relationship between India and Afghanistan, to build a strong, united, and prosperous Afghanistan and to work towards peace, stability and development of the entire region. Ans 2. (c) India has permanent interest and commitment to the domestic political stability and peace in Sri Lanka as the developments in Sri Lanka affect the peace and order situation in some of Indian States, particularly Tamilnadu. On the economic front, for India, Sri Lanka is a small market and accounts for about 2 per cent of Indian exports and less than 1 per cent of Indian imports. India exports to Sri Lanka varieties of goods and services including transport equipment, cotton yarn, fabrics, readymade garments, iron and steel, machinery and instruments, sugar and wheat, drugs and pharmaceuticals, chemicals, glass and glassware, ceramics, cement and paper and wood products; and imports non-ferrous metals such as copper, spices, electronic goods, electrical machinery, scrap metal paper pulp and chemicals. The two countries have created a large legal framework to advance their cooperation: a free trade agreement; a double taxation avoidance agreement; and a series of bilateral agreements and understandings for cooperation in the areas of small-scale industries, agriculture, tourism, space and information technology and air travel facilities. The Free Trade Agreement between India and Sri Lanka came into full existence from March 1, 2000. A free trade arrangement between India and Sri Lanka has promoted mutually beneficial bilateral trade and strengthened intra-regional economic cooperation. Under the agreement zero duty on around 1000 items has been provided by India except for those in the negative list. Domestic value-addition requirements have been kept at 35 per cent With the introduction of FTA trade has grown rapidly between the two states. The FTA prompted a 257 per cent increase in bilateral trade between 2001 and 2004. Bilateral trade exceeded US $ 1.7 billion in 2004 and rose to US $ 2.025 billion in 2005. India is the 3rd largest destination for Sri Lankan exports. With FDI approvals of US $ 450 million, India is the 4th largest investor in Sri Lanka. Ans. 2 (d) Nursultan Nazarbayev, the President of the Republic of Kazakhstan, paid a State Visit to India from 23rd to 26th January 2009.He participated as the Guest of Honour at the Republic Day Parade. During the State Visit, President Nursultan Nazarbayev strongly condemned the terrorist attacks in Mumbai and reiterated the need for intensifying global cooperation in combating international terrorism. He also conveyed assurance that Kazakhstan stood firmly with India in dealing with the scourge of global terrorism. India and Kazakhstan called for early conclusion of the Comprehensive Convention on International Terrorism within the UN framework. Both Sides noted that this opened immense possibilities of cooperation in nuclear civil energy sector including in the mining Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 118
Slide 119: of uranium. The two Governments welcomed the signing of Memorandum of Understanding between Nuclear Power Corporation of India and National Atomic Company Kazatomprom JSC and recommended early conclusion of an Inter Governmental Agreement for Cooperation in Peaceful Uses of Nuclear Energy. The Indian Side conveyed that Kazakhstan ranks high in securing India's energy security and hoped that the conclusion of the Agreement is the beginning of a long term mutually beneficial cooperation in the hydrocarbon sector. Ans. 2 (e) India and Nepal share close and friendly political, economic, cultural and social ties, which are unique and have stood the test of time. During the visit of Foreign Secretary to Nepal on June 20-21, 2009, India reiterated its support to the new government of Nepal led by Madhav Kumar Nepal. Both sides also agreed to take the bilateral relations forward. Recently, there have been some media reports in Nepal regarding alleged encroachment of Nepalese territory by India. India investigated and found to the allegation false. There are bilateral institutional mechanisms for effective border management, including at district level, to address such concerns. In addition to these, it has also been agreed to establish local level mechanisms during the recent visit of Foreign Secretary to Nepal. Ans. 3 (a) The concept of mini PBD is based on requests received over the years from various quarters to organise it outside India to let the Indian Diaspora in the region benefit from the deliberations. This is particularly helpful to those large numbers of Indians in several regions who are not able to make it to the annual PBDs held in India. The first mini Pravasi Bharatiya Divas Convention was held in New York in September 2007 while the next one was organized at Singapore in October 2008. The next mini Pravasi Bharatiya Divas Convention titled ‘PBD Europe’ will be organised at the historic World Forum in The Hague on 19th September, 2009. This Convention is expected to bring together members of the Indian Diaspora in Europe at the common platform to discuss the role of the Indian Diaspora in enhancing Indo-European cooperation, opportunities and challenges faced by them in the fields of culture, heritage & tradition, as also Trade and Investment opportunities available for them in the land of their ancestors. Ans. 3 (b) The Ministry of Overseas Indian Affairs has launched a new initiative to develop a Diaspora Knowledge Network called – Global Indian Network of Knowledge (Global INK). This will serve as Knowledge Bank. The Global INK, an electronic platform will connect people of Indian Origin from a variety of disciplines recognized as leaders in their respective fields, not just in their country of residence but globally as well, with knowledge users at the national and sub national levels in India. The network will serve as a strategic ‘virtual think tank’. The Outcome targeted will be the germination of ideas on development, identification of the key elements in addressing the challenges to development and articulation and mapping out solutions through innovations and technological interventions. Ans. 3 (c) Ministry of Overseas Indian Affairs has set up an Overseas Indian Facilitation Center (OIFC) as a not-for-profittrust, in partnership with Confederation of Indian Industry (CII). The Center is a ‘one stop shop’ for serving the interests of the Overseas Indian community and has the mandate to cover two broad areas (a) Investment Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 119
Slide 120: Section -6 (Model Test Paper) Facilitation and (b) Knowledge Networking. The objectives of the Centers are: » Promote Overseas Indian investment into India and facilitate business partnership, by giving authentic and real time information » Function as clearinghouse for all investment related information. This would be done by processing information on a real time basis through Information and Communication Technology (ICT) platform » Establish and maintain a Diaspora Knowledge Network (DKN) by creating a database of Overseas Indians, who would act as knowledge Diaspora and whose knowledge resources could be using ICT platform » Assist States in India to project investment opportunities to overseas Indians in the infrastructure and social sectors. The objectives of the OIFC will be to bring the Indian States, Indian Business and potential Overseas » Investors on the same platform and to facilitate the investors to identify the investment opportunities Provide a host of advisory services to PIO and NRIs. These could include matters such as consular questions, stay in India, investment and financial issues etc. An Overseas Workers Resource Centre (OWRC) has been set up as a helpline for assistance and protection of Indians working abroad and prospective emigrants with following objectives: 1. Information dissemination on matters relating to emigration 2. Registering, responding to and monitoring complaints received from emigrant workers 3. Grievance redressal and follow up with stakeholders Ans. 3 (d) Ministry of Overseas Indian Affairs had established an Overseas Workers Resource Centre (OWRC) on 8th January, 2008 during the Pravasi Bharatiya Divas. The Centre provides need based information and assistance to emigrants. Now an International toll free No. 800 091 202 53 has been added by the OWRC for the benefit of Indian emigrant workers and other information seekers in the three countries in the Gulf namely UAE, Saudi Arabia and Kuwait. This international toll free number can be reached 24/7 from these three countries. Ans. 3 (e) The Government of India has set up the Indian Council of Overseas Employment (ICOE) to serve as a ‘think tank’ for the promotion of overseas employment, better protection and welfare of overseas Indian workers and for the study of emerging overseas employment opportunities. One of the objectives of the ICOE is to study and analyse the trends in International labour markets. The ICOE is undertaking a study through the International Organization for Migration (IOM) on labour market assessment in six EU countries -France, Denmark, Czech Republic, Sweden, Romania and Poland. In addition, it has finalized a cooperation agreement with the European University Institute, Florence for collaborative research and studies relating to mobility of people between India and the European Union (EU). Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 120
Slide 121: Section -6 (Model Test Paper) Ans. 3 (f) 25 per cent of skilled migrants in Australia are Indians. From cooks, welders, plumbers, hairdressers, electricians, to engineers and accountants, the State of Western Australia is facing a shortage of skilled labour and professionals, and is keen on getting more skilled migrants from India. Some 43000 jobs would be created in the next ten years. Ans. 4 (a) In July 2009, the IMF’s Executive Board approved the package of measures that will sharply increase the loan resources available to low-income countries. The resources—including from the planned sale of IMF gold—are expected to boost the Fund’s concessional lending to up to $17 billion through 2014, including up to $8 billion over the next two years. The IMF announced zero interest payments up to the end of 2011 for all concessional loans to low-income members and lower interest rates on a permanent basis thereafter. A new set of lending instruments will underpin this increased support. The crisis originated in the advanced economies and has had its most visible impact on the emerging market countries. But a third wave of the crisis has threatened the remarkable economic achievements many low-income countries have made over the past decade. Package: As part of the response, the IMF has already more than doubled its financial assistance to low-income countries. New IMF concessional lending commitments to low-income countries through mid-July 2009 reached $2.9 billion compared with $1.5 billion for the whole of 2008. The new measures represent a significant additional effort in the coming years. The IMF support package includes: » Mobilization of additional resources, including from sales of an agreed amount of IMF gold, to boost the Fund’s concessional lending capacity to up to $17 billion through 2014, including up to $8 billion in the first two years. This exceeds the call by the Group of Twenty for $6 billion in new lending over two to three years. » Interest relief, with zero payments on outstanding IMF concessional loans through end-2011 to help lowincome countries cope with the crisis. » Permanently higher concessionality of Fund financial support—with annual interest rates regularly reviewed so as to preserve a higher level of concessionality than previously. » Doubling of average loan access limits for low-income countries » A new set of financial instruments tailored to the diverse needs of low-income countries and better suited to meet the crisis challenges: 1. An Extended Credit Facility (ECF) to provide flexible medium-term support; 2. A Standby Credit Facility to address short-term and precautionary needs; and 3. a Rapid Credit Facility, offering emergency support with limited conditionality In addition, the IMF’s Executive Board recently backed the Managing Director's proposal for a new general allocation of $250 billion of Special Drawing Rights into the global economy, of which more than $18 billion will help bolster the foreign exchange reserves and relax the financing constraints of low-income countries. If approved by the IMF's Board of Governors, the proposed SDR allocation would take place at the end of August. The new lending windows are expected to become effective later this year, when donor countries have given Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 121
Slide 122: Section -6 (Model Test Paper) their final consent. At that time, existing concessional arrangements will automatically be converted into ECF arrangements. Existing arrangements under the Exogenous Shocks Facility, however, will remain in effect, and new ones that have already been prepared could still be approved during a three-month window. Need of Support: An IMF report on the implications of the global financial crisis for low-income countries had warned in March that the global financial crisis has hit poor countries especially hard, posing serious threats to their hard-won gains in boosting economic growth and creating a need for additional foreign financing to mitigate the impact of the crisis. Also in March, Tanzania President Jakaya Kikwete, Strauss-Kahn, and former UN Secretary-General Kofi Annan convened a conference in Dar es Salaam of government, business, civil society, and opinion leaders to address these issues. The IMF committed at the meeting to increase its support for Africa with more financing, greater flexibility, enhanced policy dialogue, and a further strengthening of Africa’s voice in the Fund. Fund: Some of the money to boost IMF lending to low-income countries will come from the envisaged sales of IMF gold. The IMF Executive Board will consider a plan for the Fund to sell about 400 metric tons of gold in order to create a new income model for the institution. In order to meet the financing needs of the low-income countries during the global crisis, some of the proceeds of those sales will be used to help provide new subsidy resources for the concessional lending to those countries. Resources linked to the gold sales will be used to help fund concessional lending to low-income countries in the following ways. First, windfall profits when the gold sales take place can be used for the subsidy resources. Windfall profits would derive from gold sales at an average price in excess of $850 per ounce—that is the price assumed in the new income model as necessary to fund the model. Second, to the extent that the realized windfall profits fall short of the required contribution, the remaining amount will be generated through investment income from the endowment funded by the gold sales. Ans. 4 (b) Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) equity inflows in the country have increased from US $ 5.5 billion in 2005-06 to US $ 27.31 billion in the year 2008-09. The FDI inflows in 2007-08 were US $ 24.58 billion and increased to US $ 27.31 billion in 2008-09, despite the economic slowdown, showing a percentage growth of 11% over the previous financial year. Government has put in place a liberal and investor-friendly policy on FDI under which FDI up to 100% is permitted on the automatic route in most sectors/ activities, including infrastructure and Research and Development (R&D). The UNCTAD World Investment Reports (WIR) 2007 & 2008, in their analysis of the global trends and sustained growth of Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) inflows, have reported India as the second most attractive location for FDI for 2007- 2009. India has retained the second place in A. T. Kearney’s 2007 Foreign Direct Investment Confidence Index, a position it has held since 2005. Government has also announced a slew of measures to accelerate the demand in the economy which would enable India to continue as an attractive investment destination. Under the liberalized economic environment, investment decisions of investors are based on the macro-economic policy framework, investment climate in the state, investment policies of the transnational corporations and other commercial considerations. The Government of India continues to make efforts to increase economic cooperation with the developing as well as developed countries through different fora such as Joint Commissions/Joint Committees, other bilateral channels like interaction with the delegations visiting the country and organizing visits abroad for discussions on issues of mutual interest and business/ investment meets between Indian and foreign entrepreneurs to stimulate foreign investment into India. The Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion also participates in discus- Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 122
Slide 123: Section -6 (Model Test Paper) sions covering industrial cooperation organized by other Ministries and Departments of Government of India and the Joint Business Council meetings. The Government of India also undertakes investment promotion activities through organisation of Destination India and Invest India events in various countries with FDI potential to create awareness about the investment climate and opportunities in India, as well as to provide support to potential investors. The Government of India, in partnership with various State Government and Business Associations, is making concerted efforts to make regulations conducive for business. In addition, the Government has initiated to implement e-Biz Project, a Mission Mode Project under the National e-Governance Project, to provide online registration, filing payment services to investors and business houses. In FDI equity investments mauritius tops the list of first ten investing countries followed by US, UK, Singapore, Netherlands, Japan, Germany, france, Cyprus and Switzerland. Between April 2000 and July 2008 FDI inflows from Mauritius stood at $ 30.18 billion followed by $5.80 billion from Singapore; $ 5.47 billion from the US; $ 4.83 billion from the UK; $ 3.12 billion from the Netherlands; $ 2.26 billion from Japan; $1.83 billion from Germany; $ 1.41 billion from Cyprus; and $1.02 billion from France. Ans. 5 (a) A Challenge fund for Export Promotion Activities by Indian Missions abroad, has been set- up with a corpus of Rs. 5 crore, under the Market Access Initiative (MAI) scheme. The MAI scheme of the Department of Commerce is an export promotion scheme envisaged to act as a catalyst to promote India's export on a sustainable basis. Since, Indian Missions abroad are also eligible for assistance under the scheme, a "Challenge Fund" has been created under the same. The MAI focus on the markets which in turn will focus upon product export promotion activities including innovative market promotion projects to showcase the Indian export capabilities. Projects relating to only market promotion activities shall be considered; export promotion of new items in India's export baskets by way of market development and market penetration and export promotion initiatives for Micro, Small and Medium enterprises (MSME) with a stress on regions and countries where India has a small bilateral trade profile (Africa and Latin America), shall be given priority; duplication of projects already implemented under the MAI/ MDA scheme of the Commerce Ministry is prohibited. The fund is used to finance specific export promotion schemes and projects which envisage introduction of new items of export towards diversification of the Indian export basket in the host country. These projects shall be proposed by Indian Missions abroad. Each individual project has been assigned a budget of Rs. 10 lakh. Priority shall be given to focused, specific projects with tangible results. The project proposals received shall be subjected to compete for funding on their merits. Ans. 5 (b) The subprime crisis that surfaced around August 2007 had affected financial institutions in the United States and Europe including the shadow banking system comprising inter alia investment banks, hedge funds, private equity and structured investment vehicles. With the collapse of Lehman Brothers and other Wall Street icons, there was growing recession which affected the US, the European Union (EU) and Japan. This was the result of large scale defaults in the US housing market as the banks went on providing risky loans without adequate security and the repaying capacity of the borrower. The principal source of transmission of the crisis has been the real sector, generally referred to as the ‘Main Street’. This crisis engulfed the United States in the form of creeping recession Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 123
Slide 124: Section -6 (Model Test Paper) and this worsened the situation. As a consequence, US demand for imports from other countries indicated a decline. Cause of Crisis: The basic cause of the crisis was largely an unregulated environment, mortgage lending to subprime borrowers. Since the borrowers did not have adequate repaying capacity and also because subprime borrowing had to pay two-to-three percentage points higher rate of interest and they have a history of default, the situation became worse. But once the housing market collapsed, the lender institutions saw their balancesheets go into red. Impact on India: The effect on the Indian economy was not significant in the beginning. The initial effect of the subprime crisis was, in fact, positive, as the country received accelerated Foreign Institutional Investment (FII) flows during September 2007 to January 2008. This contributed to the debate on “decoupling,” where it was believed that the emerging economies could remain largely insulated from the crisis and provide an alternative engine of growth to the world economy. The argument soon proved unfounded as the global crisis intensified and spread to the emerging economies through capital and current account of the balance of payments (BoP). The net portfolio flows to India soon turned negative as Foreign Institutional Investors (FIIs) rushed to sell equity stakes in a bid to replenish overseas cash balances. This had a knock-on effect on the stock market and the exchange rates through creating the supplydemand imbalance in the foreign exchange market. The current account was affected mainly after September 2008 through slowdown in exports. Despite setbacks, however, the BoP situation of the country continues to remain resilient. It was found that the Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) started drying up and this affected investment in the Indian economy. It was, therefore, felt that the Indian economy will grow at about seven per cent in 2008-09 and at six per cent in 2009-10. The lesson of this experience is that India must exercise caution while liberalising its financial sector. A redeeming feature of the current crisis is that its magnitude is much lesser than that of the Great Depression of the 1930s when unemploy-ment rate in the United States exceeded 25 per cent. Currently, it stands at 6.5 per cent and is predicted to remain around eight per cent in 2009. The industries most affected by weakening demand were airlines, hotels, real estate. Besides this, Indian exports suffered a setback and there was a setback in the production of export-oriented sectors. The government advised the sectors of weakening demand to reduce prices. It provided some relief by cutting down excise duties, but such simplistic solutions were doomed to failure. Weakening demand led to producers cutting production. To reduce the impact of the crisis, firms reduced their workforce, to reduce costs. This led to increase in unemployment but the total impact on the economy was not very large. Industrial production and manufacturing output declined to five per cent in the last quarter of 2008-09. Consequently, a vicious cycle of weak demand and falling output developed in the Indian economy. A weakening of demand in the US affected India’s IT and Business Process Outsourcing (BPO) sector and the loss of opportunities for young persons seeking employment at lucrative salaries abroad. India’s famous IT sector, which earned about $ 50 billion as annual revenue, is expected to fall by 50 per cent of its total revenues. This would reduce the cushion to set off the deficit in balance of trade and thus enlarge our balance of payments deficit. It has now been estimated that sluggish demand for exports would result in a loss of 10 million jobs in the export sector alone. Government’s Efforts: To haul up the economy dented by recession the Government announced a package of Rs 35,000 crores in the first instance on December 7, 2008. The main areas to benefit were the following: (a) Housing - A refinance facility of Rs 4000 crores was provided to the National Housing Bank. Following this, public sector banks announced to provide small home loans seekers loans at reduced rates to step up demand in Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 124
Slide 125: Section -6 (Model Test Paper) retail housing sector. The housing package is the core of the government’s new fiscal policy. It will give a fillip to other sectors such as steel, cement, brick kilns etc. Besides, the small and medium industries (SMEs) too get a boost by manufacturing all kinds of fittings and furnishings. (b) Textiles - Due to declining orders from the world’s largest market the United States, the textile sector has been seriously affected. An allocation of Rs 1400 crores has been made to clear the entire backlog in the Technology Upgradation Fund (TUF) scheme. (c) Infrastructure - The government has been proclaiming that infrastructure is the engine of growth. To boost the infrastructure, the India Infrastructure Finance Company Ltd. (IIFCL) has been authorised to raise Rs 14,000 crores through tax-free bonds. These funds will be used to finance infrastructure, more especially highways and ports. It may be mentioned that ‘refinance’ refers to the replacement of an existing debt obligation with a debt obligation bearing better terms, meaning thereby at lower rates or a changed repayment schedule. The IIFCL will be permitted to raise further resources by the issue of such bonds so that a public-private partnership (PPP) programme of Rs 1,00,000 crores in the highway sector is promoted. (d) Exports - Exports which accounted for 22 per cent of the GDP are expected to fall by 12 per cent. The government’s fiscal package provides an interest rate subsidy of two per cent on exports for the labour–intensive sectors such as textiles, handicrafts, leather, gems and jewellery. (e) Small and Medium Enterprises (SMEs) - The government announced a guarantee cover of 50 per cent for loans between Rs 50 lakhs to Rs 1 crore for SMEs. The lock-in period for loans covered under the existing schemes will be reduced from 24 months to 18 months to encourage banks to cover more loans under the scheme. Besides, the government will instruct state-owned companies to ensure prompt payment of bills of SMEs so that they do not suffer on account of delay in the payment of their bills. In short, the fiscal package is aimed at boosting growth in exports, real estate, auto, textiles and small and medium enterprises. The aim is to encourage growth and boost employment which have been threatened by the recession in the world economy, more especially in the United States. Just within a month, the government announced another package to bail out the Indian economy. The purpose of the new package announced on January 1, 2009 was to minimise the pain. On February 24, 2009, the government announced a slashing down of excise duty from 10 per cent to eight per cent - a reduction by two per cent. The entire stimulus package of Rs 30,000 crores to boost demand in the economy and thus reduce the impact of recession. Commerce and Industry Minister Kamal Nath announced a small relief package of Rs 325 crores for leather, textiles, gems and jewellery on February 26, 2009. Ans. 5 (c) India- MERCOSUR PTA has come into effect from 1st June, 2009. India with a total trade of US $ 4773.39 million with MERCOSUR during 2007-08, had exports of about US $ 2904.8 million during 2007-08 while imports stood at about US $ 1868.39 million during the same period. As a follow up to the said Framework Agreement, a Preferential Trade Agreement (PTA) between India and MERCOSUR was signed in New Delhi on January 25, 2004 and five annexes to this Agreement were signed incorporated on March 19, 2005. By this PTA, India and MERCOSUR have agreed to give tariff concessions, ranging from 10% to 100% to the other side on 450 and 452 tariff lines respectively. Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 125
Slide 126: Section -6 (Model Test Paper) The major product groups covered in the offer are food preparations, organic chemicals, pharmaceuticals, essential oils, plastics & articles thereof, rubber and rubber products, tools and implements, machinery items, electrical machinery and equipments. The break-up of the number of tariff lines for different MOPs is: - 393 tariff lines – 10%, 45 tariff lines – 20% and 14 tariff lines – 100%. The major sectors covered in offer list of India are meat and meat products, inorganic chemicals, organic chemicals, dyes & pigments, raw hides and skins, leather articles, wool, cotton yarn, glass and glassware, articles of iron and steel, machinery items, electrical machinery & equipments, optical, photographic & cinematographic apparatus. The break-up of the number of tariff lines for different margin of preferences (MOP) is:- 93 tariff lines – 10%, 336 tariff lines – 20% and 21 tariff lines – 100%. MERCOSUR is a trading bloc in South America region comprising of Argentina, Brazil, Paraguay and Uruguay. It was formed in 1991 with the objective of free movement of goods, services, capital and people and became a customs union in January 1995. MERCOSUR’s role model is European Union.A Framework Agreement had been signed between India and MERCOSUR on 17th June 2003 at Asuncion, Paraguay. The aim of this Framework Agreement was to create conditions and mechanisms for negotiations in the first stage, by granting reciprocal tariff preferences and in the second stage, to negotiate a free trade area between the two parties. Ans. 6 (a) A financial facility of the Fund established in 1986 to provide concessional loans to low-income Fund member countries. It recycled resources lent under the IMF's Trust Fund. It was superseded by the Enhanced Structural Adjustment Facility (ESAF) which was established in 1987 to promote stronger adjustment and reform measures than those under the SAF. The ESAF was replaced by the Poverty Reduction and Growth Facility in 1999. Ans. 6 (b) Rights Accumulation Program (RAP) is an economic program agreed between the IMF and an eligible member in protracted arrears to the IMF that provides a framework for the member to establish a satisfactory track record of policy and payments performance, and permits the member to accumulate rights to future drawings of IMF resources following clearance of arrears to the IMF, up to the level of arrears outstanding at the beginning of the program. Ans. 6 (c) Domestic support for agriculture that is allowed without limits because it does not distort trade, or at most causes minimal distortion. Ans. 6 (d) The Government examines the tariff and non-tariff measures (NTMs) imposed by developed countries especially on products of export interest for developing countries including steel. An Inter-Ministerial Committee has been constituted to co-ordinate the plan to tackle NTMs imposed by India’s trading partners by taking an effective remedial action. An institutional mechanism in the form of a database of NTMs imposed by other countries on India’s exports has also been created. Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 126
Slide 127: Section -6 (Model Test Paper) Ans. 6 (e) ICSID is an autonomous international institution established under the Convention on the Settlement of Investment Disputes between States and Nationals of Other States with over one hundred and forty member States. The Convention sets forth ICSID's mandate, organization and core functions. The primary purpose of ICSID is to provide facilities for conciliation and arbitration of international investment disputes. Ans. 7. (a) The 1st BRIC- Brazil, Russia, India, China-summit took place in Yekaterinburg, Russia on June 16, 2009. The four heads of government from the BRIC countries attended. Joint Statement on Global Food Security was issued there.It was agreed by the national authorities in advance of the BRIC Summit. The fluctuations of global food prices coupled with the global financial crisis is threatening global food security. As a result, the number of people suffering from hunger and malnutrition grows and the progress towards the achievement of the Millennium Development Goals may be reversed. This challenge should be addressed without delay in a comprehensive manner through resolute action by all Governments and the relevant international agencies. The developed and developing countries should address the food security issue according to the principle of common but differentiated responsibility. The developed countries should provide financial and technology support for developing countries in the field of food production capacity. The BRIC countries welcome various initiatives in this field by the UN and its special agencies. The BRIC countries renew their commitment to contribute to the efforts to overcome the global food crisis. Countering effectively the global food crisis is impossible without a clear and full understanding of its causes. Attempts to explain food price hikes by an increase in consumption in developing countries obscure the true causes which have a complex and multifaceted nature. Global Climate Change and natural disasters have direct implications on food security through changes in agro-ecological conditions. Current global economic and financial crisis also has negative impact on food security through shrinking financial resources available to agriculture sector. Restricted market access and tradedistorting subsidies in developed countries have also hampered the development of food production capacity in developing countries over the last thirty years. Further, global market conditions have not created adequate incentives for the expansion of agricultural production in developing and least developed countries that have become main importers of food products. It is also important to assess the challenges and opportunities posed by the biofuels production and use in view not only of the world's food security, but also of the energy security and sustainable development needs. An international cooperation mechanism needs to be established to review and reevaluate the long-term implications of the development of biomass energy, and develop relevant policy guidance accordingly. The BRIC countries welcome, therefore, the exchange of experiences on biofuels technologies, norms and regulations, in order to ensure that production and use of biofuels is sustainable, in accordance with the three pillars of sustainable development – social, economic and environmental – and that it takes into account the need to achieve and maintain global food security. Sustainable biofuels can constitute a driving force for social inclusion and income distribution mainly in the impoverished rural areas of developing and least developed countries, where most of the world's famine problems are located. Tackling effectively the food crisis requires a fully coordinated international response and should include both short-term and long-term measures. The international community needs to work out and consistently implement Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 127
Slide 128: Section -6 (Model Test Paper) a comprehensive strategy to resolve this global problem. In this respect, the BRIC countries welcome the outcomes of relevant international fora, including the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) High-Level Conference on World Food Security in Rome. The BRIC countries also welcome the results of the World Grain Forum which was held in Saint Petersburg and call on all interested states and international organizations to take necessary steps to implement the measures agreed upon at the Forum. Ensuring food security requires a well-functioning world market and trade system for food and agriculture based on the principles of fairness and non-discrimination. In this regard, it is of paramount importance to accelerate the Doha round of talks at the World Trade Organization (WTO) in order to find compromise solutions for radical reductions of multibillion subsidies in the agricultural sector, which distort terms of trade and prevent developing countries from increasing their agricultural production. We are committed to opposing protectionism, establishing a just and reasonable international trade regime for agricultural products, and giving farmers from developing countries incentives to engage in agricultural production. The BRIC countries support the adoption of a wide range of mid- to long-term measures in order to provide for a solution to the issue of food security. Such measures may include: a) rendering additional resources and assistance to the agricultural sector through the channels of respective national budgets and international development institutions, mainly to household agriculture, which is the main source for food production; b) joint technological innovations and international cooperation to introduce advanced technologies in the agricultural sector of developing countries to significantly increase agricultural productivity. Intellectual property rights in the agricultural domain should strike a balance between the common good of humankind and incentives to innovation; c) upgrading agricultural infrastructure, including irrigation, transportation, supply, storage and distribution systems and promoting technical assistance, access to credit and crop insurance policies. In this context publicprivate partnerships could play a significant role; d) improving the exchange of knowledge and commercialisation of sustainable biofuels; e) ensuring wider access to food at the national and international level through appropriate policies and well functioning distribution systems especially for the poor and most vulnerable people in developing countries; f) sharing of best practices of operating successful public distribution programmes; and g) equipping developing countries with financial and technological means to fully implement adaptation measures to minimize the adverse impacts of climate change on food security. Ans. 7 (b) The recent ethnic violence between Uighur Muslims and Han Chinese erupted in China’s Xinjiang province on July 5. It captured the attention of the global media and China watchers. The violence deeply shattered the social-political life of the province, generating deep frustration among the local inhabitants; the orgy of violence was so powerful that a disturbed Hu Jintao, the President of China, had to leave the G-8 summit in Italy and Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 128
Slide 129: Section -6 (Model Test Paper) rushed back to Beijing. According to China, the violence of July 5 was an “international conspiracy” and hatched by six countries, such as Pakistan, Afghanistan, Kazakhstan, Turkey and the United States. China also blamed the World Uighur Congress’ leader, Rebiya Kadeer, a businesswoman and a former political prisoner, for leading the “separatist movement” from exile. The Uighurs are the very bottom of the heap economically in China. There is a very deep sense of frustration, especially among the unemployed young men.Many Uighurs complain that they have become second class citizens in their own homeland. Beijing has battled a low-level insurgency in Xinjiang for decades, but unrest has grown since 2007 as many Uighurs feel increasingly left behind by rapid economic growth that is mainly benefiting Han Chinese who have moved to the region. In fact, China’s policy of ‘go west’, failed to win the hearts and minds of the non-Han Chinese in Xinjiang. Han Chinese believe that the concession to the “one-child policy”, job reservation and relaxation in college entrance exams etc. have enormously benefited the non-Han Chinese; yet, the latter are ungrateful to the Chinese Government. Despite the development of Xinjiang, the separatist tendencies have been troubling the Chinese rulers in the region since the 1950s; and with the attack of 9/11, the demand for East Turkistan grew rapidly. In fact, the violence of July 5 is also a reflection of the “growing gap between the well-off Han Chinese and impoverished Uighurs”. Second, the non-Han Chinese in the region also feel culturally alienated. The rulers of post-Communist China must resolve the riddle of Han-versus-non-Han in Xinjiang so that peace and tranquillity thrives and the project of modernisation and development of Xinjiang continues without further obstacles and hindrances. Xinjiang’s Position: Historically, locally known as East Turkistan, Xinjiang was independent till 1933; in 1945, a group of rebels established an “independent republic” close to the Soviet Union. However, in 1949 the Chinese Communists with the help of the former Soviet Union established Xinjiang (New Territory). Demographically, in 1949, the Han Chinese in Xinjiang were only six per cent and increased to 40 per cent in 2009. On the other hand, between 1949 and 2009, the Uighurs in Xinjiang were reduced from 80 to 45 per cent. Xinjiang is a province of 20 million, out of which eight million Uighur Muslims refuse to follow the rule of the CPC. Xinjiang is the largest state of China (one-sixth) with the biggest resources of coal, oil and natural gas. In 2004 alone, the Tarin basin produced around five million tonnes of oil. Uighurs apart, Kazakhs and Tajiks also constitute minority groups of the region. While the Han Chinese follow Confucianism in routine life, and the local party cadres of the CPC preach atheism, the non-Han Chinese practise “Sufi mysticism”. As the religious institutions have been effectively banned in Xinjiang and the “Mandrain” has become a compulsory tool for higher education, the nonHan Chinese feel pain and agony at the very core of their heart. It is confirmed that demographic domination apart, a sort of cultural conflict is vividly visible in the social milieu of Xinjiang. From the point of view of geopolitics, Xinjiang shares its borders with eight countries, Kazakhstan, Kyrghyzstan, Tajikistan, Pakistan, Afghanistan, Russia, India and Mongolia; and in the economic sense, Xinjiang may be identified as a “gateway to Central Asia”. China’s oil experts frequently visit the oilfields of Central Asia, which also perturb the rulers of Central Asia, outfits of the Al-Qaeda and the military establishment of Pakistan. One must mention that constitutionally Xinjiang is an autonomous region of China; however, culturally and linguistically it is close to Central Asia. More importantly, while in the nineteenth century, Britain and Russia competed for the natural resources of Central Asia, in the post-Cold War era, China, Russia and the US are battling to capture the oil and gas of Central Asia. Culture apart, Xinjiang’s periodic violence is also a reflection of Central Asia’s “oil rivalry”. In this sense, China’s accusation against the West for troubling her in Xinjiang is not ground- Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 129
Slide 130: Section -6 (Model Test Paper) less. Knowing fully well the enormous importance of Central Asia and Xinjiang to “the development of China”, Mao was as eager to “build” Xinjiang as Deng. Factually, in 1949, Xinjiang was without a railway station; however, by the end of 1962, its capital Urumqi was connected with the Gansu province of China, and in 1984, Xinjiang’s western part was expanded connecting the cities of Turpan and Korla; by 2006, Xinjiang’s railway network expanded further adding 1,43,000 km. In 2009, Xinjiang is a province of 20 land ports with several metropolises. The Chinese rulers also have a plan to connect Xinjiang with Pakistan to help promote trade between China and Pakistan. China’s nuclear programme is also installed in Xinjiang. Ans. 8. (a) The meeting of the G-8 plus the G-5 and Egypt was held at in L’Aquila, Italy on 8th July, 2009. The President of Brazil spoke about the idea of a G-14 at the meeting. Brazil, China, India, Mexico and South Africa are the member of Group of Five. Italian Prime Minister Berlusconi said between the G-8 and the G-5 together - the G14 represents about 80 per cent of the world economy. He said that we might consider whether or not we should consider this a stable format for the future. One of the strongest supporters of idea of the G-14 which deals with larger governance issues was President Sarkozy actually in this meeting. The G-5 and G-8 had drawn up for the first time. He mentioned that this was a step forward where for the first time now in this Summit both the G-8 and G-5 were sitting and meeting for a considerable length of time. It was not just two hours of special session; it was all series of meetings. In fact, all of today they have been together and will be together tomorrow as well when the African countries join them. Then he gave the floor to the various G-5 and Egypt members who had just come to the meeting.There was considerable discussion on the need to reform international, not just financial institution, but also the institutions of international governance. Brazil's President Lula suggested to consider using own currencies within the G5 to settle own trading accounts with each other. Ans 8. (b) During the visit of Prime Minister of India to Japan in october 2008, both countries discussed the issues on bilateral, regional and multilateral relationship. On the WTO Doha Round negotiations, two countries shared the view that the early conclusion of the negotiations in vital for the maintenance and development of the international trade system, and agreed to continue their cooperation in advancing the negotiations towards the establishment of modalities early. India and Japan welcomed the substantive progress achieved for the establishment of a Project Development Fune (PDF) which is important to promote the Delhi-Mumbai Industrial Corridor (DMIC) Project. The two Ministers directed the officials to accelerate the establishment of the PDF. Both welcomed the active participation by the Japanese companies in the Five Bird Projects. Ans 8. (c) The second World Conference Against Racism (WCAR), held at the U.N.’s European headquarters in Geneva in April 2009. It was, like the first one in Durban in 2001. Its objective was to evaluate the progress made towards the goals set eight years ago in South Africa. So it was called Durban Second. At the 2001 conference, the overwhelming majority of nations had condemned the legacy of colonialism, the slave trade, and racism in the contemporary era. Most of the delegates present in Durban had equated Zionism with racism. Israel, the United States and Canada boycotted the Durban Review Conference, or Durban II, in Geneva on the flimsy grounds that the Jewish state was being targeted for unnecessary criticism. Israel and Canada, which has a right-wing government, decided last year itself to boycott the conference. There was considerable pressure Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 130
Slide 131: Section -6 (Model Test Paper) from liberal groups in the U.S. on the Barack Obama administration to participate in the conference. The U.S. State Department had in fact thanked the organisers for taking American sensibilities into consideration while preparing for the conference. Another positive signal from the White House was the U.S. decision to join the United Nations Human Rights Council. Ans 8. (d) The pro-West March 14 coalition emerges victorious in the closely contested parliamentary elections of June 7 in Lebanon. The victory of the pro-United States March 14 alliance, a coalition of anti-Syrian political parties led by Saad Hariri, in the closely contested Lebanese parliamentary elections of June 7 came as a relief to the proWestern states in the West Asian region. U.S. President Barack Obama was among the first heads of state to congratulate the people of Lebanon on the choice they made. Last-ditch efforts by the U.S., Saudi Arabia, Egypt and France seemed to have tilted the scales in favour of the March 14 alliance. The coalition derives its name from the day on which a massive demonstration was held in Beirut in 2005 against Syrian influence in Lebanon, a month after the assassination of former Prime Minister Rafiq al-Hariri. The West had portrayed the elections as a proxy fight with Iran for influence over Lebanon. The U.S. had unilaterally designated Hizbollah, which represents the downtrodden Shia populace, as a “terrorist” organisation. The Lebanese people were fully aware that soon after Hamas won the elections in Palestine, Washington reacted by cutting off financial aid, and gave the green signal to Israel to launch an attack. Under Lebanon’s complicated electoral laws, which are dictated by its sectarian political system, the parliamentary seats are equally divided between Muslims and Christians. They are further divided between the 18 officially recognised religious sects, which include Sunnis, Shias, Alawites, Maronite Christians, Greek Orthodox, Armenian Christians and the Druze, which is an off-shoot of Islam. Until the 1940s, the Muslim and Christian populations were almost evenly divided. Today, the Christian population is fast declining and constitute less than 30 per cent, according to many experts. Most of the Lebanese diaspora consists of Christians. Because of sectarian sensitivities, no official census has been conducted since 1932. The French colonialists, while creating the state of Lebanon, had envisaged it as a Christian state. Until the 1960s, right-wing Christian parties had monopolised power in the country. Ans 8 (e) India’s increasing political visibility in East Asia, in the company of the United States and Japan, has already given grist to the thought mills. At the height of the latest poll campaign, the U.S. and India held a high-profile naval exercise with Japan along the waters close to China. Despite the official line that the U.S.-India-Japan exercise was not a move against China, Manmohan Singh’s mandate is seen as opening new geopolitical options too. Crystal-gazing in this domain is still confined largely to the parlours of non-official experts in strategic affairs. However, East Asian governments are expected to monitor closely Manmohan Singh’s foreign policy in the new innings. As East Asian political leaders scan the scene, India should now try to integrate itself into the regional networks of inter-state relations. India is a founding member of the East Asia Summit (EAS), a forum comprising 16 countries. However, it is an empirical reality that India lags behind China and Japan in almost all spheres of pan-East Asian cooperation As of now, the U.S. remains outside the EAS, although the Barack Obama administration recently indicated its readiness to enter this forum. A critical pre-requisite is to accede to the ASEAN Treaty of Amity and Cooperation (TAC). After several years of a general aversion to it, Washington is now willing to begin its domestic process of acceding to the TAC. China and Japan as also South Korea tend to play lead roles within the EAS. Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 131
Slide 132: Section -6 (Model Test Paper) Doubtless, India is an equal member of the EAS, alongside these three countries besides the 10 ASEAN members, Australia and New Zealand. East Asian diplomats think that New Delhi has yet to take a major initiative towards the regional security dialogue. In some contrast, it is noted that Australian Prime Minister Kevin Rudd has proposed a new Asia Pacific Community. The idea of a pan-Asia economic group, outlined by Manmohan Singh a few years ago, is seen in East Asia as just that: an idea and not a political initiative. Ans. 9 (a) The United Nations Economic and Social Commission for Asia and the Pacific (ESCAP) is the regional development arm of the United Nations for the Asia-Pacific region. Established in 1947 with its headquarters in Bangkok, Thailand, ESCAP seeks to overcome some of the region’s greatest challenges. It carries out work in Macroeconomic Policy and Development, Statistics, Subregional activities for development, Trade and Investment, Transport, Environment and sustainable development, Information and Communications Technology and Disaster Risk Reduction,Social Development. Ans. 9 (b) Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) is a forum for 21 Pacific Rim countries (styled 'member economies') to cooperate on regional trade and investment liberalisation and facilitation. APEC's objective is to enhance economic growth and prosperity in the region and to strengthen the Asia-Pacific community. Members account for approximately 40% of the world's population, approximately 54% of world GDP and about 44% of world trade. Ans. 9 (c) The Non-Aligned Movement (NAM) is an international organisation of states considering themselves not formally aligned with or against any major power bloc. The movement is largely the brainchild of India's first Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru, former president of Egypt Gamal Abdul Nasser and Yugoslav president Josip Broz Tito. It was founded in April 1955; as of 2007, it has 118 members. The purpose of the organisation as stated in the Havana Declaration of 1979 is to ensure "the national independence, sovereignty, territorial integrity and security of non-aligned countries" in their "struggle against imperialism, colonialism, neo-colonialism, racism, and all forms of foreign aggression, occupation, domination, interference or hegemony as well as against great power and bloc politics." The 15th Non-Aligned Movement (NAM) Summit held in Sharm el-Sheikh, a Red Sea resort city in Egypt on July 16, 2009. Member countries reached consensus on promoting solidarity and ratified documents on jointly addressing international and regional issues. At the two-day summit held in this Egyptian Red Sea coastal city, leaders from over 100 NAM countries or their representatives focused their debate on the summit's theme of International Solidarity for Peace and Development. They extensively discussed international and regional problems, such as the ongoing global financial crisis, climate change, the Middle East peace process, food security, energy and nuclear issues. The Summit admitted Argentina as NAM observer country and the World Peace Council as its observer organization. Egyptian President Hosny Mubarak was elected as NAM Chairperson for the following 3 years Ans. 9 (d) On 6 June 1997, a new sub-regional grouping was formed in Bangkok and given the name BIST-EC (Bangladesh, India, Sri Lanka, and Thailand Economic Cooperation). Myanmar attended the inaugural June Meeting as an Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 132
Slide 133: Section -6 (Model Test Paper) observer and joined the organization as a full member at a Special Ministerial Meeting held in Bangkok on 22 December 1997, upon which the name of the grouping was changed to BIMST-EC. Nepal was granted observer status by the second Ministerial Meeting in Dhaka in December 1998. Subsequently, full membership has been granted to Nepal and Bhutan in 2003. In the first Summit on 31 July 2004, leaders of the group agreed that the name of the grouping should be known as BIMSTEC or the Bay of Bengal Initiative for Multi-Sectoral Technical and Economic Cooperation. According to the Bangkok Declaration on the Establishment of BIST-EC, the aims and purposes of BIST-EC/ BIMST-EC are to create an enabling environment for rapid economic development, accelerate social progress in the sub-region, promote active collaboration and mutual assistance on matters of common interest, provide assistance to each other in the form of training and research facilities, cooperate more effectively in joint efforts that are supportive of, and complementary to national development plans of member states. The 2nd BIMSTEC Summit was held on 13 November 2008 in New Delhi, India. The 2nd BIMSTEC Summit has given a strong political impetus to the strengthening of BIMSTEC cooperation in the identified 13 priority sectors. Ans. 9 (e) It is the world’s largest international police organization, with 187 member countries. Created in 1923, it facilitates cross-border police co-operation, and supports and assists all organizations, authorities and services whose mission is to prevent or combat international crime. INTERPOL aims to facilitate international police co-operation even where diplomatic relations do not exist between particular countries. Action is taken within the limits of existing laws in different countries and in the spirit of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights. INTERPOL’s constitution prohibits ‘any intervention or activities of a political, military, religious or racial character.’ The President of INTERPOL and the Secretary General work closely together in providing strong leadership and direction to the Organization. Ans. 10 (a) Indian Space programme witnessed several major successes and reached great heights the year 2008 by successfully orbiting an un-manned spacecraft Chandrayaan-1 around the Moon, launching of ten satellites in a single launch, conducting acceptance test of indigenously developed cryogenic engine successfully and the launching of a commercial satellite for an international customer. India, in its space endeavours achieved a rare feat at 20:31 hrs on November 14, 2008 by placing the Indian tri colour when the Moon Impact Probe (MIP), one of the payloads on Chandrayaan-1 spacecraft hit the lunar surface and joined select band of countries who have placed an object on the Moon. PSLV-C11/Chandrayaan-1 Mission: Chandrayaan-1 spacecraft, India`s first un-manned mission to the Moon was launched successfully from the Satish Dhawan Space Centre in Sriharikota on October 22, 2008. The spacecraft was put into a transfer orbit with a perigee (nearest point to Earth) of 255 km and an apogee (farthest point to Earth) of 22,860 km, inclined at an angle of 17.9 deg to the equator. The orbit of the spacecraft was gradually raised by firing the Liquid Engine onboard Chandrayaan-1 spacecraft through carefully planned manoeuvres and was successfully inserted into the lunar orbit on November 8, 2008. Subsequently, the orbit of Chandrayaan-1 was lowered to 100 km through several manoeuvres. Chandrayaan-1 is India’s first spacecraft mission beyond Earth’s orbit. It aims to expand our knowledge about Earth’s only natural satellite – the moon by performing remote sensing of the moon using the instruments built in India and five other countries. Chandrayaan-1 mission aims to expand scientific knowledge about the moon Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 133
Slide 134: Section -6 (Model Test Paper) and to provide challenging opportunities for planetary research to the younger generation of Indian scientists. These aims are planned to be achieved through high-resolution remote sensing of moon in the visible, near infrared, microwave and X-ray regions of the electromagnetic spectrum. With this, preparation of a 3-dimensional atlas of the lunar surface and chemical and mineralogical mapping of entire lunar surface is intended. PSLV-C9/CARTOSAT-2A/IMS-1 MISSION: Indian Space Research Organisation created a record on April 28, 2008 by successfully launching Polar Satellite Launch Vehicle - PSLV-C9 placing ten satellites, viz., CARTOSAT-2A, Indian Mini Satellite (IMS-1) and eight nanosatellites from abroad into the orbit. Polar Satellite Launch Vehicle with thirteen consecutively successful flights so far, has repeatedly proved itself as a reliable and versatile workhorse launch vehicle. It has demonstrated multiple satellite launch capability having launched a total of sixteen satellites for international customers besides fourteen Indian payloads including Chandryaan-1 and satellites for remote sensing, amateur radio communications and Space capsule Recovery Experiment (SRE1). PSLV was used to launch ISRO’s exclusive meteorological satellite, KALPANA-1, into a Geosynchronous Transfer Orbit (GTO) in September 2002 and thus proved its versatility. CARTOSAT-2A carries a panchromatic camera (PAN) capable of taking black-and-white pictures in the visible region of electromagnetic spectrum. The highly agile CARTOSAT-2A is steerable along as well as across the direction of its movement to facilitate imaging of any area more frequently. High-resolution data from CARTOSAT2A will be invaluable in urban and rural development applications calling for large scale mapping. The PAN camera onboard CARTOSAT-2A has started beaming high quality imagery of India and other parts of the globe. Indian Mini Satellite (IMS-1), flown as an auxiliary payload on board PSLV-C9, is developed by ISRO for remote sensing applications. Weighing 83 kg at lift-off, IMS-1 incorporates many new technologies and has miniaturised subsystems. IMS-1 carries two remote sensing payloads – A Multi-spectral camera (Mx Payload) and a Hyper-spectral camera (HySI Payload), operating in the visible and near infrared regions of the electromagnetic spectrum. The data from this mission will be made available to interested space agencies and student community from developing countries to provide necessary impetus to capacity building in using satellite data. The cameras onboard the versatile IMS-1 has been providing high quality imagery. Indiaonal Satellite (Insat) System: Having established the need for a domestic communication satellite through Satellite Instructional Television Experiment (SITE) using ATS-6 satellite of USA during 1975-76, Satellite Telecommunication Experimental Project (STEP) using Franco-German Satellite Symphonie in 1978-79 and by building and utilising experimental communication satellite APPLE, the Indian National Satellite-1 (INSAT) system was operationalised in 1983. INSAT-1 satellites procured from abroad were multipurpose satellites providing telecommunication, TV broadcasting and meteorological services. INSAT-2, 3, 4 and GSAT satellites designed indigenously with higher power, more weight and capability to provide various services have been built and operationalised. India now has one of the largest domestic communications satellite systems in the Asia Pacific region with 11 operational satellites in orbit with more than 210 transponders providing vital services to the country. The meteorological data from INSAT system is used for quick dissemination of warnings against impending disaster from approaching cyclones, specially designed receivers have been installed at vulnerable coastal areas in the country for direct transmission of warnings to the officials and public using INSAT broadcast capability. EDUSAT, a satellite dedicated for providing educational services, was launched in September 2004. EDUSAT is providing a wide range of educational delivery modes like one-way TV broadcast, interactive TV, video conferencing, computer conferencing, web-based instructions, etc. About 34,000 class rooms that utilise EDUSAT covering 23 states have been setup across the country. These networks connect have been setup at different schools, colleges, training institutes and other departments. Telemedicine is another important initiative to use Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 134
Slide 135: Section -6 (Model Test Paper) space technology for societal benefits. It has enabled the population, even in the remotest parts, access to super specialty medical care. Indian Remote Sensing (Irs) Satellite System: Using remote sensing satellites for earth observation was initiated with the design and development of experimental remote sensing satellites Bhaskara-1 and Bhaskara-2 during mid 70s. With seven satellites in operation - IRS-1D, OCEANSAT-1, Technology Experiment Satellite (TES), RESOURCESAT-1, CARTOSAT-1, CARTOSAT-2, CARTOSAT-2A - Indian Remote Sensing Satellite System is the largest civilian remote sensing satellite constellation in the world and provides imageries in a variety of spatial resolutions from better than one meter (CARTOSAT-2 & 2A) to 188 meter (IRS-1D). Forthcoming satellites include OCEANSAT-2, RESOURCESAT-2 and a new Radar Imaging Satellite, RISAT that can overcome the present limitation of imaging under cloudy conditions. Using the data from IRS satellites, a variety of application programmes such as Groundwater Prospects Mapping, Crop Acreage and Production Estimation, Potential Fishing Zone Forecast, Biodiversity Characterisation at landscape level, covering four main biodiversity rich regions of the country - NE Region, Western Himalayas, Western Ghats and Andaman and Nicobar Islands - have been operationalised. Satellite Launch Vehicles: From launching of modest sounding rockets of the 1960s, India has now acquired capability to launch remote sensing satellites using Polar Satellite Launch Vehicle (PSLV) and geosynchronous communication satellites using GSLV. PSLV is capable of launching more than 1.5 tonne satellite into polar sunsynchronous orbit. Geosynchronous Satellite Launch Vehicle (GSLV) can launch a 2 to 2.5 tonne satellite into Geo-stationary Transfer Orbit (GTO). GSLV has four successful flights out of five missions with the last one being GSLV-F04/INSAT-4CR mission on September 2, 2007. Development of an indigenous cryogenic stage to replace the presently used Russian cryogenic stage has been successfully realised. Flight acceptance test of the cryogenic engine was conducted successfully on December 18, 2008. GSLV-Mk III, which is under development, will be capable of launching satellites weighing four tonne into GTO. Several developments including recoverable and reusable space transportation systems are in progress with the objective of reducing the cost of access to space. Commercial Successes: Antrix, the commercial arm of the Department of Space, is a single window agency for marketing Indian space capabilities. It is playing a key role in the worldwide availability of IRS data through Geoeye, USA. Antrix also provides IRS data processing equipment. Antrix offers launch services using India’s PSLV. So far sixteen satellites have already been successfully launched by PSLV for various international customers. Through Antrix, Telemetry, Tracking and Command support from the Indian ground stations are offered to various satellite operators. Similarly, lease of transponders from INSAT system has been made possible. In this regard, 11 transponders have already been leased to INTELSAT. Customers for the spacecraft components offered by Antrix include world’s leading spacecraft manufacturers. During the year, W2M satellite built by ISRO/Antrix under an agreement entered into with EADS Astrium, Paris was launched successfully on December 20, 2008. Besides, Antrix has won contracts from Europe and Asia for launch services in the highly competitive international launch services market. After the successful development of a low cost, compact, modular and rugged Automatic Weather Station (AWS) in co-ordination with industry, the technology has been licensed to industry for regular production. Ans. 10 (b) Nanotechnology is useful in Medicine, Energy, Information and communication, Heavy Industry, Consumer goods, Optics, Textiles, Agriculture etc. The biological and medical research communities have exploited the unique properties of nanomaterials for various applications. Terms such as biomedical nanotechnology, Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 135
Slide 136: Section -6 (Model Test Paper) bionanotechnology, and nanomedicine are used to describe this hybrid field. Nanotechnology-on-a-chip is one more dimension of lab-on-a-chip technology. Biological tests measuring the presence or activity of selected substances become quicker, more sensitive and more flexible when certain nanoscale particles are put to work as tags or labels. The overall drug consumption and side-effects can be lowered significantly by depositing the active agent in the morbid region only and in no higher dose than needed. This highly selective approach reduces costs and human suffering. Nanotechnology can help to reproduce or to repair damaged tissue. “Tissue engineering” makes use of artificially stimulated cell proliferation by using suitable nanomaterial-based scaffolds and growth factors. Tissue engineering might replace today’s conventional treatments like organ transplants or artificial implants. Advanced nanotechnology based tissue engineering might lead to some life extension, but not significant amounts--that would require intracellular manipulation of the seven mechanisms of aging, which tissue engineering cannot do. For patients with end-state organ failure, there may not be enough healthy cells for expansion and transplantation into the ECM (extracellular matrix). In this case, pluripotent stem cells are needed. Chemical catalysis and filtration techniques are two prominent examples where nanotechnology already plays a role. The synthesis provides novel materials with tailored features and chemical properties: for example, nanoparticles with a distinct chemical surrounding (ligands), or specific optical properties. The most advanced nanotechnology projects related to energy are: storage, conversion, manufacturing improvements by reducing materials and process rates, energy saving (by better thermal insulation for example), and enhanced renewable energy sources. A reduction of energy consumption can be reached by better insulation systems, by the use of more efficient lighting or combustion systems, and by use of lighter and stronger materials in the transportation sector. Currently used light bulbs only convert approximately 5% of the electrical energy into light. [edit] Increasing the efficiency of energy production.Nanotechnology is already impacting the field of consumer goods, providing products with novel functions ranging from easy-to-clean to scratch-resistant. Modern textiles are wrinkleresistant and stain-repellent; in the mid-term clothes will become “smart”, through embedded “wearable electronics”. Nanotechnology can be applied in the production, processing, safety and packaging of food. A nanocomposite coating process could improve food packaging by placing anti-microbial agents directly on the surface of the coated film. Nanocomposites could increase or decrease gas permeability of different fillers as is needed for different products. They can also improve the mechanical and heat-resistance properties and lower the oxygen transmission rate. Research is being performed to apply nanotechnology to the detection of chemical and biological substances for sensing biochemical changes in foods. Applications of nanotechnology have the potential to change the entire agriculture sector and food industry chain from production to conservation, processing, packaging, transportation, and even waste treatment. Strategic applications of Nano Science can do wonders in the agriculture scenario. NanoScience concepts and Nanotechnology applications have the potential to redesign the production cycle, restructure the processing and conservation processes and redefine the food habits of the people. Nanotechnology in India: Several Indian institutes and firms are already working on nanotechnology products for drug delivery, water filters, arsenic removal, reducing water and air pollution, antimicrobial coatings and river cleaning projects, Sen said, and the country must develop guidelines on nanoparticle toxicity and biosafety. Scientists from the Energy Resources Institute in Delhi launched a study to investigate the opportunities and risks associated with the technology. India launched a programme to promote nanoscience and nanotechnology with a budget of 10 trillion Indian rupees (US$255 million). But although several public and private research institutes are working on DNA chips, carbon nanotubes, nanoparticles such as iron oxide and silver oxide, and Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 136
Slide 137: Section -6 (Model Test Paper) products such as paints and polymers, experts noted a general lack of enthusiasm from Indian industry.There has been no effort to link the technology's potential with development in agriculture and addressing the needs of people in rural areas, who form the backbone of India's economy. For example, nanomaterials could help improve solar cells and biogas reactors. Government’s Initiatives: Nanotechnology is one of the main new developing areas recognized by Indian government in past 5 years and thus there has been a topic of growing interest for companies both domestic and foreign for the various Indian Government policies and incentives to start nanotechnology companies in India. One of the major roadblock to international as well as domestic companies to venture in the nanotechnology field has been a lack of understanding of the government policies in nanotechnology and thus the main objective of this report is to provide the reader a concise and clear idea of the government policies, vital information to widen their scope as well as facilitate their decisions in research or commercial endeavors. It provides an overview of all the government published documents ranging from the Ministry of Commerce and Union budget to the policies of all major government funded institutions. A report mentioned all foreign collaborations initiated by Indian government amongst Indian and Foreign research organizations as well as industry to accelerate the nanotechnology development in India. The report also included the financial incentives as well as intellectual property protection guidelines for any foreign collaboration. The report principally lends assistance to potential investors and to those who are enthusiastic in gaining insight of nanotechnology development and the direction of nanotechnology research in India for the purpose of possible collaborative research efforts or commercial ventures. Indian scientists have called for the development of regulations on the safe use of nanotechnology in healthcare and the environment. The absence of regulations for nanotechnology in India and worldwide is a serious problem. Ans. 11 (a) Raising prospects for building a practical quantum computer, physicists at the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) have demonstrated sustained, reliable information processing operations on electrically charged atoms (ions). In the new demonstration, NIST researchers repeatedly performed a combined sequence of five quantum logic operations and ten transport operations while reliably maintaining the 0s and 1s of the binary data stored in the ions, which serve as quantum bits (qubits) for a hypothetical quantum computer, and retaining the ability to subsequently manipulate this information. Previously, scientists at NIST and elsewhere have been unable to coax any qubit technology into performing a complete set of quantum logic operations while transporting information, without disturbances degrading the later processes. The NIST group performed some of the earliest experiments on quantum information processing and has previously demonstrated many basic components needed for computing with trapped ions. The new research combines previous advances with two crucial solutions to previously chronic vulnerabilities: cooling of ions after transport so their fragile quantum properties can be used for subsequent logic operations, and storing data values in special states of ions that are resistant to unwanted alterations by stray magnetic fields. Researchers have demonstrated on a small scale all the generally recognized requirements for a large-scale ionbased quantum processor. Previously they could perform all of the following processes a few at a time, but now they can perform all of them together and repeatedly: (1) "initialize" qubits to the desired starting state (0 or 1), (2) store qubit data in ions, (3) perform logic operations on one or two qubits, (4) transfer information between different locations in the processor, and (5) read out qubit results individually (0 or 1). Through its use of ions, the NIST experiment showcases one promising architecture for a quantum computer, a potentially powerful machine that theoretically could solve some problems that are currently intractable, such as Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 137
Slide 138: Section -6 (Model Test Paper) breaking today's most widely used encryption codes. Relying on the unusual rules of the submicroscopic quantum world, qubits can act as 0s and 1s simultaneously, unlike ordinary digital bits, which hold only one value at any given time. Quantum computers also derive their power from the fact that qubits can be "entangled," so their properties are linked, even at a distance. Ions are one of a number of different types of quantum systems under investigation around the world for use as qubits in a quantum computer. There is no general agreement on which system will turn out to be the best. The NIST experiments described in Science Express stored the qubits in two beryllium ions held in a trap with six distinct zones. Electric fields are used to move the ions from one zone to another in the trap, and ultraviolet laser pulses of specific frequencies and duration are used to manipulate the ions' energy states. The scientists demonstrated repeated rounds of a sequence of logic operations (four single-qubit operations and a two-qubit operation) on the ions and found that operational error rates did not increase as they progressed through the series, despite transporting qubits across macroscopic distances (960 micrometers, or almost a millimeter) while carrying out the operations. The other significant innovation was the use of three different pairs of energy states within the beryllium ions to hold information during different processing steps. This allowed information to be held in ion states that were not altered by magnetic field fluctuations during ion storage and transport, eliminating another source of processing errors. Information was transferred to different energy levels in the beryllium ions for performing logic operations or reading out their data values. Ans. 11 (b) Photovoltaic and wind energy plants, hydroelectric power stations and biogas plants supply energy without polluting the environment. However, they are complex to design and maintain. Virtual reality (VR) makes planning and operation easier.The design engineer’s head is spinning. Analyzing data on the computer for hours, with no end in sight is possible. Designing a hydroelectric power station, she would like to know what the pressures, temperatures and fluid flows will be in the facility. She may simulate them with simulation software. However, this only delivers vast columns of numbers or a one-dimensional representation which she will have to analyze bit by bit – a laborious task. This will get easier in the future. Researchers from the Fraunhofer Institute for Factory Operation and Automation IFF in Magdeburg have developed a method that visualizes the processes inside energy conversion plants, e.g. such as photovoltaic, wind, biogas and hydroelectric power stations. To do so, they have coupled 3-D plant engineering and simulation results with a virtual reality (VR) program developed at the IFF. “A special software tool has enabled us to visualize all the motion sequences for the first time ever – at just the push of a button. Arrows that move through the VR model show engineers the direction in which and speed at which fluids and gases flow through a plant. Colored markings indicate potential weak points such as areas where critical temperatures, deposits or erosions could occur. Is there a potential for collisions when the plant components are moving? The virtual insights facilitate engineering and should therefore ensure that plants become more efficient and have lower emissions. Ans. 11 (c) A Supercomputing facility called "Param Sheersh" was inaugurated at the ongoing Indian Science Congress at the North Eastern Hill University,NEHU in Shillong. Prof. MGK Menon, the renowned scientist and the Chancellor of the NEHU, inaugurated the new facility that would benefit the students and teachers engaged in various research activities on the campus. Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 138
Slide 139: Section -6 (Model Test Paper) The PARAM Sheersh Computer System is a Supercomputing facility created by C-DAC, funded by Department of Information technology, Ministry of Communications and Information Technology. This High Performance Computing facility aims at conducting research in strategic areas of Weather, Seismic, Bio-informatics, Physics, Computational Fluid Dynamics, Material Sciences, Life Sciences. The facility shall also serve as a core backbone platform for the students, researchers and faculty members of the region to develop competency skills for solving challenging problems requiring massive computational work especially in the areas of Physics, Chemistry, Mathematics, Bio-informatics, Botany, Zoology and Environmental Science. Open source HPC Applications like WRF, MM5, MOM4, ROMS, COSMOS under Climatology, Quantum Espresso, Abhinit under Physics domain, mpiBLAST, ClustalW under Bio-informatics shall be ported on the systems for conducting research. Ans. 11 (d) Ministry of Communication and Information Technology recently launched the tele-medicine application through Common Service Centres (CSC). The integration of CSC services with ‘e-Sanjeevani’, a tele-medicine software package for remote diagnostics and tele-counselling was showcased at New Delhi. The software is targeted to be deployed as a cost effective tele-medicine tool for rural area at 100,000 CSCs being set up as part of the country’s National e-Governance Plan. e-Sanjeevani, a web based software, facilitates creation of Electronic Medical Record (EMR) for variety of diagnostic reports e.g. ECG, pathological reports, radiological examination (X-ray, CT Scan, MRI etc.). The patient record is secured through encryption. A highlight of the tool is that it enables multipoint, multi referral consultation, as well as one-to-one consultation between patient to doctor and doctor to doctor. The programme enables anywhere, anytime access with zero installation cost for the user. The combination of CSCs across the country along with the potential offered by e-Sanjeevani is expected to significantly enhance the outreach of health care to the rural masses. With this initiative a large number of villagers will be able to have their health records in electronic form, accessible anytime from anywhere. Village Level Entrepreneurs(VLEs) with minimum training in handling ECG machines and other devices will be able to handle the medical equipment co-located at CSCs. The e-Sanjeevani , a software package has been developed by the C-DAC, Mohali. C-DAC, Mohali has established a tele-medicine network in Punjab and Haryana linking remote Sanjeevani Health Centres to Referral Facilities. Ans. 12 (a) Stands for "Network Address Translation." NAT translates the IP addresses of computers in a local network to a single IP address. This address is often used by the router that connects the computers to the Internet. The router can be connected to a DSL modem, cable modem, T1 line, or even a dial-up modem. When other computers on the Internet attempt to access computers within the local network, they only see the IP address of the router. This adds an extra level of security, since the router can be configured as a firewall, only allowing authorized systems to access the computers within the network. Ans. 12 (b) Robotic therapy can potentially help reduce impairment and facilitate neuro-development of youngsters with cerebral palsy. Krebs and others at MIT, including professor of mechanical engineering Neville Hogan, pioneered the use of robotic therapy in the late 1980s, and since then the field has taken off. The MIT team is focusing on improving cerebral palsy patients' ability to reach for and grasp objects. Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 139
Slide 140: Section -6 (Model Test Paper) Ans. 12 (c) Scientists at the University of Missouri have developed the ability to take regular cells from a pig's connective tissues, known as fibroblasts, and transform them into stem cells, eliminating several of these hurdles. Since these "induced pluripotent stem cells" were not derived from embryos and no cloning technique was used to obtain them, the approach eliminates some of the controversy that has accompanied stem cell research in the past. Ans. 12 (d) A compression/decompression utility that lets Windows users make their files smaller for faster transfer over the Internet. This utility also decompresses files that were originally compressed using PKZIP or other formats. Ans. 12 (e) The 2009 flu pandemic is a global outbreak of a new strain of influenza virus, officially named the "new H1N1", first identified in April 2009, and commonly called "Swine flu." It is thought to be a mutation of four known strains of the influenza A virus, subtype H1N1: one endemic in (normally infecting) humans, one endemic in birds, and two endemic in pigs (swine). The outbreak began in Mexico, with evidence that Mexico was already in the midst of an epidemic for months before the outbreak was recognized. The virus has since spread to the Southern Hemisphere which entered its winter flu season, and to many less developed countries with limited healthcare systems. Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 140
Slide 141: ADVERTISEMENT UPSC, IAS Online Classifieds http://upscportal.com/classifieds see Latest Classifieds here: http://upscportal.com/classifieds Advertise your Coaching Center Online Contact Us Online: http://upscportal.com/store/contact or Email at : upscportal@gmail.com Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 141
Slide 142: http://upscportal.com Register Online to UPSCPORTAL.COM and get more free resources: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/user/register Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM 142

   
Time on Slide Time on Plick
Slides per Visit Slide Views Views by Location